Main GraphicsMagick source repository
Revision | 5ad72c2bb8ff11e2f4fe7ab132bb3b613e7a1cd8 (tree) |
---|---|
Time | 2022-01-01 06:20:41 |
Author | Bob Friesenhahn <bfriesen@Grap...> |
Commiter | Bob Friesenhahn |
Documentation generator improvements.
@@ -1,10 +1,14 @@ | ||
1 | 1 | 2021-12-31 Bob Friesenhahn <bfriesen@simple.dallas.tx.us> |
2 | 2 | |
3 | + * doc/{gmdoc2html, gmdocselect, imdoc2man, imdocselect}: Fixes to | |
4 | + work better with both GNU sed and Solaris/Illumos sed. | |
5 | + | |
3 | 6 | * doc/GNUmakefile: Use GNU make rules to produce the full imdoc |
4 | 7 | list for man, html, and tex, rather than relying on a shell |
5 | 8 | wildcard expression, since the order produced by the shell |
6 | 9 | wildcard expression is indeterminate. |
7 | 10 | |
11 | + | |
8 | 12 | 2021-12-30 Bob Friesenhahn <bfriesen@simple.dallas.tx.us> |
9 | 13 | |
10 | 14 | * www/index.rst: Document that |
@@ -10,5 +10,5 @@ | ||
10 | 10 | |
11 | 11 | #define public MagickPackageName "GraphicsMagick" |
12 | 12 | #define public MagickPackageVersion "1.4" |
13 | -#define public MagickPackageVersionAddendum ".020211230" | |
14 | -#define public MagickPackageReleaseDate "snapshot-20211230" | |
13 | +#define public MagickPackageVersionAddendum ".020211231" | |
14 | +#define public MagickPackageReleaseDate "snapshot-20211231" |
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ | ||
42 | 42 | DOCINCLUDE = ./imdocinclude |
43 | 43 | |
44 | 44 | # You might need to change this to /usr/bin/sed |
45 | -SED = /bin/sed | |
45 | +SED ?= /bin/sed | |
46 | 46 | export SED |
47 | 47 | |
48 | 48 | HTML_TARGETS = \ |
@@ -82,19 +82,16 @@ | ||
82 | 82 | if test -d expanded; then rmdir expanded; fi |
83 | 83 | |
84 | 84 | gm.1: targets-man $(GMSUBDIR)/man.imdoc $(DOC2MAN) |
85 | - -rm -f $@ $@.tmp | |
86 | - $(DOC2MAN) gm $(GMSUBDIR)/man.imdoc > $@.tmp && \ | |
87 | - mv $@.tmp $@ | |
85 | + @-rm -f $@ $@.tmp | |
86 | + $(DOC2MAN) gm $(GMSUBDIR)/man.imdoc > $@.tmp && mv $@.tmp $@ | |
88 | 87 | |
89 | 88 | gm.html: targets-html $(GMSUBDIR)/html.imdoc $(DOC2HTML) |
90 | - -rm -f $@ $@.tmp | |
91 | - $(DOC2HTML) gm $(GMSUBDIR)/man.imdoc > $@.tmp && \ | |
92 | - mv $@.tmp $@ | |
89 | + @-rm -f $@ $@.tmp | |
90 | + $(DOC2HTML) gm $(GMSUBDIR)/man.imdoc > $@.tmp && mv $@.tmp $@ | |
93 | 91 | |
94 | 92 | gm.tex: targets-tex $(GMSUBDIR)/tex.imdoc $(DOC2TEX) |
95 | - -rm -f $@ $@.tmp | |
96 | - $(DOC2TEX) < $(GMSUBDIR)/man.imdoc > $@.tmp && \ | |
97 | - mv $@.tmp $@ | |
93 | + @-rm -f $@ $@.tmp | |
94 | + $(DOC2TEX) < $(GMSUBDIR)/man.imdoc > $@.tmp && mv $@.tmp $@ | |
98 | 95 | |
99 | 96 | brief_options.imdoc: options.imdoc |
100 | 97 | $(DOCSELECTBRIEF) options.imdoc brief_options.imdoc |
@@ -109,19 +106,16 @@ | ||
109 | 106 | mkdir -p $(GMSUBDIR) |
110 | 107 | |
111 | 108 | $(GMSUBDIR)/man.imdoc: targets-man $(GMSUBDIR) |
112 | - -rm -f $@ $@.tmp | |
113 | - cat $(addsuffix /man.imdoc, $(UTILSUBWILDCARD)) > $@.tmp && \ | |
114 | - mv $@.tmp $@ | |
109 | + @-rm -f $@ $@.tmp | |
110 | + cat $(addsuffix /man.imdoc, $(UTILSUBWILDCARD)) > $@.tmp && mv $@.tmp $@ | |
115 | 111 | |
116 | 112 | $(GMSUBDIR)/html.imdoc: targets-html $(GMSUBDIR) |
117 | - -rm -f $@ $@.tmp | |
118 | - cat $(addsuffix /html.imdoc, $(UTILSUBWILDCARD)) > $@.tmp && \ | |
119 | - mv $@.tmp $@ | |
113 | + @-rm -f $@ $@.tmp | |
114 | + cat $(addsuffix /html.imdoc, $(UTILSUBWILDCARD)) > $@.tmp && mv $@.tmp $@ | |
120 | 115 | |
121 | 116 | $(GMSUBDIR)/tex.imdoc: targets-tex $(GMSUBDIR) |
122 | - -rm -f $@ $@.tmp | |
123 | - cat $(addsuffix /tex.imdoc, $(UTILSUBWILDCARD)) > $@.tmp && \ | |
124 | - mv $@.tmp $@ | |
117 | + @-rm -f $@ $@.tmp | |
118 | + cat $(addsuffix /tex.imdoc, $(UTILSUBWILDCARD)) > $@.tmp && mv $@.tmp $@ | |
125 | 119 | |
126 | 120 | # |
127 | 121 | # Invoke per-utility targets |
@@ -179,24 +173,20 @@ | ||
179 | 173 | |
180 | 174 | $(UTILSUBDIR)/Expanded.imdoc: $(UTILITY).imdoc brief_options.imdoc config_files.imdoc copyright.imdoc environment.imdoc $(DOCINCLUDE) |
181 | 175 | @if test ! -d $(UTILSUBDIR); then mkdir -p $(UTILSUBDIR); fi |
182 | - -rm -f $@ $@.tmp | |
183 | - $(DOCINCLUDE) $< > $@.tmp && \ | |
184 | - mv $@.tmp $@ | |
176 | + @-rm -f $@ $@.tmp | |
177 | + $(DOCINCLUDE) $< > $@.tmp && mv $@.tmp $@ | |
185 | 178 | |
186 | 179 | $(UTILSUBDIR)/man.imdoc: $(UTILSUBDIR)/Expanded.imdoc $(DOCSELECTCOMBINED) |
187 | - -rm -f $@ $@.tmp | |
188 | - $(DOCSELECTCOMBINED) $(UTILITY) man $< > $@.tmp && \ | |
189 | - mv $@.tmp $@ | |
180 | + @-rm -f $@ $@.tmp | |
181 | + $(DOCSELECTCOMBINED) $(UTILITY) man $< > $@.tmp && mv $@.tmp $@ | |
190 | 182 | |
191 | 183 | $(UTILSUBDIR)/html.imdoc: $(UTILSUBDIR)/Expanded.imdoc $(DOCSELECTSEPARATE) |
192 | - -rm -f $@ $@.tmp | |
193 | - $(DOCSELECTSEPARATE) $(UTILITY) html $< > $@.tmp && \ | |
194 | - mv $@.tmp $@ | |
184 | + @-rm -f $@ $@.tmp | |
185 | + $(DOCSELECTSEPARATE) $(UTILITY) html $< > $@.tmp && mv $@.tmp $@ | |
195 | 186 | |
196 | 187 | $(UTILSUBDIR)/tex.imdoc: $(UTILSUBDIR)/Expanded.imdoc $(DOCSELECTCOMBINED) |
197 | - -rm -f $@ $@.tmp | |
198 | - $(DOCSELECTCOMBINED) $(UTILITY) tex $< > $@.tmp && \ | |
199 | - mv $@.tmp $@ | |
188 | + @-rm -f $@ $@.tmp | |
189 | + $(DOCSELECTCOMBINED) $(UTILITY) tex $< > $@.tmp && mv $@.tmp $@ | |
200 | 190 | |
201 | 191 | #$(UTILBASE).1: $(UTILSUBDIR)/man.imdoc $(DOC2MAN) |
202 | 192 | # -rm -f $@ $@.tmp |
@@ -204,14 +194,12 @@ | ||
204 | 194 | # mv $@.tmp $@ |
205 | 195 | |
206 | 196 | $(UTILBASE).html: $(UTILSUBDIR)/html.imdoc $(DOC2HTML) |
207 | - -rm -f $@ $@.tmp | |
208 | - $(DOC2HTML) $(UTILITY) $< > $@.tmp && \ | |
209 | - mv $@.tmp $@ | |
197 | + @-rm -f $@ $@.tmp | |
198 | + $(DOC2HTML) $(UTILITY) $< > $@.tmp && mv $@.tmp $@ | |
210 | 199 | |
211 | 200 | $(UTILBASE).tex: $(UTILSUBDIR)/tex.imdoc $(DOC2TEX) |
212 | - -rm -f $@ $@.tmp | |
213 | - $(DOC2TEX) < $< > $@.tmp && \ | |
214 | - mv $@.tmp $@ | |
201 | + @-rm -f $@ $@.tmp | |
202 | + $(DOC2TEX) < $< > $@.tmp && mv $@.tmp $@ | |
215 | 203 | |
216 | 204 | $(INSTALLWWW)/$(UTILITY).html: $(UTILBASE).html |
217 | 205 | cp -p $< $@ |
@@ -2,12 +2,7 @@ | ||
2 | 2 | |
3 | 3 | # gmdoc2html utility utility.imdoc > utility.html |
4 | 4 | |
5 | -# FIXME: There is an output difference between System V sed and GNU | |
6 | -# sed in paragraph delimiters: | |
7 | -# - | |
8 | -# +\' | |
9 | -# | |
10 | -# Pre-formatted text is losing all blank lines. | |
5 | +# FIXME: Pre-formatted text is losing all blank lines. | |
11 | 6 | |
12 | 7 | # <!-- ---------------------------------------------------------------- --> |
13 | 8 | # <!-- Options.xml: "options" subsection of convert, composite, et al. --> |
@@ -35,15 +35,13 @@ | ||
35 | 35 | s/.*/!DELETE!/ |
36 | 36 | n |
37 | 37 | b skipim |
38 | - | |
38 | + | |
39 | 39 | : select |
40 | 40 | d |
41 | 41 | " $3 | \ |
42 | 42 | \ |
43 | 43 | \ |
44 | 44 | ${SED} " |
45 | - : begin | |
46 | - | |
47 | 45 | /<imdoc>/d |
48 | 46 | /<\/imdoc>/d |
49 | 47 | /!DELETE!/d |
@@ -1,17 +1,13 @@ | ||
1 | 1 | #!/bin/sh |
2 | 2 | |
3 | 3 | # imdoc2man utility utility.imdoc > utility.1 |
4 | - | |
5 | -# FIXME: There is an output difference between System V sed and GNU | |
6 | -# sed in paragraph delimiters: | |
7 | -# | |
8 | -# -<p> | |
9 | -# + <p> | |
4 | +# See https://www.gnu.org/software/groff/manual/html_node/man.html#man | |
5 | +# See https://www.oreilly.com/library/view/unix-text-processing/9780810462915/Chapter14.html | |
6 | +# See https://cmd.inp.nsk.su/old/cmd2/manuals/unix/UNIX_Unleashed/ch08.htm | |
10 | 7 | |
11 | 8 | echo ".TH $1 1 \"`date '+%Y/%m/%d'`\" \"GraphicsMagick\"" |
12 | 9 | |
13 | 10 | ${SED} " |
14 | - : begin | |
15 | 11 | /<imdoc>/d |
16 | 12 | /<\/imdoc>/d |
17 | 13 | /<include file=/d |
@@ -69,8 +65,9 @@ | ||
69 | 65 | /<utils/d |
70 | 66 | /<\/utils>/d |
71 | 67 | /<!--/d |
72 | - s/<pre>// | |
73 | - s/<\/pre>// | |
68 | + s/<pre>/\\ | |
69 | +.nf/ | |
70 | + s/<\/pre>/.fi/ | |
74 | 71 | /<tab>/d |
75 | 72 | /<\/tab>/d |
76 | 73 |
@@ -100,7 +97,7 @@ | ||
100 | 97 | s/<\/s>/\\\\fP/g |
101 | 98 | s/<tt>//g |
102 | 99 | s/<\/tt>//g |
103 | - s/^\\'/\\\\'/g | |
100 | + s/^'/\\\\'/g | |
104 | 101 | |
105 | 102 | " $2 |
106 | - | |
103 | +# s/^'/\\\\'/g |
@@ -23,8 +23,6 @@ | ||
23 | 23 | \ |
24 | 24 | \ |
25 | 25 | ${SED} " |
26 | - : begin | |
27 | - | |
28 | 26 | /<imdoc>/d |
29 | 27 | /<\/imdoc>/d |
30 | 28 | /<im>/d |
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ | ||
130 | 130 | <!-- ------------ -asc-cdl ------------------------------------------- --> |
131 | 131 | |
132 | 132 | <utils apps=convert,mogrify> |
133 | -<dopt> -asc-cdl <spec></opt> | |
133 | +<dopt>-asc-cdl <spec></opt> | |
134 | 134 | |
135 | 135 | <abs>apply ASC CDL color transform</abs> |
136 | 136 |
@@ -1931,7 +1931,7 @@ | ||
1931 | 1931 | |
1932 | 1932 | <pp><pre> |
1933 | 1933 | -draw 'text 100,100 "%m:%f %wx%h"' |
1934 | -</pre></pp> | |
1934 | +</pp> | |
1935 | 1935 | |
1936 | 1936 | <pp> |
1937 | 1937 | annotates the image with <tt>MIFF:bird.miff 512x480</tt> for an image titled |
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ | ||
55 | 55 | |
56 | 56 | <p>To display the version information:</p> |
57 | 57 | |
58 | -<pre> | |
58 | +<pp><pre> | |
59 | 59 | GraphicsMagick 1.3.37 2021-12-12 Q16 http://www.GraphicsMagick.org/ |
60 | 60 | Copyright (C) 2002-2021 GraphicsMagick Group. |
61 | 61 | Additional copyrights and licenses apply to this software. |
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ | ||
102 | 102 | LDFLAGS = ... |
103 | 103 | LIBS = ... |
104 | 104 | |
105 | -</pre> | |
105 | +</pre></pp> | |
106 | 106 | |
107 | 107 | </sect> |
108 | 108 | <back> |
@@ -38,8 +38,8 @@ | ||
38 | 38 | #define MagickLibVersion 0x262300 |
39 | 39 | #define MagickLibVersionText "1.4" |
40 | 40 | #define MagickLibVersionNumber 26,23,0 |
41 | -#define MagickChangeDate "20211230" | |
42 | -#define MagickReleaseDate "snapshot-20211230" | |
41 | +#define MagickChangeDate "20211231" | |
42 | +#define MagickReleaseDate "snapshot-20211231" | |
43 | 43 | |
44 | 44 | /* |
45 | 45 | The MagickLibInterfaceNewest and MagickLibInterfaceOldest defines |
@@ -1,68 +1,68 @@ | ||
1 | -.TH gm 1 "2021/12/30" "GraphicsMagick" | |
1 | +.TH gm 1 "2021/12/31" "GraphicsMagick" | |
2 | 2 | .TP |
3 | 3 | .in 15 |
4 | 4 | .in 15 |
5 | 5 | .in 20 |
6 | 6 | .SH NAME |
7 | -\' | |
7 | + | |
8 | 8 | gm - command-line utility to create, edit, compare, convert, or display images |
9 | -\' | |
9 | + | |
10 | 10 | .SH SYNOPSIS |
11 | -\' | |
11 | + | |
12 | 12 | \fBgm animate\fP \fB[\fP \fIoptions ...\fP \fB]\fP \fIfile\fP \fB[ [\fP |
13 | 13 | \fIoptions ...\fP \fB]\fP \fIfile ...\fP \fB]\fP |
14 | -\' | |
14 | + | |
15 | 15 | \fBgm batch\fP \fB[\fP \fIoptions ...\fP \fB]\fP \fB[\fP \fIscript\fP \fB]\fP |
16 | -\' | |
16 | + | |
17 | 17 | \fBgm benchmark\fP \fB[\fP \fIoptions ...\fP \fB]\fP subcommand |
18 | -\' | |
18 | + | |
19 | 19 | \fBgm compare\fP \fB[\fP \fIoptions\fP \fB... ]\fP \fIreference-image\fP |
20 | 20 | \fB[\fP \fIoptions\fP \fB... ]\fP \fIcompare-image\fP |
21 | 21 | \fB[\fP \fIoptions\fP \fB... ]\fP |
22 | -\' | |
22 | + | |
23 | 23 | \fBgm composite\fP \fB[\fP \fIoptions ...\fP \fB]\fP \fIchange-image base-image\fP |
24 | 24 | \fB[\fP \fImask-image\fP \fB]\fP \fIoutput-image\fP |
25 | -\' | |
25 | + | |
26 | 26 | \fBgm conjure\fP \fB[\fP \fIoptions\fP \fB]\fP \fIscript.msl\fP |
27 | 27 | \fB[ [\fP \fIoptions\fP \fB]\fP \fIscript.msl\fP \fB]\fP |
28 | -\' | |
28 | + | |
29 | 29 | \fBgm convert\fP \fB[ [\fP \fIoptions ...\fP \fB] [\fP \fIinput-file ...\fP |
30 | 30 | \fB] [\fP \fIoptions ...\fP \fB] ]\fP \fIoutput-file\fP |
31 | -\' | |
31 | + | |
32 | 32 | \fBgm display\fP \fB[\fP \fIoptions ...\fP \fB]\fP \fIfile ...\fP |
33 | 33 | \fB[ [\fP\fIoptions ...\fP \fB]\fP\fIfile ...\fP \fB]\fP |
34 | -\' | |
34 | + | |
35 | 35 | \fBgm identify\fP \fIfile\fP \fB[\fP \fIfile ...\fP \fB]\fP |
36 | -\' | |
36 | + | |
37 | 37 | \fBgm import\fP \fB[\fP \fIoptions ...\fP \fB]\fP \fIfile\fP |
38 | -\' | |
38 | + | |
39 | 39 | \fBgm mogrify\fP \fB[\fP \fIoptions ...\fP \fB]\fP \fIfile ...\fP |
40 | -\' | |
40 | + | |
41 | 41 | \fBgm montage\fP \fB[\fP \fIoptions ...\fP \fB]\fP \fIfile\fP \fB[ [\fP |
42 | 42 | \fIoptions ...\fP \fB]\fP \fIfile ...\fP \fB]\fP \fIoutput-file\fP |
43 | -\' | |
43 | + | |
44 | 44 | \fBgm time\fP subcommand |
45 | -\' | |
45 | + | |
46 | 46 | \fBgm version\fP |
47 | 47 | .SH DESCRIPTION |
48 | -\' | |
48 | + | |
49 | 49 | GraphicsMagick's \fBgm\fP provides a suite of utilities for creating, |
50 | 50 | comparing, converting, editing, and displaying images. All of the |
51 | 51 | utilities are provided as sub-commands of a single \fBgm\fP |
52 | 52 | executable. The \fBgm\fP executable returns the exit code 0 to |
53 | 53 | indicate success, or 1 to indicate failure: |
54 | -\' | |
54 | + | |
55 | 55 | \fBanimate\fP |
56 | 56 | displays an animation (e.g. a GIF file) on any workstation display |
57 | 57 | running an \fIX\fP server. |
58 | -\' | |
58 | + | |
59 | 59 | \fBbatch\fP |
60 | 60 | executes an arbitary number of the utility commands |
61 | 61 | (e.g. \fBconvert\fP) in the form of a simple linear batch script in |
62 | 62 | order to improve execution efficiency, and/or to allow use as a |
63 | 63 | subordinate co-process under the control of an arbitrary script or |
64 | 64 | program. |
65 | -\' | |
65 | + | |
66 | 66 | \fBbenchmark\fP |
67 | 67 | executes one of the other utility commands (e.g. \fBconvert\fP) for a |
68 | 68 | specified number of iterations, or execution time, and reports |
@@ -70,63 +70,63 @@ | ||
70 | 70 | utilization. \fBBenchmark\fP provides various operating modes |
71 | 71 | including executing the command with a varying number of threads, and |
72 | 72 | alternate reporting formats such as comma-separated value (CSV). |
73 | -\' | |
73 | + | |
74 | 74 | \fBcompare\fP |
75 | 75 | compares two images and reports difference statistics according to |
76 | 76 | specified metrics and/or outputs an image with a visual representation |
77 | 77 | of the differences. It may also be used to test if images are similar |
78 | 78 | within a particular range and specified metric, returning a truth |
79 | 79 | value to the executing environment. |
80 | -\' | |
80 | + | |
81 | 81 | \fBcomposite\fP |
82 | 82 | composites images (blends or merges images together) to create new images. |
83 | -\' | |
83 | + | |
84 | 84 | \fBconjure\fP |
85 | 85 | interprets and executes scripts in |
86 | 86 | the Magick Scripting Language (MSL). |
87 | -\' | |
87 | + | |
88 | 88 | \fBconvert\fP |
89 | 89 | converts an input file using one image format to an output file with |
90 | 90 | the same or differing image format while applying an arbitrary number |
91 | 91 | of image transformations. |
92 | -\' | |
92 | + | |
93 | 93 | \fBdisplay\fP |
94 | 94 | is a machine architecture independent image processing and display |
95 | 95 | facility. It can display an image on any workstation display running |
96 | 96 | an \fIX\fP server. |
97 | -\' | |
97 | + | |
98 | 98 | \fBidentify\fP |
99 | 99 | describes the format and characteristics of one or more image |
100 | 100 | files. It will also report if an image is incomplete or corrupt. |
101 | -\' | |
101 | + | |
102 | 102 | \fBimport\fP |
103 | 103 | reads an image from any visible window on an \fIX\fP server and |
104 | 104 | outputs it as an image file. You can capture a single window, the |
105 | 105 | entire screen, or any rectangular portion of the screen. |
106 | -\' | |
106 | + | |
107 | 107 | \fBmogrify\fP |
108 | 108 | transforms an image or a sequence of images. These transforms include |
109 | 109 | \fBimage scaling\fP, \fBimage rotation\fP, \fBcolor reduction\fP, |
110 | 110 | and others. The transmogrified image \fBoverwrites\fP the original |
111 | 111 | image. |
112 | -\' | |
112 | + | |
113 | 113 | \fBmontage\fP |
114 | 114 | creates a composite by combining several separate images. The images |
115 | 115 | are tiled on the composite image with the name of the image optionally |
116 | 116 | appearing just below the individual tile. |
117 | -\' | |
117 | + | |
118 | 118 | \fBtime\fP |
119 | 119 | executes a subcommand and reports the user, system, and total |
120 | 120 | execution time consumed. |
121 | -\' | |
121 | + | |
122 | 122 | \fBversion\fP |
123 | 123 | reports the GraphicsMagick release version, maximum sample-depth, |
124 | 124 | copyright notice, supported features, and the options used while |
125 | 125 | building the software. |
126 | -\' | |
126 | + | |
127 | 127 | The \fBGraphicsMagick\fP utilities recognize the following image formats: |
128 | -\' | |
129 | -\' | |
128 | + | |
129 | + | |
130 | 130 | \fBName\fP \fBMode\fP \fBDescription\fP |
131 | 131 | o 3FR r-- Hasselblad Photo RAW |
132 | 132 | o 8BIM rw- Photoshop resource format |
@@ -324,21 +324,21 @@ | ||
324 | 324 | r Read |
325 | 325 | w Write |
326 | 326 | + Multi-image |
327 | -\' | |
328 | -\' | |
327 | + | |
328 | + | |
329 | 329 | \fISupport for some of these formats require additional programs or libraries. |
330 | 330 | See README |
331 | 331 | in the source package for where to find optional additional software\fP. |
332 | -\' | |
332 | + | |
333 | 333 | Note, a format delineated with + means that if more than one |
334 | 334 | image is specified, frames are combined into a single multi-image |
335 | 335 | file. Use \fB+adjoin\fP if you want a single image produced for each |
336 | 336 | frame. |
337 | -\' | |
337 | + | |
338 | 338 | Your installation might not support all of the formats in the list. |
339 | 339 | To get an accurate listing of the formats supported by your particular |
340 | 340 | configuration, run "gm convert -list format". |
341 | -\' | |
341 | + | |
342 | 342 | Raw images are expected to have one byte per pixel unless \fBgm\fP is |
343 | 343 | compiled in 16-bit quantum mode or in 32-bit quantum mode. Here, the |
344 | 344 | raw data is expected to be stored two or four bytes per pixel, |
@@ -347,7 +347,7 @@ | ||
347 | 347 | version" without any options, and looking for "Q:16" in the first line |
348 | 348 | of output. |
349 | 349 | .SH FILES AND FORMATS |
350 | -\' | |
350 | + | |
351 | 351 | By default, the image format is determined by its magic number, i.e., the |
352 | 352 | first few bytes of the file. To specify |
353 | 353 | a particular image format, precede the filename with an image format name |
@@ -361,20 +361,20 @@ | ||
361 | 361 | In output files, the prefix takes precedence over the filename suffix, |
362 | 362 | and the filename suffix takes precedence over the |
363 | 363 | "image->magick" string. |
364 | -\' | |
364 | + | |
365 | 365 | To read the "built-in" formats (GRANITE, H, LOGO, |
366 | 366 | NETSCAPE, PLASMA, and ROSE) use a prefix (including the colon) without a |
367 | 367 | filename or suffix. To read the XC format, follow the colon with a color |
368 | 368 | specification. To read the CAPTION format, follow the colon with a text |
369 | 369 | string or with a filename prefixed with the at symbol (\fB@\fP). |
370 | -\' | |
371 | -\' | |
370 | + | |
371 | + | |
372 | 372 | When you specify \fBX\fP as your image type, the filename has special |
373 | 373 | meaning. It specifies an X window by \fBid, name\fP, or |
374 | 374 | \fBroot\fP. If |
375 | 375 | no filename is specified, the window is selected by clicking the mouse |
376 | 376 | in the desired window. |
377 | -\' | |
377 | + | |
378 | 378 | Specify \fIinput_file\fP as \fB-\fP for standard input, |
379 | 379 | \fIoutput_file\fP as \fB-\fP for standard output. |
380 | 380 | If \fIinput_file\fP has the extension \fB.Z\fP or \fB.gz\fP, the |
@@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ | ||
382 | 382 | respectively. |
383 | 383 | If \fIoutput_file\fP has the extension \fB.Z\fP or \fB.gz\fP, |
384 | 384 | the file is compressed using with \fIcompress\fP or \fIgzip\fP respectively. |
385 | -\' | |
385 | + | |
386 | 386 | Use an optional index enclosed in brackets after an input file name to |
387 | 387 | specify a desired subimage of a multi-resolution image format like |
388 | 388 | Photo CD (e.g. "img0001.pcd[4]") or a range for MPEG images |
@@ -398,44 +398,45 @@ | ||
398 | 398 | number in the filename, it is necessary to include a printf-style |
399 | 399 | %d format specification in the file name and use the +adjoin |
400 | 400 | option. For example, |
401 | -\' | |
401 | + | |
402 | +.nf | |
402 | 403 | image%02d.miff |
403 | -\' | |
404 | -\' | |
404 | +.fi | |
405 | + | |
405 | 406 | writes files \fIimage00.miff, image01.miff,\fP etc. Only a single |
406 | 407 | specification is allowed within an output filename. If more than one |
407 | 408 | specification is present, it will be ignored. It is best to embed the |
408 | 409 | scene number in the base part of the file name, not in the extension, |
409 | 410 | because the extension will not be a recognizeable image type. |
410 | -\' | |
411 | + | |
411 | 412 | When running a commandline utility, you can |
412 | 413 | prepend an at sign @ to a filename to read a list of image |
413 | 414 | filenames from that file. This is convenient in the event you have too |
414 | 415 | many image filenames to fit on the command line. |
415 | 416 | .SH OPTIONS |
416 | -\' | |
417 | + | |
417 | 418 | Options are processed in command line order. Any option you specify on |
418 | 419 | the command line remains in effect for the set of images that follows, |
419 | 420 | until the set is terminated by the appearance of any option or \fB-noop\fP. |
420 | 421 | Some options only affect the decoding of images and others only the encoding. |
421 | 422 | The latter can appear after the final group of input images. |
422 | -\' | |
423 | + | |
423 | 424 | This is a combined list of the command-line options used by the |
424 | 425 | GraphicsMagick utilities (\fIanimate\fP, \fIcompare\fP, |
425 | 426 | \fIcomposite\fP, \fIconvert\fP, \fIdisplay\fP, \fIidentify\fP, |
426 | 427 | \fIimport\fP, \fImogrify\fP and \fImontage\fP). |
427 | -\' | |
428 | -\' | |
428 | + | |
429 | + | |
429 | 430 | In this document, angle brackets ("<>") enclose variables and curly |
430 | 431 | brackets ("{}") enclose optional parameters. For example, |
431 | 432 | "\fB-fuzz <distance>{%}\fP" means you can use the |
432 | 433 | option "-fuzz 10" |
433 | 434 | or "-fuzz 2%". |
434 | -\' | |
435 | + | |
435 | 436 | .TP |
436 | 437 | .B "-adjoin" |
437 | 438 | \fRjoin images into a single multi-image file |
438 | -\' | |
439 | + | |
439 | 440 | By default, all images of an image sequence are stored in the same |
440 | 441 | file. However, some formats (e.g. JPEG) do not support storing more |
441 | 442 | than one image per file and only the first frame in an image sequence |
@@ -444,19 +445,20 @@ | ||
444 | 445 | files. If \fB+adjoin\fP is used, then the output filename must |
445 | 446 | include a printf style formatting specification for the numeric part |
446 | 447 | of the filename. For example, |
447 | -\' | |
448 | + | |
449 | +.nf | |
448 | 450 | image%02d.miff |
449 | -\' | |
451 | +.fi | |
450 | 452 | .TP |
451 | 453 | .B "-affine \fI<matrix>"\fP |
452 | 454 | \fRdrawing transform matrix |
453 | -\' | |
455 | + | |
454 | 456 | This option provides a transform matrix {sx,rx,ry,sy,tx,ty} for |
455 | 457 | use by subsequent \fB-draw\fP or \fB-transform\fP options. |
456 | 458 | .TP |
457 | 459 | .B "-antialias" |
458 | 460 | \fRremove pixel aliasing |
459 | -\' | |
461 | + | |
460 | 462 | By default antialiasing algorithms are used when drawing objects (e.g. lines) |
461 | 463 | or rendering vector formats (e.g. WMF and Postscript). Use +antialias to |
462 | 464 | disable use of antialiasing algorithms. Reasons to disable antialiasing |
@@ -464,7 +466,7 @@ | ||
464 | 466 | .TP |
465 | 467 | .B "-append" |
466 | 468 | \fRappend a set of images |
467 | -\' | |
469 | + | |
468 | 470 | This option creates a single image where the images in the original set |
469 | 471 | are stacked top-to-bottom. If they are not of the same width, |
470 | 472 | any narrow images will be expanded to fit using the background color. |
@@ -473,9 +475,9 @@ | ||
473 | 475 | If the \fB-append\fP |
474 | 476 | option appears after all of the input images, all images are appended. |
475 | 477 | .TP |
476 | -.B " \fI-asc-cdl <spec>"\fP | |
478 | +.B "-asc-cdl \fI<spec>"\fP | |
477 | 479 | \fRapply ASC CDL color transform |
478 | -\' | |
480 | + | |
479 | 481 | Applies ("bakes in") the ASC CDL, which is a format for the exchange |
480 | 482 | of basic primary color grading information between equipment and |
481 | 483 | software from different manufacturers. The format defines the math for |
@@ -484,38 +486,40 @@ | ||
484 | 486 | numbers comprising a single color decision. The tenth number |
485 | 487 | (optional) is for chromiance (saturation) as specified by ASC CDL |
486 | 488 | 1.2. |
487 | -\' | |
489 | + | |
488 | 490 | The argument string is comma delimited and is in the following form |
489 | 491 | (but without invervening spaces or line breaks) |
490 | -\' | |
492 | + | |
493 | +.nf | |
491 | 494 | redslope,redoffset,redpower: |
492 | 495 | greenslope,greenoffset,greenpower: |
493 | 496 | blueslope,blueoffset,bluepower: |
494 | 497 | saturation |
495 | -\' | |
496 | -\' | |
498 | +.fi | |
499 | + | |
497 | 500 | with the unity (no change) specification being: |
498 | -\' | |
501 | + | |
502 | +.nf | |
499 | 503 | "1.0,0.0,1.0:1.0,0.0,1.0:1.0,0.0,1.0:1.0" |
500 | -\' | |
504 | +.fi | |
501 | 505 | .TP |
502 | 506 | .B "-authenticate \fI<string>"\fP |
503 | 507 | \fRdecrypt image with this password |
504 | -\' | |
508 | + | |
505 | 509 | Use this option to supply a password for decrypting an image or an |
506 | 510 | image sequence, if it is being read from a format such as PDF that supports |
507 | 511 | encryption. Encrypting images being written is not supported. |
508 | 512 | .TP |
509 | 513 | .B "-auto-orient" |
510 | 514 | \fRorient (rotate) image so it is upright |
511 | -\' | |
515 | + | |
512 | 516 | Adjusts the image orienation so that it is suitable for viewing. Uses |
513 | 517 | the orientation tag obtained from the image file or as supplied by the |
514 | 518 | \fB-orient\fP option. |
515 | 519 | .TP |
516 | 520 | .B "-average" |
517 | 521 | \fRaverage a set of images |
518 | -\' | |
522 | + | |
519 | 523 | The set of images |
520 | 524 | is terminated by the appearance of any option. |
521 | 525 | If the \fB-average\fP |
@@ -523,7 +527,7 @@ | ||
523 | 527 | .TP |
524 | 528 | .B "-backdrop" |
525 | 529 | \fRdisplay the image centered on a backdrop. |
526 | -\' | |
530 | + | |
527 | 531 | This backdrop covers the entire workstation screen and is useful for hiding |
528 | 532 | other X window activity while viewing the image. The color of the backdrop |
529 | 533 | is specified as the foreground color (X11 default is black). |
@@ -533,13 +537,13 @@ | ||
533 | 537 | .TP |
534 | 538 | .B "-background \fI<color>"\fP |
535 | 539 | \fRthe background color |
536 | -\' | |
540 | + | |
537 | 541 | The color is specified using the format described under the \fB-fill\fP |
538 | 542 | option. |
539 | 543 | .TP |
540 | 544 | .B "-black-threshold \fIred[,green][,blue][,opacity]"\fP |
541 | 545 | \fRpixels below the threshold become black |
542 | -\' | |
546 | + | |
543 | 547 | Use \fB-black-threshold\fP to set pixels with values below the specified |
544 | 548 | threshold to minimum value (black). If only one value is supplied, or the |
545 | 549 | red, green, and blue values are identical, then intensity thresholding is |
@@ -555,19 +559,19 @@ | ||
555 | 559 | .TP |
556 | 560 | .B "-blur \fI<radius>{x<sigma>}"\fP |
557 | 561 | \fRblur the image with a Gaussian operator |
558 | -\' | |
562 | + | |
559 | 563 | Blur with the given radius and |
560 | 564 | standard deviation (sigma). |
561 | 565 | .TP |
562 | 566 | .B "-border \fI<width>x<height>"\fP |
563 | 567 | \fRsurround the image with a border of color |
564 | -\' | |
568 | + | |
565 | 569 | See \fB-geometry\fP for details |
566 | 570 | about the geometry specification. |
567 | 571 | .TP |
568 | 572 | .B "-bordercolor \fI<color>"\fP |
569 | 573 | \fRthe border color |
570 | -\' | |
574 | + | |
571 | 575 | The color is specified using the format described under the \fB-fill\fP |
572 | 576 | option. |
573 | 577 | .TP |
@@ -576,20 +580,20 @@ | ||
576 | 580 | .TP |
577 | 581 | .B "-box \fI<color>"\fP |
578 | 582 | \fRset the color of the annotation bounding box |
579 | -\' | |
583 | + | |
580 | 584 | The color is specified using the format described under the \fB-fill\fP |
581 | 585 | option. |
582 | -\' | |
586 | + | |
583 | 587 | See \fB-draw\fP for further |
584 | 588 | details. |
585 | 589 | .TP |
586 | 590 | .B "-channel \fI<type>"\fP |
587 | 591 | \fRthe type of channel |
588 | -\' | |
592 | + | |
589 | 593 | Choose from: \fBRed\fP, \fBGreen\fP, \fBBlue\fP, \fBOpacity\fP, |
590 | 594 | \fBMatte\fP, \fBCyan\fP, \fBMagenta\fP, \fBYellow\fP, \fBBlack\fP, |
591 | 595 | or \fBGray\fP. |
592 | -\' | |
596 | + | |
593 | 597 | Use this option to extract a particular \fIchannel\fP from the image. |
594 | 598 | \fBOpacity\fP, |
595 | 599 | for example, is useful for extracting the opacity values from an image. |
@@ -599,11 +603,11 @@ | ||
599 | 603 | .TP |
600 | 604 | .B "-chop \fI<width>x<height>{+-}<x>{+-}<y>{%}"\fP |
601 | 605 | \fRremove pixels from the interior of an image |
602 | -\' | |
606 | + | |
603 | 607 | \fIWidth\fP and \fIheight\fP give the number of columns and rows to remove, |
604 | 608 | and \fIx\fP and \fIy\fP are offsets that give the location of the |
605 | 609 | leftmost column and topmost row to remove. |
606 | -\' | |
610 | + | |
607 | 611 | The \fIx\fP offset normally specifies the leftmost column to remove. |
608 | 612 | If the \fB-gravity\fP option is present with \fINorthEast, East,\fP |
609 | 613 | or \fISouthEast\fP |
@@ -614,31 +618,32 @@ | ||
614 | 618 | or \fISouthEast\fP |
615 | 619 | gravity, it specifies the distance upward from the bottom edge of the |
616 | 620 | image to the bottom row to remove. |
617 | -\' | |
621 | + | |
618 | 622 | The \fB-chop\fP option removes entire rows and columns, |
619 | 623 | and moves the remaining corner blocks leftward and upward to close the gaps. |
620 | 624 | .TP |
621 | 625 | .B "-clip" |
622 | 626 | \fRapply the clipping path, if one is present |
623 | -\' | |
627 | + | |
624 | 628 | If a clipping path is present, it will be applied to subsequent operations. |
625 | -\' | |
629 | + | |
626 | 630 | For example, if you type the following command: |
627 | -\' | |
631 | + | |
632 | +.nf | |
628 | 633 | gm convert -clip -negate cockatoo.tif negated.tif |
629 | -\' | |
630 | -\' | |
634 | +.fi | |
635 | + | |
631 | 636 | only the pixels within the clipping path are negated. |
632 | -\' | |
637 | + | |
633 | 638 | The \fB-clip\fP feature requires the XML library. If the XML library |
634 | 639 | is not present, the option is ignored. |
635 | 640 | .TP |
636 | 641 | .B "-coalesce" |
637 | 642 | \fRmerge a sequence of images |
638 | -\' | |
643 | + | |
639 | 644 | Each image N in the sequence after Image 0 is replaced with the image |
640 | 645 | created by flattening images 0 through N. |
641 | -\' | |
646 | + | |
642 | 647 | The set of images |
643 | 648 | is terminated by the appearance of any option. |
644 | 649 | If the \fB-coalesce\fP |
@@ -646,23 +651,24 @@ | ||
646 | 651 | .TP |
647 | 652 | .B "-colorize \fI<value>"\fP |
648 | 653 | \fRcolorize the image with the pen color |
649 | -\' | |
654 | + | |
650 | 655 | Specify the amount of colorization as a percentage. You can apply separate |
651 | 656 | colorization values to the red, green, and blue channels of the image with |
652 | 657 | a colorization value list delimited with slashes (e.g. 0/0/50). |
653 | -\' | |
658 | + | |
654 | 659 | The \fB-colorize\fP option may be used in conjunction with \fB-modulate\fP |
655 | 660 | to produce a nice sepia toned image like: |
656 | -\' | |
661 | + | |
662 | +.nf | |
657 | 663 | gm convert input.ppm -modulate 115,0,100 \\ |
658 | 664 | -colorize 7,21,50 output.ppm. |
659 | -\' | |
665 | +.fi | |
660 | 666 | .TP |
661 | 667 | .B "-colormap \fI<type>"\fP |
662 | 668 | \fRdefine the colormap type |
663 | -\' | |
669 | + | |
664 | 670 | Choose between \fBshared\fP or \fBprivate\fP. |
665 | -\' | |
671 | + | |
666 | 672 | This option only applies when the default X server visual is \fIPseudoColor\fP |
667 | 673 | or \fIGRAYScale\fP. Refer to \fB-visual\fP for more details. By default, |
668 | 674 | a shared colormap is allocated. The image shares colors with other X clients. |
@@ -673,7 +679,7 @@ | ||
673 | 679 | .TP |
674 | 680 | .B "-colors \fI<value>"\fP |
675 | 681 | \fRpreferred number of colors in the image |
676 | -\' | |
682 | + | |
677 | 683 | The actual number of colors in the image may be less than your request, |
678 | 684 | but never more. Note, this is a color reduction option. Images with less |
679 | 685 | unique colors than specified with this option will have any duplicate or |
@@ -682,19 +688,19 @@ | ||
682 | 688 | image to the gray colorspace before reducing the number of colors since |
683 | 689 | doing so is most efficient. Refer to <a |
684 | 690 | href="quantize.html">quantize for more details. |
685 | -\' | |
691 | + | |
686 | 692 | Note, options \fB-dither\fP, \fB-colorspace\fP, and \fB-treedepth\fP |
687 | 693 | affect the color reduction algorithm. |
688 | 694 | .TP |
689 | 695 | .B "-colorspace \fI<value>"\fP |
690 | 696 | \fRthe type of colorspace |
691 | -\' | |
697 | + | |
692 | 698 | Choices are: |
693 | 699 | \fBCineonLog\fP, \fBCMYK\fP, \fBGRAY\fP, \fBHSL\fP, \fBHWB\fP, |
694 | 700 | \fBOHTA\fP, \fBRGB\fP, \fBRec601Luma\fP, \fBRec709Luma\fP, |
695 | 701 | \fBRec601YCbCr\fP, \fBRec709YCbCr\fP, \fBTransparent\fP, \fBXYZ\fP, |
696 | 702 | \fBYCbCr\fP, \fBYIQ\fP, \fBYPbPr\fP, or \fBYUV\fP. |
697 | -\' | |
703 | + | |
698 | 704 | Color reduction, by default, takes place in the RGB color space. Empirical |
699 | 705 | evidence suggests that distances in color spaces such as YUV or YIQ correspond |
700 | 706 | to perceptual color differences more closely than do distances in RGB space. |
@@ -708,25 +714,25 @@ | ||
708 | 714 | \fBGRAY\fP colorspace currently selects the \fBRec601Luma\fP |
709 | 715 | colorspace by default for backwards compatibly reasons. This default |
710 | 716 | may be re-considered in the future. |
711 | -\' | |
717 | + | |
712 | 718 | Two YCbCr colorspaces are supported. The \fBRec601YCbCr\fP space is |
713 | 719 | based on the recommendations for legacy NTSC television (ITU-R BT.601-5). The |
714 | 720 | \fBRec709CbCr\fP space is based on the recommendations for HDTV (Rec. |
715 | 721 | ITU-R BT.709-5) and is suitable for suitable for use with computer |
716 | 722 | graphics, and for contemporary CRT displays. The \fBYCbCr\fP colorspace |
717 | 723 | specification is equivalent to\fBRec601YCbCr\fP. |
718 | -\' | |
719 | -\' | |
724 | + | |
725 | + | |
720 | 726 | The \fBTransparent\fP color space behaves uniquely in that it preserves |
721 | 727 | the matte channel of the image if it exists. |
722 | -\' | |
728 | + | |
723 | 729 | The \fB-colors\fP or \fB-monochrome\fP option, or saving to a file |
724 | 730 | format which requires color reduction, is required for this option to |
725 | 731 | take effect. |
726 | 732 | .TP |
727 | 733 | .B "-comment \fI<string>"\fP |
728 | 734 | \fRannotate an image with a comment |
729 | -\' | |
735 | + | |
730 | 736 | Use this option to assign a specific comment to the image, when writing |
731 | 737 | to an image format that supports comments. You can include the |
732 | 738 | image filename, type, width, height, or other image attribute by embedding |
@@ -735,31 +741,32 @@ | ||
735 | 741 | datastream via a "Comment" tag or similar mechanism. If you want the |
736 | 742 | comment to be visible on the image itself, use the \fB-draw\fP option |
737 | 743 | instead. |
738 | -\' | |
744 | + | |
739 | 745 | For example, |
740 | -\' | |
746 | + | |
747 | +.nf | |
741 | 748 | -comment "%m:%f %wx%h" |
742 | -\' | |
743 | -\' | |
749 | +.fi | |
750 | + | |
744 | 751 | produces an image comment of \fBMIFF:bird.miff 512x480\fP for an image |
745 | 752 | titled \fBbird.miff\fP and whose width is 512 and height is 480. |
746 | -\' | |
753 | + | |
747 | 754 | If the first character of \fIstring\fP is \fI@\fP, the image comment |
748 | 755 | is read from a file titled by the remaining characters in the string. |
749 | 756 | Please note that if the string comes from an untrusted source that it |
750 | 757 | should be sanitized before use since otherwise the content of an |
751 | 758 | arbitrary readable file could be incorporated in a comment in the |
752 | 759 | output file (a security risk). |
753 | -\' | |
760 | + | |
754 | 761 | If the -comment option appears multiple times, only the last comment is |
755 | 762 | stored. |
756 | -\' | |
763 | + | |
757 | 764 | In PNG images, the comment is stored in a \fBtEXt\fP or \fBzTXt\fP chunk |
758 | 765 | with the keyword "comment". |
759 | 766 | .TP |
760 | 767 | .B "-compose \fI<operator>"\fP |
761 | 768 | \fRthe type of image composition |
762 | -\' | |
769 | + | |
763 | 770 | The description of composition uses abstract terminology in order to |
764 | 771 | allow the the description to be more clear, while avoiding constant |
765 | 772 | values which are specific to a particular build configuration. Each image |
@@ -773,7 +780,7 @@ | ||
773 | 780 | channel is disabled, then all pixels in the image are treated as opaque. |
774 | 781 | The color of an \fIopaque\fP pixel is fully visible while the color of a |
775 | 782 | \fItransparent\fP pixel color is entirely absent (pixel color is ignored). |
776 | -\' | |
783 | + | |
777 | 784 | By definition, raster images have a rectangular shape. All image rows are |
778 | 785 | of equal length, and all image columns have the same number of rows. By |
779 | 786 | treating the opacity channel as a visual "mask" the rectangular image may |
@@ -787,10 +794,11 @@ | ||
787 | 794 | "shapes" they are by no means limited to mask-style operations since they |
788 | 795 | are based on continuous floating-point mathematics rather than simple |
789 | 796 | boolean operations. |
790 | -\' | |
797 | + | |
791 | 798 | By default, the \fIOver\fP composite operator is used. The following |
792 | 799 | composite operators are available: |
793 | -\' | |
800 | + | |
801 | +.nf | |
794 | 802 | Over |
795 | 803 | In |
796 | 804 | Out |
@@ -813,12 +821,12 @@ | ||
813 | 821 | CopyMagenta |
814 | 822 | CopyYellow |
815 | 823 | CopyBlack |
816 | -\' | |
817 | -\' | |
824 | +.fi | |
825 | + | |
818 | 826 | The behavior of each operator is described below. |
819 | -\' | |
820 | -.in 15 | |
821 | -\' | |
827 | + | |
828 | +.in 15 | |
829 | + | |
822 | 830 | .in 15 |
823 | 831 | .B "Over" |
824 | 832 | .in 20 |
@@ -827,7 +835,7 @@ | ||
827 | 835 | The result will be the union of the two image shapes, with opaque areas |
828 | 836 | of \fIchange-image\fP obscuring \fIbase-image\fP in the region of |
829 | 837 | overlap. |
830 | -\' | |
838 | + | |
831 | 839 | .in 15 |
832 | 840 | .in 15 |
833 | 841 | .B "In" |
@@ -837,7 +845,7 @@ | ||
837 | 845 | The result is simply \fIchange-image\fP cut by the shape of |
838 | 846 | \fIbase-image\fP. None of the image data of \fIbase-image\fP will be in |
839 | 847 | the result. |
840 | -\' | |
848 | + | |
841 | 849 | .in 15 |
842 | 850 | .in 15 |
843 | 851 | .B "Out" |
@@ -846,7 +854,7 @@ | ||
846 | 854 | .in 20 |
847 | 855 | The resulting image is \fIchange-image\fP with the shape of |
848 | 856 | \fIbase-image\fP cut out. |
849 | -\' | |
857 | + | |
850 | 858 | .in 15 |
851 | 859 | .in 15 |
852 | 860 | .B "Atop" |
@@ -858,7 +866,7 @@ | ||
858 | 866 | overlap. Note this differs from \fBover\fP because the portion of |
859 | 867 | \fIchange-image\fP outside \fIbase-image\fP's shape does not appear in |
860 | 868 | the result. |
861 | -\' | |
869 | + | |
862 | 870 | .in 15 |
863 | 871 | .in 15 |
864 | 872 | .B "Xor" |
@@ -868,7 +876,7 @@ | ||
868 | 876 | The result is the image data from both \fIchange-image\fP and |
869 | 877 | \fIbase-image\fP that is outside the overlap region. The overlap region |
870 | 878 | will be blank. |
871 | -\' | |
879 | + | |
872 | 880 | .in 15 |
873 | 881 | .in 15 |
874 | 882 | .B "Plus" |
@@ -878,7 +886,7 @@ | ||
878 | 886 | The result is just the sum of the image data. Output values are cropped |
879 | 887 | to MaxRGB (no overflow). This operation is independent of the matte |
880 | 888 | channels. |
881 | -\' | |
889 | + | |
882 | 890 | .in 15 |
883 | 891 | .in 15 |
884 | 892 | .B "Minus" |
@@ -888,7 +896,7 @@ | ||
888 | 896 | The result of \fIchange-image\fP - \fIbase-image\fP, with underflow |
889 | 897 | cropped to zero. The matte channel is ignored (set to opaque, full |
890 | 898 | coverage). |
891 | -\' | |
899 | + | |
892 | 900 | .in 15 |
893 | 901 | .in 15 |
894 | 902 | .B "Add" |
@@ -897,7 +905,7 @@ | ||
897 | 905 | .in 20 |
898 | 906 | The result of \fIchange-image\fP + \fIbase-image\fP, with overflow |
899 | 907 | wrapping around (\fImod\fP MaxRGB+1). |
900 | -\' | |
908 | + | |
901 | 909 | .in 15 |
902 | 910 | .in 15 |
903 | 911 | .B "Subtract" |
@@ -907,7 +915,7 @@ | ||
907 | 915 | The result of \fIchange-image\fP - \fIbase-image\fP, with underflow |
908 | 916 | wrapping around (\fImod\fP MaxRGB+1). The \fBadd\fP and \fBsubtract\fP |
909 | 917 | operators can be used to perform reversible transformations. |
910 | -\' | |
918 | + | |
911 | 919 | .in 15 |
912 | 920 | .in 15 |
913 | 921 | .B "Difference" |
@@ -916,7 +924,7 @@ | ||
916 | 924 | .in 20 |
917 | 925 | The result of abs(\fIchange-image\fP - \fIbase-image\fP). This is |
918 | 926 | useful for comparing two very similar images. |
919 | -\' | |
927 | + | |
920 | 928 | .in 15 |
921 | 929 | .in 15 |
922 | 930 | .B "Divide" |
@@ -926,7 +934,7 @@ | ||
926 | 934 | The result of \fIchange-image\fP / \fIbase-image\fP. This is useful |
927 | 935 | for improving the readability of text on unevenly illuminated photos (by |
928 | 936 | using a gaussian blurred copy of change-image as base-image). |
929 | -\' | |
937 | + | |
930 | 938 | .in 15 |
931 | 939 | .in 15 |
932 | 940 | .B "Multiply" |
@@ -935,7 +943,7 @@ | ||
935 | 943 | .in 20 |
936 | 944 | The result of \fIchange-image\fP * \fIbase-image\fP. This is useful for |
937 | 945 | the creation of drop-shadows. |
938 | -\' | |
946 | + | |
939 | 947 | .in 15 |
940 | 948 | .in 15 |
941 | 949 | .B "Bumpmap" |
@@ -943,7 +951,7 @@ | ||
943 | 951 | \fR |
944 | 952 | .in 20 |
945 | 953 | The result \fIbase-image\fP shaded by \fIchange-image\fP. |
946 | -\' | |
954 | + | |
947 | 955 | .in 15 |
948 | 956 | .in 15 |
949 | 957 | .B "Copy" |
@@ -952,7 +960,7 @@ | ||
952 | 960 | .in 20 |
953 | 961 | The resulting image is \fIbase-image\fP replaced with |
954 | 962 | \fIchange-image\fP. Here the matte information is ignored. |
955 | -\' | |
963 | + | |
956 | 964 | .in 15 |
957 | 965 | .in 15 |
958 | 966 | .B "CopyRed" |
@@ -962,7 +970,7 @@ | ||
962 | 970 | The resulting image is the red channel in \fIbase-image\fP replaced with |
963 | 971 | the red channel in \fIchange-image\fP. The other channels are copied |
964 | 972 | untouched. |
965 | -\' | |
973 | + | |
966 | 974 | .in 15 |
967 | 975 | .in 15 |
968 | 976 | .B "CopyGreen" |
@@ -972,7 +980,7 @@ | ||
972 | 980 | The resulting image is the green channel in \fIbase-image\fP replaced |
973 | 981 | with the green channel in \fIchange-image\fP. The other channels are |
974 | 982 | copied untouched. |
975 | -\' | |
983 | + | |
976 | 984 | .in 15 |
977 | 985 | .in 15 |
978 | 986 | .B "CopyBlue" |
@@ -982,7 +990,7 @@ | ||
982 | 990 | The resulting image is the blue channel in \fIbase-image\fP replaced |
983 | 991 | with the blue channel in \fIchange-image\fP. The other channels are |
984 | 992 | copied untouched. |
985 | -\' | |
993 | + | |
986 | 994 | .in 15 |
987 | 995 | .in 15 |
988 | 996 | .B "CopyOpacity" |
@@ -992,7 +1000,7 @@ | ||
992 | 1000 | The resulting image is the opacity channel in \fIbase-image\fP replaced |
993 | 1001 | with the opacity channel in \fIchange-image\fP. The other channels are |
994 | 1002 | copied untouched. |
995 | -\' | |
1003 | + | |
996 | 1004 | .in 15 |
997 | 1005 | .in 15 |
998 | 1006 | .B "CopyCyan" |
@@ -1003,7 +1011,7 @@ | ||
1003 | 1011 | with the cyan channel in \fIchange-image\fP. The other channels are |
1004 | 1012 | copied untouched. Use of this operator requires that base-image be in |
1005 | 1013 | CMYK(A) colorspace. |
1006 | -\' | |
1014 | + | |
1007 | 1015 | .in 15 |
1008 | 1016 | .in 15 |
1009 | 1017 | .B "CopyMagenta" |
@@ -1014,7 +1022,7 @@ | ||
1014 | 1022 | replaced with the magenta channel in \fIchange-image\fP. The other |
1015 | 1023 | channels are copied untouched. Use of this operator requires that |
1016 | 1024 | base-image be in CMYK(A) colorspace. |
1017 | -\' | |
1025 | + | |
1018 | 1026 | .in 15 |
1019 | 1027 | .in 15 |
1020 | 1028 | .B "CopyYellow" |
@@ -1025,7 +1033,7 @@ | ||
1025 | 1033 | replaced with the yellow channel in \fIchange-image\fP. The other |
1026 | 1034 | channels are copied untouched. Use of this operator requires that |
1027 | 1035 | base-image be in CMYK(A) colorspace. |
1028 | -\' | |
1036 | + | |
1029 | 1037 | .in 15 |
1030 | 1038 | .in 15 |
1031 | 1039 | .B "CopyBlack" |
@@ -1037,28 +1045,28 @@ | ||
1037 | 1045 | channels are copied untouched. Use of this operator requires that |
1038 | 1046 | base-image be in CMYK(A) colorspace. If change-image is not in CMYK |
1039 | 1047 | space, then the change-image pixel intensities are used. |
1040 | -\' | |
1041 | -.in 15 | |
1042 | -\' | |
1043 | -\' | |
1048 | + | |
1049 | +.in 15 | |
1050 | + | |
1051 | + | |
1044 | 1052 | .TP |
1045 | 1053 | .B "-compress \fI<type>"\fP |
1046 | 1054 | \fRthe type of image compression |
1047 | -\' | |
1055 | + | |
1048 | 1056 | Choices are: \fINone\fP, \fIBZip\fP, \fIFax\fP, |
1049 | 1057 | \fIGroup3\fP, \fIGroup4\fP, |
1050 | 1058 | \fIJPEG\fP, \fILossless\fP, |
1051 | 1059 | \fILZW\fP, \fIRLE\fP, \fIZip\fP, \fILZMA\fP, \fIJPEG2000\fP, |
1052 | 1060 | \fIJPEG2000\fP, \fIJBIG\fP, \fIJBIG2\fP, \fIWebP\fP, or \fIZSTD\fP. |
1053 | -\' | |
1054 | -\' | |
1061 | + | |
1062 | + | |
1055 | 1063 | Specify \fB+compress\fP to store the binary image in an uncompressed format. |
1056 | 1064 | The default is the compression type of the specified image file. |
1057 | -\' | |
1065 | + | |
1058 | 1066 | \fI"Lossless"\fP refers to lossless JPEG, which is only available if |
1059 | 1067 | the JPEG library has been patched to support it. Use of lossless JPEG is |
1060 | 1068 | generally not recommended. |
1061 | -\' | |
1069 | + | |
1062 | 1070 | Use the \fB-quality\fP option to set the compression level to be used |
1063 | 1071 | by the JPEG, JPEG-2000, PNG, MIFF, MPEG, and TIFF encoders. Use the |
1064 | 1072 | \fB-sampling-factor\fP option to set the sampling factor to be used |
@@ -1067,21 +1075,22 @@ | ||
1067 | 1075 | .TP |
1068 | 1076 | .B "-contrast" |
1069 | 1077 | \fRenhance or reduce the image contrast |
1070 | -\' | |
1078 | + | |
1071 | 1079 | This option enhances the intensity differences between the lighter and |
1072 | 1080 | darker elements of the image. Use \fB-contrast\fP to enhance |
1073 | 1081 | the image |
1074 | 1082 | or \fB+contrast\fP to reduce the image contrast. |
1075 | -\' | |
1076 | -\' | |
1083 | + | |
1084 | + | |
1077 | 1085 | For a more pronounced effect you can repeat the option: |
1078 | -\' | |
1086 | + | |
1087 | +.nf | |
1079 | 1088 | gm convert rose: -contrast -contrast rose_c2.png |
1080 | -\' | |
1089 | +.fi | |
1081 | 1090 | .TP |
1082 | 1091 | .B "-convolve \fI<kernel>"\fP |
1083 | 1092 | \fRconvolve image with the specified convolution kernel |
1084 | -\' | |
1093 | + | |
1085 | 1094 | The kernel is specified as a comma-separated list of floating point |
1086 | 1095 | values, ordered left-to right, starting with the top row. The order of |
1087 | 1096 | the kernel is determined by the square root of the number of entries. |
@@ -1089,7 +1098,7 @@ | ||
1089 | 1098 | .TP |
1090 | 1099 | .B "-create-directories" |
1091 | 1100 | \fRcreate output directory if required |
1092 | -\' | |
1101 | + | |
1093 | 1102 | Use this option with \fB-output-directory\fP if the input paths contain |
1094 | 1103 | subdirectories and it is desired to create similar subdirectories in the |
1095 | 1104 | output directory. Without this option, \fBmogrify\fP will fail if the |
@@ -1097,16 +1106,16 @@ | ||
1097 | 1106 | .TP |
1098 | 1107 | .B "-crop \fI<width>x<height>{+-}<x>{+-}<y>{%}"\fP |
1099 | 1108 | \fRpreferred size and location of the cropped image |
1100 | -\' | |
1109 | + | |
1101 | 1110 | See \fB-geometry\fP for details |
1102 | 1111 | about the geometry specification. |
1103 | -\' | |
1112 | + | |
1104 | 1113 | The width and height give the size of the image that remains after cropping, |
1105 | 1114 | and \fIx\fP and \fIy\fP are offsets that give the location of the top left |
1106 | 1115 | corner of the cropped |
1107 | 1116 | image with respect to the original image. To specify the amount to be |
1108 | 1117 | removed, use \fB-shave\fP instead. |
1109 | -\' | |
1118 | + | |
1110 | 1119 | If the \fIx\fP and \fIy\fP offsets are present, a single image is |
1111 | 1120 | generated, consisting of the pixels from the cropping region. |
1112 | 1121 | The offsets specify the location of the upper left corner of |
@@ -1120,7 +1129,7 @@ | ||
1120 | 1129 | or \fISouthEast\fP |
1121 | 1130 | gravity, the distance is measured upward between the bottom |
1122 | 1131 | edges. |
1123 | -\' | |
1132 | + | |
1124 | 1133 | If the \fIx\fP and \fIy\fP offsets are omitted, a set of tiles of the |
1125 | 1134 | specified geometry, covering the entire input image, is generated. The |
1126 | 1135 | rightmost tiles and the bottom tiles are smaller if the |
@@ -1128,13 +1137,13 @@ | ||
1128 | 1137 | .TP |
1129 | 1138 | .B "-cycle \fI<amount>"\fP |
1130 | 1139 | \fRdisplace image colormap by amount |
1131 | -\' | |
1140 | + | |
1132 | 1141 | \fIAmount\fP defines the number of positions each colormap entry isshifted. |
1133 | -\' | |
1142 | + | |
1134 | 1143 | .TP |
1135 | 1144 | .B "-debug \fI<events>"\fP |
1136 | 1145 | \fRenable debug printout |
1137 | -\' | |
1146 | + | |
1138 | 1147 | The events parameter specifies which events are to be logged. It |
1139 | 1148 | can be either None, All, or a comma-separated list |
1140 | 1149 | consisting of one or more of the following domains: |
@@ -1158,30 +1167,31 @@ | ||
1158 | 1167 | Warning, or |
1159 | 1168 | X11, |
1160 | 1169 | For example, to log cache and blob events, use |
1161 | -\' | |
1170 | + | |
1171 | +.nf | |
1162 | 1172 | gm convert -debug "Cache,Blob" rose: rose.png |
1163 | -\' | |
1164 | -\' | |
1173 | +.fi | |
1174 | + | |
1165 | 1175 | The "User" domain is normally empty, but developers can log "User" events |
1166 | 1176 | in their private copy of GraphicsMagick. |
1167 | -\' | |
1177 | + | |
1168 | 1178 | Use the \fB-log\fP option to specify the format for debugging output. |
1169 | -\' | |
1179 | + | |
1170 | 1180 | Use \fB+debug\fP to turn off all logging. |
1171 | -\' | |
1181 | + | |
1172 | 1182 | An alternative to using \fB-debug\fP is to use the \fBMAGICK_DEBUG\fP |
1173 | 1183 | environment variable. The allowed values for the \fBMAGICK_DEBUG\fP |
1174 | 1184 | environment variable are the same as for the \fB-debug\fP option. |
1175 | 1185 | .TP |
1176 | 1186 | .B "-deconstruct" |
1177 | 1187 | \fRbreak down an image sequence into constituent parts |
1178 | -\' | |
1188 | + | |
1179 | 1189 | This option compares each image with the next in a sequence and |
1180 | 1190 | returns the maximum bounding region of any pixel differences it discovers. |
1181 | 1191 | This method can undo a coalesced sequence returned by the |
1182 | 1192 | \fB-coalesce\fP option, and is useful for removing redundant information |
1183 | 1193 | from a GIF or MNG animation. |
1184 | -\' | |
1194 | + | |
1185 | 1195 | The sequence of images |
1186 | 1196 | is terminated by the appearance of any option. |
1187 | 1197 | If the \fB-deconstruct\fP |
@@ -1197,11 +1207,11 @@ | ||
1197 | 1207 | that name. This is used to control on/off options. Use +define |
1198 | 1208 | <key>,... to remove definitions previously created. Use |
1199 | 1209 | +define "*" to remove all existing definitions. |
1200 | -\' | |
1210 | + | |
1201 | 1211 | The following definitions may be created: |
1202 | -\' | |
1203 | -.in 15 | |
1204 | -\' | |
1212 | + | |
1213 | +.in 15 | |
1214 | + | |
1205 | 1215 | .in 15 |
1206 | 1216 | .B "cineon:colorspace={rgb|cineonlog}" |
1207 | 1217 | .in 20 |
@@ -1210,7 +1220,7 @@ | ||
1210 | 1220 | Use the cineon:colorspace option when reading a Cineon file to |
1211 | 1221 | specify the colorspace the Cineon file uses. This overrides the colorspace |
1212 | 1222 | type implied by the DPX header (if any). |
1213 | -\' | |
1223 | + | |
1214 | 1224 | .in 15 |
1215 | 1225 | .in 15 |
1216 | 1226 | .B "dpx:bits-per-sample=<value>" |
@@ -1224,7 +1234,7 @@ | ||
1224 | 1234 | standard supports bits per sample values of 1, 8, 10, 12, and 16. Many |
1225 | 1235 | DPX readers demand a sample size of 10 bits with type A padding (see |
1226 | 1236 | below). |
1227 | -\' | |
1237 | + | |
1228 | 1238 | .in 15 |
1229 | 1239 | .in 15 |
1230 | 1240 | .B "dpx:colorspace={rgb|cineonlog}" |
@@ -1234,7 +1244,7 @@ | ||
1234 | 1244 | Use the dpx:colorspace option when reading a DPX file to |
1235 | 1245 | specify the colorspace the DPX file uses. This overrides the colorspace |
1236 | 1246 | type implied by the DPX header (if any). |
1237 | -\' | |
1247 | + | |
1238 | 1248 | .in 15 |
1239 | 1249 | .in 15 |
1240 | 1250 | .B "dpx:packing-method={packed|a|b|lsbpad|msbpad}" |
@@ -1248,7 +1258,7 @@ | ||
1248 | 1258 | sample sizes of 10 or 12 bits. If samples are not packed, the DPX |
1249 | 1259 | standard recommends type A padding. Many DPX readers demand a sample size |
1250 | 1260 | of 10 bits with type A padding. |
1251 | -\' | |
1261 | + | |
1252 | 1262 | .in 15 |
1253 | 1263 | .in 15 |
1254 | 1264 | .B "dpx:pixel-endian={lsb|msb}" |
@@ -1259,7 +1269,7 @@ | ||
1259 | 1269 | reading or writing the DPX files. Sometimes this is useful if the file is |
1260 | 1270 | (or must be) written incorrectly so that the file header and the pixels |
1261 | 1271 | use different endianness. |
1262 | -\' | |
1272 | + | |
1263 | 1273 | .in 15 |
1264 | 1274 | .in 15 |
1265 | 1275 | .B "dpx:swap-samples={true|false}" |
@@ -1283,7 +1293,7 @@ | ||
1283 | 1293 | sample order. Use swap-samples-read when swapping should only occur |
1284 | 1294 | in the reader, or swap-samples-write when swapping should only occur |
1285 | 1295 | in the writer. |
1286 | -\' | |
1296 | + | |
1287 | 1297 | .in 15 |
1288 | 1298 | .in 15 |
1289 | 1299 | .B "gradient:direction={South|North|West|East|NorthWest|NorthEast|SouthWest|SouthEast}" |
@@ -1299,7 +1309,7 @@ | ||
1299 | 1309 | Top-Left), \fBNorthEast\fP (Bottom-Left to Top-Right), |
1300 | 1310 | \fBSouthWest\fP (Top-Right Bottom-Left), and \fBSouthEast\fP |
1301 | 1311 | (Top-Left to Bottom-Right). |
1302 | -\' | |
1312 | + | |
1303 | 1313 | .in 15 |
1304 | 1314 | .in 15 |
1305 | 1315 | .B "jp2:rate=<value>" |
@@ -1312,7 +1322,7 @@ | ||
1312 | 1322 | compression. If defined, this value overrides the -quality |
1313 | 1323 | setting. The default quality setting of 75 results in a rate value of |
1314 | 1324 | 0.06641. |
1315 | -\' | |
1325 | + | |
1316 | 1326 | .in 15 |
1317 | 1327 | .in 15 |
1318 | 1328 | .B "jpeg:block-smoothing={true|false}" |
@@ -1321,7 +1331,7 @@ | ||
1321 | 1331 | .in 20 |
1322 | 1332 | Enables or disables block smoothing when reading a JPEG file |
1323 | 1333 | (default enabled). |
1324 | -\' | |
1334 | + | |
1325 | 1335 | .in 15 |
1326 | 1336 | .in 15 |
1327 | 1337 | .B "jpeg:dct-method=<value>" |
@@ -1335,7 +1345,7 @@ | ||
1335 | 1345 | \fBfastest\fP might not necessarily be fastest on your CPU, depending |
1336 | 1346 | on the choices made when the JPEG library was built and how your CPU |
1337 | 1347 | behaves. |
1338 | -\' | |
1348 | + | |
1339 | 1349 | .in 15 |
1340 | 1350 | .in 15 |
1341 | 1351 | .B "jpeg:fancy-upsampling={true|false}" |
@@ -1344,7 +1354,7 @@ | ||
1344 | 1354 | .in 20 |
1345 | 1355 | Enables or disables fancy upsampling when reading a JPEG file |
1346 | 1356 | (default enabled). |
1347 | -\' | |
1357 | + | |
1348 | 1358 | .in 15 |
1349 | 1359 | .in 15 |
1350 | 1360 | .B "jpeg:max-scan-number=<value>" |
@@ -1355,7 +1365,7 @@ | ||
1355 | 1365 | scans allowed in a JPEG file. The default maximum is 100 scans. This |
1356 | 1366 | limit is imposed due to a weakness in the JPEG standard which allows |
1357 | 1367 | small JPEG files to take many minutes or hours to be read. |
1358 | -\' | |
1368 | + | |
1359 | 1369 | .in 15 |
1360 | 1370 | .in 15 |
1361 | 1371 | .B "jpeg:max-warnings=<value>" |
@@ -1365,7 +1375,7 @@ | ||
1365 | 1375 | Specifies an integer value for how many warnings are allowed for |
1366 | 1376 | any given error type before being promoted to a hard error. JPEG |
1367 | 1377 | files producing excessive warnings indicate a problem with the file. |
1368 | -\' | |
1378 | + | |
1369 | 1379 | .in 15 |
1370 | 1380 | .in 15 |
1371 | 1381 | .B "jpeg:optimize-coding={true|false}" |
@@ -1377,7 +1387,7 @@ | ||
1377 | 1387 | requires that the entire image be buffered in memory. Huffman encoding |
1378 | 1388 | produces smaller JPEG files at the expense of added compression time and |
1379 | 1389 | memory consumption. |
1380 | -\' | |
1390 | + | |
1381 | 1391 | .in 15 |
1382 | 1392 | .in 15 |
1383 | 1393 | .B "jpeg:preserve-settings" |
@@ -1391,7 +1401,7 @@ | ||
1391 | 1401 | file. If the colorspace of the output file differs from that of the |
1392 | 1402 | input file, the quality setting is preserved but the sampling-factors |
1393 | 1403 | are not. |
1394 | -\' | |
1404 | + | |
1395 | 1405 | .in 15 |
1396 | 1406 | .in 15 |
1397 | 1407 | .B "pcl:fit-to-page" |
@@ -1414,7 +1424,7 @@ | ||
1414 | 1424 | may be increased using this option. Take care when increasing this |
1415 | 1425 | limit since an excessively large limit could allow untrusted files to |
1416 | 1426 | use excessive memory. |
1417 | -\' | |
1427 | + | |
1418 | 1428 | .in 15 |
1419 | 1429 | .in 15 |
1420 | 1430 | .B "mng:maximum-loops=<value>" |
@@ -1425,7 +1435,7 @@ | ||
1425 | 1435 | be specified by a MNG LOOP chunk. Without an imposed limit, a MNG file |
1426 | 1436 | could request up to 2147483647 loops, which could run for a very long |
1427 | 1437 | time. The current default limit is 512 loops. |
1428 | -\' | |
1438 | + | |
1429 | 1439 | .in 15 |
1430 | 1440 | .in 15 |
1431 | 1441 | .B "pdf:use-cropbox={true|false}" |
@@ -1434,7 +1444,7 @@ | ||
1434 | 1444 | .in 20 |
1435 | 1445 | If the pdf:use-cropbox flag is set to \fBtrue\fP, then |
1436 | 1446 | Ghostscript is requested to apply the PDF crop box. |
1437 | -\' | |
1447 | + | |
1438 | 1448 | .in 15 |
1439 | 1449 | .in 15 |
1440 | 1450 | .B "pdf:stop-on-error={true|false}" |
@@ -1445,7 +1455,7 @@ | ||
1445 | 1455 | Ghostscript is requested to stop processing the PDF when the first |
1446 | 1456 | error is encountered. Otherwise it will attempt to process all |
1447 | 1457 | requested pages. |
1448 | -\' | |
1458 | + | |
1449 | 1459 | .in 15 |
1450 | 1460 | .in 15 |
1451 | 1461 | .B "ps:imagemask" |
@@ -1455,7 +1465,7 @@ | ||
1455 | 1465 | If the ps:imagemask flag is defined, the PS3 and EPS3 coders will |
1456 | 1466 | create Postscript files that render bilevel images with the Postscript |
1457 | 1467 | imagemask operator instead of the image operator. |
1458 | -\' | |
1468 | + | |
1459 | 1469 | .in 15 |
1460 | 1470 | .in 15 |
1461 | 1471 | .B "ptif:minimum-geometry=<geometry>" |
@@ -1466,7 +1476,7 @@ | ||
1466 | 1476 | use it to determine the minimum frame size to output when writing a |
1467 | 1477 | pyramid TIFF file (a TIFF file containing a succession of reduced |
1468 | 1478 | versions of the first frame). The default minimum geometry is 32x32. |
1469 | -\' | |
1479 | + | |
1470 | 1480 | .in 15 |
1471 | 1481 | .in 15 |
1472 | 1482 | .B "tiff:alpha={unspecified|associated|unassociated}" |
@@ -1487,7 +1497,7 @@ | ||
1487 | 1497 | channel. Note that for many years, ImageMagick and GraphicsMagick marked |
1488 | 1498 | TIFF files as using associated alpha, without properly pre-multiplying |
1489 | 1499 | the pixels. |
1490 | -\' | |
1500 | + | |
1491 | 1501 | .in 15 |
1492 | 1502 | .in 15 |
1493 | 1503 | .B "tiff:fill-order={msb2lsb|lsb2msb}" |
@@ -1500,7 +1510,7 @@ | ||
1500 | 1510 | only exception to this is when Group3 or Group4 FAX compression is |
1501 | 1511 | requested since FAX machines send data in bit-reversed order and |
1502 | 1512 | therefore RFC 2301 recommends using reverse order. |
1503 | -\' | |
1513 | + | |
1504 | 1514 | .in 15 |
1505 | 1515 | .in 15 |
1506 | 1516 | .B "tiff:group-three-options=<value>" |
@@ -1511,7 +1521,7 @@ | ||
1511 | 1521 | will use it to set the group3 options tag when writing |
1512 | 1522 | group3-compressed TIFF. Please see the TIFF specification for the |
1513 | 1523 | usage of this tag. The default value is 4. |
1514 | -\' | |
1524 | + | |
1515 | 1525 | .in 15 |
1516 | 1526 | .in 15 |
1517 | 1527 | .B "tiff:ignore-tags=<tags>" |
@@ -1524,7 +1534,7 @@ | ||
1524 | 1534 | which otherwise fail to read due to problems with TIFF tags. Note |
1525 | 1535 | that some TIFF tags are required in order to be able to read the image |
1526 | 1536 | data at all. |
1527 | -\' | |
1537 | + | |
1528 | 1538 | .in 15 |
1529 | 1539 | .in 15 |
1530 | 1540 | .B "tiff:report-warnings={false|true}" |
@@ -1538,7 +1548,7 @@ | ||
1538 | 1548 | they may help deduce problems with the TIFF file, or help detect that |
1539 | 1549 | the TIFF file requires a special application to read successfully due |
1540 | 1550 | to the use of proprietary or specialized extensions. |
1541 | -\' | |
1551 | + | |
1542 | 1552 | .in 15 |
1543 | 1553 | .in 15 |
1544 | 1554 | .B "tiff:sample-format={unsigned|ieeefp}" |
@@ -1551,7 +1561,7 @@ | ||
1551 | 1561 | files with float (32-bit) or double (64-bit) values. Use the |
1552 | 1562 | tiff:bits-per-sample define to determine the type of floating-point value |
1553 | 1563 | to use. |
1554 | -\' | |
1564 | + | |
1555 | 1565 | .in 15 |
1556 | 1566 | .in 15 |
1557 | 1567 | .B "tiff:max-sample-value=<value>" |
@@ -1566,7 +1576,7 @@ | ||
1566 | 1576 | best maximum sample value so if the range is not 1.0, or the |
1567 | 1577 | SMaxSampleValue tag is not present, it may be necessary to |
1568 | 1578 | (intelligently) use this parameter to properly read a file. |
1569 | -\' | |
1579 | + | |
1570 | 1580 | .in 15 |
1571 | 1581 | .in 15 |
1572 | 1582 | .B "tiff:min-sample-value=<value>" |
@@ -1577,7 +1587,7 @@ | ||
1577 | 1587 | the assigned value as the minimum floating point value while reading or |
1578 | 1588 | writing IEEE floating point TIFFs. Otherwise the minimum value is 0.0 or |
1579 | 1589 | the value obtained from the file's SMinSampleValue tag (if present). |
1580 | -\' | |
1590 | + | |
1581 | 1591 | .in 15 |
1582 | 1592 | .in 15 |
1583 | 1593 | .B "tiff:bits-per-sample=<value>" |
@@ -1587,11 +1597,11 @@ | ||
1587 | 1597 | If the tiff:bits-per-sample key is defined, GraphicsMagick will write |
1588 | 1598 | images with the specified bits per sample, overriding any existing depth |
1589 | 1599 | value. Value may be any in the range of 1 to 32, or 64 when the default |
1590 | -'unsigned' format is written, or 16/32/24/64 if IEEEFP format is written. | |
1600 | +\'unsigned' format is written, or 16/32/24/64 if IEEEFP format is written. | |
1591 | 1601 | Please note that the baseline TIFF 6.0 specification only requires |
1592 | 1602 | readers to handle certain powers of two, and the values to be handled |
1593 | 1603 | depend on the nature of the image (e.g. colormapped, grayscale, RGB, CMYK). |
1594 | -\' | |
1604 | + | |
1595 | 1605 | .in 15 |
1596 | 1606 | .in 15 |
1597 | 1607 | .B "tiff:samples-per-pixel=<value>" |
@@ -1601,7 +1611,7 @@ | ||
1601 | 1611 | If the tiff:samples-per-pixel key is defined to a value, the TIFF coder |
1602 | 1612 | will write TIFF images with the defined samples per pixel, overriding any |
1603 | 1613 | value stored in the image. This option should not normally be used. |
1604 | -\' | |
1614 | + | |
1605 | 1615 | .in 15 |
1606 | 1616 | .in 15 |
1607 | 1617 | .B "tiff:rows-per-strip=<value>" |
@@ -1611,7 +1621,7 @@ | ||
1611 | 1621 | Allows the user to specify the number of rows per TIFF strip. |
1612 | 1622 | Rounded up to a multiple of 16 when using JPEG compression. Ignored when |
1613 | 1623 | using tiles. |
1614 | -\' | |
1624 | + | |
1615 | 1625 | .in 15 |
1616 | 1626 | .in 15 |
1617 | 1627 | .B "tiff:strip-per-page=true" |
@@ -1622,7 +1632,7 @@ | ||
1622 | 1632 | normally the default when group3 or group4 compression is requested |
1623 | 1633 | within reasonable limits. Requesting a single strip for large images may |
1624 | 1634 | result in failure due to resource consumption in the writer or reader. |
1625 | -\' | |
1635 | + | |
1626 | 1636 | .in 15 |
1627 | 1637 | .in 15 |
1628 | 1638 | .B "tiff:tile" |
@@ -1632,7 +1642,7 @@ | ||
1632 | 1642 | Enable writing tiled TIFF (rather than stripped) using the default tile |
1633 | 1643 | size. Tiled TIFF organizes the image as an array of smaller images |
1634 | 1644 | (tiles) in order to enable random access. |
1635 | -\' | |
1645 | + | |
1636 | 1646 | .in 15 |
1637 | 1647 | .in 15 |
1638 | 1648 | .B "tiff:tile-geometry=<width>x<height>" |
@@ -1649,7 +1659,7 @@ | ||
1649 | 1659 | to 1024x1024. Large images which require using a disk-based pixel cache |
1650 | 1660 | benefit from large tile sizes while images which fit in memory work well |
1651 | 1661 | with smaller tile sizes. |
1652 | -\' | |
1662 | + | |
1653 | 1663 | .in 15 |
1654 | 1664 | .in 15 |
1655 | 1665 | .B "tiff:tile-width=<width>" |
@@ -1660,7 +1670,7 @@ | ||
1660 | 1670 | is then defaulted to an appropriate size. Width should be a multiple of |
1661 | 1671 | 16. If the value is not a multiple of 16, then it will be rounded down. |
1662 | 1672 | Enables tiled TIFF if it has not already been enabled. |
1663 | -\' | |
1673 | + | |
1664 | 1674 | .in 15 |
1665 | 1675 | .in 15 |
1666 | 1676 | .B "tiff:tile-height=<height>" |
@@ -1671,7 +1681,7 @@ | ||
1671 | 1681 | is then defaulted to an appropriate size. Height should be a multiple of |
1672 | 1682 | 16. If the value is not a multiple of 16, then it will be rounded down. |
1673 | 1683 | Enables tiled TIFF if it has not already been enabled. |
1674 | -\' | |
1684 | + | |
1675 | 1685 | .in 15 |
1676 | 1686 | .in 15 |
1677 | 1687 | .B "tiff:webp-lossless={TRUE|FALSE}" |
@@ -1683,7 +1693,7 @@ | ||
1683 | 1693 | option may also be used. The quality factor set by the |
1684 | 1694 | \fB-quality\fP option may be used to influence the level of effort |
1685 | 1695 | expended while compressing. |
1686 | -\' | |
1696 | + | |
1687 | 1697 | .in 15 |
1688 | 1698 | .in 15 |
1689 | 1699 | .B "tiff:zstd-compress-level=<value>" |
@@ -1694,8 +1704,8 @@ | ||
1694 | 1704 | TIFF files. The valid range is 1 to 22. If this define is not |
1695 | 1705 | specified, then the 'quality' value is used such that the default |
1696 | 1706 | quality setting of 75 is translated to a compress level of 9 such that |
1697 | -'quality' has a useful range of 10-184 if used for this purpose. | |
1698 | -\' | |
1707 | +\'quality' has a useful range of 10-184 if used for this purpose. | |
1708 | + | |
1699 | 1709 | .in 15 |
1700 | 1710 | .in 15 |
1701 | 1711 | .B "webp:lossless={true|false}" |
@@ -1703,7 +1713,7 @@ | ||
1703 | 1713 | \fR |
1704 | 1714 | .in 20 |
1705 | 1715 | Enable lossless encoding. |
1706 | -\' | |
1716 | + | |
1707 | 1717 | .in 15 |
1708 | 1718 | .in 15 |
1709 | 1719 | .B "webp:method={0-6}" |
@@ -1711,7 +1721,7 @@ | ||
1711 | 1721 | \fR |
1712 | 1722 | .in 20 |
1713 | 1723 | Quality/speed trade-off. |
1714 | -\' | |
1724 | + | |
1715 | 1725 | .in 15 |
1716 | 1726 | .in 15 |
1717 | 1727 | .B "webp:image-hint={default,graph,photo,picture}" |
@@ -1719,7 +1729,7 @@ | ||
1719 | 1729 | \fR |
1720 | 1730 | .in 20 |
1721 | 1731 | Hint for image type. |
1722 | -\' | |
1732 | + | |
1723 | 1733 | .in 15 |
1724 | 1734 | .in 15 |
1725 | 1735 | .B "webp:target-size=<integer>" |
@@ -1727,7 +1737,7 @@ | ||
1727 | 1737 | \fR |
1728 | 1738 | .in 20 |
1729 | 1739 | Target size in bytes. |
1730 | -\' | |
1740 | + | |
1731 | 1741 | .in 15 |
1732 | 1742 | .in 15 |
1733 | 1743 | .B "webp:target-psnr=<float>" |
@@ -1735,7 +1745,7 @@ | ||
1735 | 1745 | \fR |
1736 | 1746 | .in 20 |
1737 | 1747 | Minimal distortion to try to achieve. |
1738 | -\' | |
1748 | + | |
1739 | 1749 | .in 15 |
1740 | 1750 | .in 15 |
1741 | 1751 | .B "webp:segments={1-4}" |
@@ -1743,7 +1753,7 @@ | ||
1743 | 1753 | \fR |
1744 | 1754 | .in 20 |
1745 | 1755 | Maximum number of segments to use. |
1746 | -\' | |
1756 | + | |
1747 | 1757 | .in 15 |
1748 | 1758 | .in 15 |
1749 | 1759 | .B "webp:sns-strength={0-100}" |
@@ -1751,7 +1761,7 @@ | ||
1751 | 1761 | \fR |
1752 | 1762 | .in 20 |
1753 | 1763 | Spatial Noise Shaping. |
1754 | -\' | |
1764 | + | |
1755 | 1765 | .in 15 |
1756 | 1766 | .in 15 |
1757 | 1767 | .B "webp:filter-strength={0-100}" |
@@ -1759,7 +1769,7 @@ | ||
1759 | 1769 | \fR |
1760 | 1770 | .in 20 |
1761 | 1771 | Filter strength. |
1762 | -\' | |
1772 | + | |
1763 | 1773 | .in 15 |
1764 | 1774 | .in 15 |
1765 | 1775 | .B "webp:filter-sharpness={0-7}" |
@@ -1767,7 +1777,7 @@ | ||
1767 | 1777 | \fR |
1768 | 1778 | .in 20 |
1769 | 1779 | Filter sharpness. |
1770 | -\' | |
1780 | + | |
1771 | 1781 | .in 15 |
1772 | 1782 | .in 15 |
1773 | 1783 | .B "webp:filter-type={0,1}" |
@@ -1776,7 +1786,7 @@ | ||
1776 | 1786 | .in 20 |
1777 | 1787 | Filtering type. 0 = simple, 1 = strong (only used if |
1778 | 1788 | filter-strength > 0 or autofilter is enabled). |
1779 | -\' | |
1789 | + | |
1780 | 1790 | .in 15 |
1781 | 1791 | .in 15 |
1782 | 1792 | .B "webp:auto-filter={true|false}" |
@@ -1784,7 +1794,7 @@ | ||
1784 | 1794 | \fR |
1785 | 1795 | .in 20 |
1786 | 1796 | Auto adjust filter's strength. |
1787 | -\' | |
1797 | + | |
1788 | 1798 | .in 15 |
1789 | 1799 | .in 15 |
1790 | 1800 | .B "webp:alpha-compression=<integer>" |
@@ -1793,7 +1803,7 @@ | ||
1793 | 1803 | .in 20 |
1794 | 1804 | Algorithm for encoding the alpha plane (0 = none, 1 = compressed |
1795 | 1805 | with WebP lossless). Default is 1. |
1796 | -\' | |
1806 | + | |
1797 | 1807 | .in 15 |
1798 | 1808 | .in 15 |
1799 | 1809 | .B "webp:alpha-filtering=<integer>" |
@@ -1802,7 +1812,7 @@ | ||
1802 | 1812 | .in 20 |
1803 | 1813 | Predictive filtering method for alpha plane. 0: none, 1: fast, 2: |
1804 | 1814 | best. Default is 1. |
1805 | -\' | |
1815 | + | |
1806 | 1816 | .in 15 |
1807 | 1817 | .in 15 |
1808 | 1818 | .B "webp:alpha-quality={0-100}" |
@@ -1810,7 +1820,7 @@ | ||
1810 | 1820 | \fR |
1811 | 1821 | .in 20 |
1812 | 1822 | Between 0 (smallest size) and 100 (lossless). Default is 100. |
1813 | -\' | |
1823 | + | |
1814 | 1824 | .in 15 |
1815 | 1825 | .in 15 |
1816 | 1826 | .B "webp:pass=[1..10]" |
@@ -1818,7 +1828,7 @@ | ||
1818 | 1828 | \fR |
1819 | 1829 | .in 20 |
1820 | 1830 | Number of entropy-analysis passes. |
1821 | -\' | |
1831 | + | |
1822 | 1832 | .in 15 |
1823 | 1833 | .in 15 |
1824 | 1834 | .B "webp:show-compressed={true|false}" |
@@ -1827,7 +1837,7 @@ | ||
1827 | 1837 | .in 20 |
1828 | 1838 | Export the compressed picture back. In-loop filtering is not |
1829 | 1839 | applied. |
1830 | -\' | |
1840 | + | |
1831 | 1841 | .in 15 |
1832 | 1842 | .in 15 |
1833 | 1843 | .B "webp:preprocessing=[0,1,2]" |
@@ -1835,7 +1845,7 @@ | ||
1835 | 1845 | \fR |
1836 | 1846 | .in 20 |
1837 | 1847 | 0=none, 1=segment-smooth, 2=pseudo-random dithering |
1838 | -\' | |
1848 | + | |
1839 | 1849 | .in 15 |
1840 | 1850 | .in 15 |
1841 | 1851 | .B "webp:partitions=[0-3]" |
@@ -1844,7 +1854,7 @@ | ||
1844 | 1854 | .in 20 |
1845 | 1855 | log2(number of token partitions) in [0..3]. Default is 0 for |
1846 | 1856 | easier progressive decoding. |
1847 | -\' | |
1857 | + | |
1848 | 1858 | .in 15 |
1849 | 1859 | .in 15 |
1850 | 1860 | .B "webp:partition-limit={0-100}" |
@@ -1854,7 +1864,7 @@ | ||
1854 | 1864 | Quality degradation allowed to fit the 512k limit on prediction |
1855 | 1865 | modes coding (0: no degradation, 100: maximum possible |
1856 | 1866 | degradation). |
1857 | -\' | |
1867 | + | |
1858 | 1868 | .in 15 |
1859 | 1869 | .in 15 |
1860 | 1870 | .B "webp:emulate-jpeg-size={true|false}" |
@@ -1864,7 +1874,7 @@ | ||
1864 | 1874 | If true, compression parameters will be remapped to better match |
1865 | 1875 | the expected output size from JPEG compression. Generally, the output |
1866 | 1876 | size will be similar but the degradation will be lower. |
1867 | -\' | |
1877 | + | |
1868 | 1878 | .in 15 |
1869 | 1879 | .in 15 |
1870 | 1880 | .B "webp:thread-level=<integer>" |
@@ -1872,7 +1882,7 @@ | ||
1872 | 1882 | \fR |
1873 | 1883 | .in 20 |
1874 | 1884 | If non-zero, try and use multi-threaded encoding. |
1875 | -\' | |
1885 | + | |
1876 | 1886 | .in 15 |
1877 | 1887 | .in 15 |
1878 | 1888 | .B "webp:low-memory={true|false}" |
@@ -1880,7 +1890,7 @@ | ||
1880 | 1890 | \fR |
1881 | 1891 | .in 20 |
1882 | 1892 | If set, reduce memory usage (but increase CPU use) |
1883 | -\' | |
1893 | + | |
1884 | 1894 | .in 15 |
1885 | 1895 | .in 15 |
1886 | 1896 | .B "webp:use-sharp-yuv={true|false}" |
@@ -1888,25 +1898,26 @@ | ||
1888 | 1898 | \fR |
1889 | 1899 | .in 20 |
1890 | 1900 | If set, if needed, use sharp (and slow) RGB->YUV conversion |
1891 | -\' | |
1892 | -.in 15 | |
1893 | -\' | |
1894 | -\' | |
1895 | -\' | |
1901 | + | |
1902 | +.in 15 | |
1903 | + | |
1904 | + | |
1905 | + | |
1896 | 1906 | For example, to create a postscript file that will render only the black |
1897 | 1907 | pixels of a bilevel image, use: |
1898 | -\' | |
1908 | + | |
1909 | +.nf | |
1899 | 1910 | gm convert bilevel.tif -define ps:imagemask eps3:stencil.ps |
1900 | -\' | |
1911 | +.fi | |
1901 | 1912 | .TP |
1902 | 1913 | .B "-delay \fI<1/100ths of a second>"\fP |
1903 | 1914 | \fRdisplay the next image after pausing |
1904 | -\' | |
1915 | + | |
1905 | 1916 | This option is useful for regulating the animation of image sequences |
1906 | 1917 | \fIDelay/100\fP seconds must expire before the display |
1907 | 1918 | of the next image. The default is no delay between each showing of the |
1908 | 1919 | image sequence. The maximum delay is 65535. |
1909 | -\' | |
1920 | + | |
1910 | 1921 | You can specify a delay range (e.g. \fI-delay 10-500\fP) which sets the |
1911 | 1922 | minimum and maximum delay. |
1912 | 1923 | .TP |
@@ -1940,7 +1951,7 @@ | ||
1940 | 1951 | .TP |
1941 | 1952 | .B "-depth \fI<value>"\fP |
1942 | 1953 | \fRdepth of the image |
1943 | -\' | |
1954 | + | |
1944 | 1955 | This is the number of bits of color to preserve in the image. Any value |
1945 | 1956 | between 1 and \fBQuantumDepth\fP (build option) may be specified, |
1946 | 1957 | although 8 or 16 are the most common values. Use this option to specify |
@@ -1960,7 +1971,7 @@ | ||
1960 | 1971 | .TP |
1961 | 1972 | .B "-displace \fI<horizontal scale>x<vertical scale>"\fP |
1962 | 1973 | \fRshift image pixels as defined by a displacement map |
1963 | -\' | |
1974 | + | |
1964 | 1975 | With this option, \fIcomposite image\fP is used as a displacement map. Black, |
1965 | 1976 | within the displacement map, is a maximum positive displacement. White is a |
1966 | 1977 | maximum negative displacement and middle gray is neutral. The displacement |
@@ -1971,18 +1982,19 @@ | ||
1971 | 1982 | .TP |
1972 | 1983 | .B "-display \fI<host:display[.screen]>"\fP |
1973 | 1984 | \fRspecifies the X server to contact |
1974 | -\' | |
1985 | + | |
1975 | 1986 | This option is used with convert for |
1976 | 1987 | obtaining image or font from this X server. See \fIX(1)\fP. |
1977 | 1988 | .TP |
1978 | 1989 | .B "-dispose \fI<method>"\fP |
1979 | 1990 | \fRGIF disposal method |
1980 | -\' | |
1991 | + | |
1981 | 1992 | The Disposal Method indicates the way in which the graphic is to |
1982 | 1993 | be treated after being displayed. |
1983 | -\' | |
1994 | + | |
1984 | 1995 | Here are the valid methods: |
1985 | -\' | |
1996 | + | |
1997 | +.nf | |
1986 | 1998 | Undefined No disposal specified. |
1987 | 1999 | None Do not dispose between frames. |
1988 | 2000 | Background Overwrite the image area with |
@@ -1990,36 +2002,37 @@ | ||
1990 | 2002 | Previous Overwrite the image area with |
1991 | 2003 | what was there prior to rendering |
1992 | 2004 | the image. |
1993 | -\' | |
2005 | +.fi | |
1994 | 2006 | .TP |
1995 | 2007 | .B "-dissolve \fI<percent>"\fP |
1996 | 2008 | \fRdissolve an image into another by the given percent |
1997 | -\' | |
2009 | + | |
1998 | 2010 | The opacity of the composite image is multiplied by the given percent, |
1999 | 2011 | then it is composited over the main image. |
2000 | 2012 | .TP |
2001 | 2013 | .B "-dither" |
2002 | 2014 | \fRapply Floyd/Steinberg error diffusion to the image |
2003 | -\' | |
2015 | + | |
2004 | 2016 | The basic strategy of dithering is to trade intensity resolution for spatial |
2005 | 2017 | resolution by averaging the intensities of several neighboring pixels. |
2006 | 2018 | Images which suffer from severe contouring when reducing colors can be |
2007 | 2019 | improved with this option. |
2008 | -\' | |
2020 | + | |
2009 | 2021 | The \fB-colors\fP or \fB-monochrome\fP option is required for this option |
2010 | 2022 | to take effect. |
2011 | -\' | |
2023 | + | |
2012 | 2024 | Use \fB+dither\fP to turn off dithering and to render PostScript |
2013 | 2025 | without text or graphic aliasing. Disabling dithering often (but not |
2014 | 2026 | always) leads to decreased processing time. |
2015 | 2027 | .TP |
2016 | 2028 | .B "-draw \fI<string>"\fP |
2017 | 2029 | \fRannotate an image with one or more graphic primitives |
2018 | -\' | |
2030 | + | |
2019 | 2031 | Use this option to annotate an image with one or more graphic primitives. |
2020 | 2032 | The primitives include shapes, text, transformations, |
2021 | 2033 | and pixel operations. The shape primitives are |
2022 | -\' | |
2034 | + | |
2035 | +.nf | |
2023 | 2036 | point x,y |
2024 | 2037 | line x0,y0 x1,y1 |
2025 | 2038 | rectangle x0,y0 x1,y1 |
@@ -2032,74 +2045,79 @@ | ||
2032 | 2045 | Bezier x0,y0 ... xn,yn |
2033 | 2046 | path path specification |
2034 | 2047 | image operator x0,y0 w,h filename |
2035 | -\' | |
2036 | -\' | |
2048 | +.fi | |
2049 | + | |
2037 | 2050 | The text primitive is |
2038 | -\' | |
2051 | + | |
2052 | +.nf | |
2039 | 2053 | text x0,y0 string |
2040 | -\' | |
2041 | -\' | |
2054 | +.fi | |
2055 | + | |
2042 | 2056 | The text gravity primitive is |
2043 | -\' | |
2057 | + | |
2058 | +.nf | |
2044 | 2059 | gravity NorthWest, North, NorthEast, West, Center, |
2045 | 2060 | East, SouthWest, South, or SouthEast |
2046 | -\' | |
2047 | -\' | |
2061 | +.fi | |
2062 | + | |
2048 | 2063 | The text gravity primitive only affects the placement of text and |
2049 | 2064 | does not interact with the other primitives. It is equivalent to |
2050 | 2065 | using the \fB-gravity\fP commandline option, except that it is |
2051 | 2066 | limited in scope to the \fB-draw\fP option in which it appears. |
2052 | -\' | |
2067 | + | |
2053 | 2068 | The transformation primitives are |
2054 | -\' | |
2069 | + | |
2070 | +.nf | |
2055 | 2071 | rotate degrees |
2056 | 2072 | translate dx,dy |
2057 | 2073 | scale sx,sy |
2058 | 2074 | skewX degrees |
2059 | 2075 | skewY degrees |
2060 | -\' | |
2061 | -\' | |
2076 | +.fi | |
2077 | + | |
2062 | 2078 | The pixel operation primitives are |
2063 | -\' | |
2079 | + | |
2080 | +.nf | |
2064 | 2081 | color x0,y0 method |
2065 | 2082 | matte x0,y0 method |
2066 | -\' | |
2067 | -\' | |
2083 | +.fi | |
2084 | + | |
2068 | 2085 | The shape primitives are drawn in the color specified in the preceding |
2069 | 2086 | \fB-stroke\fP option. Except for the \fBline\fP and \fBpoint\fP |
2070 | 2087 | primitives, they are filled with the color specified in the preceding |
2071 | 2088 | \fB-fill\fP option. For unfilled shapes, use -fill none. |
2072 | -\' | |
2089 | + | |
2073 | 2090 | \fBPoint\fP requires a single coordinate. |
2074 | -\' | |
2091 | + | |
2075 | 2092 | \fBLine\fP requires a start and end coordinate. |
2076 | -\' | |
2093 | + | |
2077 | 2094 | \fBRectangle\fP |
2078 | 2095 | expects an upper left and lower right coordinate. |
2079 | -\' | |
2096 | + | |
2080 | 2097 | \fBRoundRectangle\fP has the upper left and lower right coordinates |
2081 | 2098 | and the width and height of the corners. |
2082 | -\' | |
2099 | + | |
2083 | 2100 | \fBCircle\fP has a center coordinate and a coordinate for |
2084 | 2101 | the outer edge. |
2085 | -\' | |
2102 | + | |
2086 | 2103 | Use \fBArc\fP to inscribe an elliptical arc within |
2087 | 2104 | a rectangle. Arcs require a start and end point as well as the degree |
2088 | 2105 | of rotation (e.g. 130,30 200,100 45,90). |
2089 | -\' | |
2106 | + | |
2090 | 2107 | Use \fBEllipse\fP to draw a partial ellipse |
2091 | 2108 | centered at the given point with the x-axis and y-axis radius |
2092 | 2109 | and start and end of arc in degrees (e.g. 100,100 100,150 0,360). |
2093 | -\' | |
2110 | + | |
2094 | 2111 | Finally, \fBpolyline\fP and \fBpolygon\fP require |
2095 | 2112 | three or more coordinates to define its boundaries. |
2096 | 2113 | Coordinates are integers separated by an optional comma. For example, |
2097 | 2114 | to define a circle centered at 100,100 |
2098 | 2115 | that extends to 150,150 use: |
2099 | -\' | |
2116 | + | |
2117 | +.nf | |
2100 | 2118 | -draw 'circle 100,100 150,150' |
2101 | -\' | |
2102 | -\' | |
2119 | +.fi | |
2120 | + | |
2103 | 2121 | \fBPaths\fP |
2104 | 2122 | (See Paths) |
2105 | 2123 | represent an outline of an object which is defined in terms of |
@@ -2110,52 +2128,54 @@ | ||
2110 | 2128 | subpaths, each consisting of a single moveto followed by one or more |
2111 | 2129 | line or curve operations) are possible to allow effects such as |
2112 | 2130 | "donut holes" in objects. |
2113 | -\' | |
2131 | + | |
2114 | 2132 | Use \fBimage\fP to composite an image with another image. Follow the |
2115 | 2133 | image keyword with the composite operator, image location, image size, |
2116 | 2134 | and filename: |
2117 | -\' | |
2135 | + | |
2136 | +.nf | |
2118 | 2137 | -draw 'image Over 100,100 225,225 image.jpg' |
2119 | -\' | |
2120 | -\' | |
2138 | +.fi | |
2139 | + | |
2121 | 2140 | You can use 0,0 for the image size, which means to use the actual |
2122 | 2141 | dimensions found in the image header. Otherwise, it will |
2123 | 2142 | be scaled to the given dimensions. |
2124 | 2143 | See \fB-compose\fP for a description of the composite operators. |
2125 | -\' | |
2144 | + | |
2126 | 2145 | Use \fBtext\fP to annotate an image with text. Follow the text |
2127 | 2146 | coordinates with a string. If the string has embedded spaces, enclose it |
2128 | 2147 | in single or double quotes. Optionally you can include the image |
2129 | 2148 | filename, type, width, height, or other image attribute by embedding |
2130 | 2149 | special format character. See \fB-comment\fP for details. |
2131 | -\' | |
2150 | + | |
2132 | 2151 | For example, |
2133 | -\' | |
2134 | -\' | |
2152 | + | |
2153 | + | |
2154 | +.nf | |
2135 | 2155 | -draw 'text 100,100 "%m:%f %wx%h"' |
2136 | -\' | |
2137 | -\' | |
2156 | + | |
2157 | + | |
2138 | 2158 | annotates the image with MIFF:bird.miff 512x480 for an image titled |
2139 | 2159 | bird.miff |
2140 | 2160 | and whose width is 512 and height is 480. |
2141 | -\' | |
2161 | + | |
2142 | 2162 | If the first character of \fIstring\fP is \fI@\fP, the text is read |
2143 | 2163 | from a file titled by the remaining characters in the string. Please |
2144 | 2164 | note that if the string comes from an untrusted source that it should |
2145 | 2165 | be sanitized before use (a security risk). |
2146 | -\' | |
2166 | + | |
2147 | 2167 | \fBRotate\fP rotates subsequent shape primitives and text primitives about |
2148 | 2168 | the origin of the main image. If the \fB-region\fP option precedes the |
2149 | 2169 | \fB-draw\fP option, the origin for transformations is the upper left |
2150 | 2170 | corner of the region. |
2151 | -\' | |
2171 | + | |
2152 | 2172 | \fBTranslate\fP translates them. |
2153 | -\' | |
2173 | + | |
2154 | 2174 | \fBScale\fP scales them. |
2155 | -\' | |
2175 | + | |
2156 | 2176 | \fBSkewX\fP and \fBSkewY\fP skew them with respect to the origin of |
2157 | 2177 | the main image or the region. |
2158 | -\' | |
2178 | + | |
2159 | 2179 | The transformations modify the current affine matrix, which is initialized |
2160 | 2180 | from the initial affine matrix defined by the \fB-affine\fP option. |
2161 | 2181 | Transformations are cumulative within the \fB-draw\fP option. |
@@ -2163,18 +2183,19 @@ | ||
2163 | 2183 | appearance of another \fB-affine\fP option. If another \fB-draw\fP |
2164 | 2184 | option appears, the current affine matrix is reinitialized from |
2165 | 2185 | the initial affine matrix. |
2166 | -\' | |
2186 | + | |
2167 | 2187 | Use \fBcolor\fP to change the color of a pixel to the fill color (see |
2168 | 2188 | \fB-fill\fP). Follow the pixel coordinate |
2169 | 2189 | with a method: |
2170 | -\' | |
2190 | + | |
2191 | +.nf | |
2171 | 2192 | point |
2172 | 2193 | replace |
2173 | 2194 | floodfill |
2174 | 2195 | filltoborder |
2175 | 2196 | reset |
2176 | -\' | |
2177 | -\' | |
2197 | +.fi | |
2198 | + | |
2178 | 2199 | Consider the target pixel as that specified by your coordinate. The |
2179 | 2200 | \fBpoint\fP |
2180 | 2201 | method recolors the target pixel. The \fBreplace\fP method recolors any |
@@ -2183,7 +2204,7 @@ | ||
2183 | 2204 | any pixel that matches the color of the target pixel and is a neighbor, |
2184 | 2205 | whereas \fBfilltoborder\fP recolors any neighbor pixel that is not the |
2185 | 2206 | border color. Finally, \fBreset\fP recolors all pixels. |
2186 | -\' | |
2207 | + | |
2187 | 2208 | Use \fBmatte\fP to the change the pixel matte value to transparent. Follow |
2188 | 2209 | the pixel coordinate with a method (see the \fBcolor\fP primitive for |
2189 | 2210 | a description of methods). The \fBpoint\fP method changes the matte value |
@@ -2194,7 +2215,7 @@ | ||
2194 | 2215 | \fBfilltoborder\fP changes the matte |
2195 | 2216 | value of any neighbor pixel that is not the border color (\fB-bordercolor\fP). |
2196 | 2217 | Finally \fBreset\fP changes the matte value of all pixels. |
2197 | -\' | |
2218 | + | |
2198 | 2219 | You can set the primitive color, font, and font bounding box |
2199 | 2220 | color with |
2200 | 2221 | \fB-fill\fP, \fB-font\fP, and \fB-box\fP respectively. Options |
@@ -2209,19 +2230,19 @@ | ||
2209 | 2230 | .TP |
2210 | 2231 | .B "-encoding \fI<type>"\fP |
2211 | 2232 | \fRspecify the text encoding |
2212 | -\' | |
2233 | + | |
2213 | 2234 | Choose from \fIAdobeCustom, AdobeExpert, AdobeStandard, AppleRoman, |
2214 | 2235 | BIG5, GB2312, Latin 2, None, SJIScode, Symbol, Unicode, Wansung.\fP |
2215 | 2236 | .TP |
2216 | 2237 | .B "-endian \fI<type>"\fP |
2217 | 2238 | \fRspecify endianness (MSB, LSB, or Native) of image |
2218 | -\' | |
2239 | + | |
2219 | 2240 | \fIMSB\fP indicates big-endian (e.g. SPARC, Motorola 68K) while |
2220 | 2241 | \fILSB\fP indicates little-endian (e.g. Intel 'x86, VAX) byte |
2221 | 2242 | ordering. \fINative\fP indicates to use the normal ordering for the |
2222 | 2243 | current CPU. This option currently only influences the CMYK, DPX, |
2223 | 2244 | GRAY, RGB, and TIFF, formats. |
2224 | -\' | |
2245 | + | |
2225 | 2246 | Use \fB+endian\fP to revert to unspecified endianness. |
2226 | 2247 | .TP |
2227 | 2248 | .B "-enhance" |
@@ -2232,7 +2253,7 @@ | ||
2232 | 2253 | .TP |
2233 | 2254 | .B "-extent \fI<width>x<height>{+-}<x>{+-}<y>"\fP |
2234 | 2255 | \fRcomposite image on background color canvas image |
2235 | -\' | |
2256 | + | |
2236 | 2257 | This option composites the image on a new background color |
2237 | 2258 | (\fB-background\fP) canvas image of size <width>x<height>. The |
2238 | 2259 | existing image content is composited at the position specified by |
@@ -2240,31 +2261,33 @@ | ||
2240 | 2261 | the current image compose (\fB-compose\fP) method. Image content |
2241 | 2262 | which falls outside the bounds of the new image dimensions is |
2242 | 2263 | discarded. |
2243 | -\' | |
2264 | + | |
2244 | 2265 | For example, this command creates a thumbnail of an image, and centers |
2245 | 2266 | it on a red color backdrop image, offsetting the canvas ten pixels to |
2246 | 2267 | the left and five pixels up, with respect to the thumbnail: |
2247 | -\' | |
2268 | + | |
2269 | +.nf | |
2248 | 2270 | gm convert infile.jpg -thumbnail 120x80 -background red -gravity center \\ |
2249 | 2271 | -extent 140x100-10-5 outfile.jpg |
2250 | -\' | |
2251 | -\' | |
2272 | +.fi | |
2273 | + | |
2252 | 2274 | This command reduces or expands a JPEG image to fit on an 800x600 |
2253 | 2275 | display: |
2254 | -\' | |
2276 | + | |
2277 | +.nf | |
2255 | 2278 | gm convert -size 800x600 input.jpg \\ |
2256 | 2279 | -resize 800x600 -background black \\ |
2257 | 2280 | -compose Copy -gravity center \\ |
2258 | 2281 | -extent 800x600 \\ |
2259 | 2282 | -quality 92 output.jpg |
2260 | -\' | |
2261 | -\' | |
2283 | +.fi | |
2284 | + | |
2262 | 2285 | If the aspect ratio of the input image isn't exactly 4:3, then the |
2263 | 2286 | image is centered on an 800x600 black canvas. |
2264 | 2287 | .TP |
2265 | 2288 | .B "-file \fI<filename>"\fP |
2266 | 2289 | \fRwrite annotated difference image to file |
2267 | -\' | |
2290 | + | |
2268 | 2291 | If \fB-file\fP is specified, then an annotated difference image is |
2269 | 2292 | generated and written to the specified file. Pixels which differ between |
2270 | 2293 | the \fBreference\fP and \fBcompare\fP images are modified from those in |
@@ -2275,9 +2298,10 @@ | ||
2275 | 2298 | .TP |
2276 | 2299 | .B "-fill \fI<color>"\fP |
2277 | 2300 | \fRcolor to use when filling a graphic primitive |
2278 | -\' | |
2301 | + | |
2279 | 2302 | Colors are represented in GraphicsMagick in the same form used by SVG. Use "gm convert -list color" to list named colors: |
2280 | -\' | |
2303 | + | |
2304 | +.nf | |
2281 | 2305 | name (named color) |
2282 | 2306 | #RGB (hex numbers, 4 bits each) |
2283 | 2307 | #RRGGBB (8 bits each) |
@@ -2289,31 +2313,33 @@ | ||
2289 | 2313 | #RRRRGGGGBBBBAAAA (16 bits each) |
2290 | 2314 | rgb(r,g,b) (r,g,b are decimal numbers) |
2291 | 2315 | rgba(r,g,b,a) (r,g,b,a are decimal numbers) |
2292 | -\' | |
2293 | -\' | |
2316 | +.fi | |
2317 | + | |
2294 | 2318 | Enclose the color specification in quotation marks to prevent the "#" |
2295 | 2319 | or the parentheses from being interpreted by your shell. |
2296 | -\' | |
2320 | + | |
2297 | 2321 | For example, |
2298 | -\' | |
2322 | + | |
2323 | +.nf | |
2299 | 2324 | gm convert -fill blue ... |
2300 | 2325 | gm convert -fill "#ddddff" ... |
2301 | 2326 | gm convert -fill "rgb(65000,65000,65535)" ... |
2302 | -\' | |
2303 | -\' | |
2327 | +.fi | |
2328 | + | |
2304 | 2329 | The shorter forms are scaled up, if necessary by replication. For example, |
2305 | 2330 | #3af, #33aaff, and #3333aaaaffff are all equivalent. |
2306 | -\' | |
2331 | + | |
2307 | 2332 | See \fB-draw\fP for further details. |
2308 | 2333 | .TP |
2309 | 2334 | .B "-filter \fI<type>"\fP |
2310 | 2335 | \fRuse this type of filter when resizing an image |
2311 | -\' | |
2336 | + | |
2312 | 2337 | Use this option to affect the resizing operation of an image (see |
2313 | 2338 | \fB-geometry\fP). |
2314 | 2339 | Choose from these filters (ordered by approximate increasing CPU |
2315 | 2340 | time): |
2316 | -\' | |
2341 | + | |
2342 | +.nf | |
2317 | 2343 | Point |
2318 | 2344 | Box |
2319 | 2345 | Triangle |
@@ -2329,8 +2355,8 @@ | ||
2329 | 2355 | Lanczos |
2330 | 2356 | Bessel |
2331 | 2357 | Sinc |
2332 | -\' | |
2333 | -\' | |
2358 | +.fi | |
2359 | + | |
2334 | 2360 | The default filter is automatically selected to provide the best quality |
2335 | 2361 | while consuming a reasonable amount of time. The \fBMitchell\fP filter |
2336 | 2362 | is used if the image supports a palette, supports a matte channel, or is |
@@ -2338,7 +2364,7 @@ | ||
2338 | 2364 | .TP |
2339 | 2365 | .B "-flatten" |
2340 | 2366 | \fRflatten a sequence of images |
2341 | -\' | |
2367 | + | |
2342 | 2368 | In some file formats (e.g. Photoshop's PSD) complex images may be |
2343 | 2369 | represented by "layers" (independent images) which must be composited |
2344 | 2370 | in order to obtain the final rendition. The \fB-flatten\fP option |
@@ -2347,57 +2373,59 @@ | ||
2347 | 2373 | respecting composition operators and page offsets. While |
2348 | 2374 | \fB-flatten\fP is immediately useful for eliminating layers, it is |
2349 | 2375 | also useful as a general-purpose composition tool. |
2350 | -\' | |
2376 | + | |
2351 | 2377 | The sequence of images is terminated by the appearance of any option. |
2352 | 2378 | If the \fB-flatten\fP option appears after all of the input images, |
2353 | 2379 | all images are flattened. Also see \fB-mosaic\fP which is similar to |
2354 | 2380 | \fB-flatten\fP except that it adds a suitably-sized canvas base |
2355 | 2381 | image. |
2356 | -\' | |
2382 | + | |
2357 | 2383 | For example, this composites an image on top of a 640x400 transparent |
2358 | 2384 | black canvas image: |
2359 | -\' | |
2385 | + | |
2386 | +.nf | |
2360 | 2387 | gm convert -size 640x300 xc:transparent \\ |
2361 | 2388 | -compose over -page +0-100 \\ |
2362 | 2389 | frame.png -flatten output.png |
2363 | -\' | |
2364 | -\' | |
2390 | +.fi | |
2391 | + | |
2365 | 2392 | and this flattens a Photoshop PSD file: |
2366 | -\' | |
2393 | + | |
2394 | +.nf | |
2367 | 2395 | gm convert input.psd -flatten output.png |
2368 | -\' | |
2396 | +.fi | |
2369 | 2397 | .TP |
2370 | 2398 | .B "-flip" |
2371 | 2399 | \fRcreate a "mirror image" |
2372 | -\' | |
2400 | + | |
2373 | 2401 | reflect the scanlines in the vertical direction. |
2374 | 2402 | .TP |
2375 | 2403 | .B "-flop" |
2376 | 2404 | \fRcreate a "mirror image" |
2377 | -\' | |
2405 | + | |
2378 | 2406 | reflect the scanlines in the horizontal direction. |
2379 | 2407 | .TP |
2380 | 2408 | .B "-font \fI<name>"\fP |
2381 | 2409 | \fRuse this font when annotating the image with text |
2382 | -\' | |
2410 | + | |
2383 | 2411 | You can tag a font to specify whether it is a PostScript, TrueType, or X11 |
2384 | 2412 | font. For example, Arial.ttf is a TrueType font, ps:helvetica |
2385 | 2413 | is PostScript, and x:fixed is X11. |
2386 | 2414 | .TP |
2387 | 2415 | .B "-foreground \fI<color>"\fP |
2388 | 2416 | \fRdefine the foreground color |
2389 | -\' | |
2417 | + | |
2390 | 2418 | The color is specified using the format described under the \fB-fill\fP |
2391 | 2419 | option. |
2392 | 2420 | .TP |
2393 | 2421 | .B "-format \fI<type>"\fP |
2394 | 2422 | \fRthe image format type |
2395 | -\' | |
2423 | + | |
2396 | 2424 | When used with the \fBmogrify\fP utility, |
2397 | 2425 | this option will convert any image to the image format you specify. |
2398 | 2426 | See \fIGraphicsMagick(1)\fP for a list of image format types supported by |
2399 | 2427 | \fBGraphicsMagick\fP, or see the output of 'gm -list format'. |
2400 | -\' | |
2428 | + | |
2401 | 2429 | By default the file is written to its original name. However, if the |
2402 | 2430 | filename extension matches a supported format, the extension is replaced |
2403 | 2431 | with the image format type specified with \fB-format\fP. For example, |
@@ -2407,14 +2435,15 @@ | ||
2407 | 2435 | .TP |
2408 | 2436 | .B "-format \fI<string>"\fP |
2409 | 2437 | \fRoutput formatted image characteristics |
2410 | -\' | |
2438 | + | |
2411 | 2439 | When used with the \fBidentify\fP utility, or the \fBconvert\fP |
2412 | 2440 | utility with output written to the 'info:-' file specification, use |
2413 | 2441 | this option to print information about the image in a format of your |
2414 | 2442 | choosing. You can include the image filename, type, width, height, |
2415 | 2443 | Exif data, or other image attributes by embedding special format |
2416 | 2444 | characters: |
2417 | -\' | |
2445 | + | |
2446 | +.nf | |
2418 | 2447 | %b file size |
2419 | 2448 | %c comment |
2420 | 2449 | %d directory |
@@ -2456,24 +2485,26 @@ | ||
2456 | 2485 | \\n newline |
2457 | 2486 | \\r carriage return |
2458 | 2487 | %% % |
2459 | -\' | |
2460 | -\' | |
2488 | +.fi | |
2489 | + | |
2461 | 2490 | For example, |
2462 | -\' | |
2491 | + | |
2492 | +.nf | |
2463 | 2493 | -format "%m:%f %wx%h" |
2464 | -\' | |
2465 | -\' | |
2494 | +.fi | |
2495 | + | |
2466 | 2496 | displays \fBMIFF:bird.miff 512x480\fP for an image |
2467 | 2497 | titled \fBbird.miff\fP and whose width is 512 and height is 480. |
2468 | -\' | |
2498 | + | |
2469 | 2499 | If the first character of \fIstring\fP is \fB@\fP, the format is |
2470 | 2500 | read from a file titled by the remaining characters in the string. |
2471 | 2501 | Please note that if the string comes from an untrusted source that it |
2472 | 2502 | should be sanitized before use since this may be used to incorporate |
2473 | 2503 | any readable file on the system (a security risk). |
2474 | -\' | |
2504 | + | |
2475 | 2505 | The values of image type (\fB%r\fP) which may be returned include: |
2476 | -\' | |
2506 | + | |
2507 | +.nf | |
2477 | 2508 | Bilevel |
2478 | 2509 | Grayscale |
2479 | 2510 | GrayscaleMatte |
@@ -2484,16 +2515,18 @@ | ||
2484 | 2515 | ColorSeparation |
2485 | 2516 | ColorSeparationMatte |
2486 | 2517 | Optimize |
2487 | -\' | |
2488 | -\' | |
2518 | +.fi | |
2519 | + | |
2489 | 2520 | You can also use the following special formatting syntax to print Exif |
2490 | 2521 | information contained in the file: |
2491 | -\' | |
2522 | + | |
2523 | +.nf | |
2492 | 2524 | %[EXIF:<tag>] |
2493 | -\' | |
2494 | -\' | |
2525 | +.fi | |
2526 | + | |
2495 | 2527 | Where "<tag>" may be one of the following: |
2496 | -\' | |
2528 | + | |
2529 | +.nf | |
2497 | 2530 | * (print all Exif tags, in keyword=data format) |
2498 | 2531 | ! (print all Exif tags, in tag_number format) |
2499 | 2532 | #hhhh (print data for Exif tag #hhhh) |
@@ -2579,39 +2612,41 @@ | ||
2579 | 2612 | SensingMethod |
2580 | 2613 | FileSource |
2581 | 2614 | SceneType |
2582 | -\' | |
2583 | -\' | |
2615 | +.fi | |
2616 | + | |
2584 | 2617 | JPEG specific information (from reading a JPEG file) may be obtained |
2585 | 2618 | like this: |
2586 | -\' | |
2619 | + | |
2620 | +.nf | |
2587 | 2621 | %[JPEG-<tag>] |
2588 | -\' | |
2589 | -\' | |
2622 | +.fi | |
2623 | + | |
2590 | 2624 | Where "<tag>" may be one of the following: |
2591 | -\' | |
2625 | + | |
2626 | +.nf | |
2592 | 2627 | * (all JPEG-related tags, in |
2593 | 2628 | keyword=data format) |
2594 | 2629 | Quality IJG JPEG "quality" estimate |
2595 | 2630 | Colorspace JPEG colorspace numeric ID |
2596 | 2631 | Colorspace-Name JPEG colorspace name |
2597 | 2632 | Sampling-factors JPEG sampling factors |
2598 | -\' | |
2599 | -\' | |
2633 | +.fi | |
2634 | + | |
2600 | 2635 | Please note that JPEG has no notion of "quality" and that the quality |
2601 | 2636 | metric used by, and estimated by the software is based on the quality |
2602 | 2637 | metric established by IJG JPEG 6b. Other encoders (e.g. that used by |
2603 | 2638 | Adobe Photoshop) use different encoding metrics. |
2604 | -\' | |
2639 | + | |
2605 | 2640 | Surround the format specification with quotation marks to prevent your shell |
2606 | 2641 | from misinterpreting any spaces and square brackets. |
2607 | 2642 | .TP |
2608 | 2643 | .B "-frame \fI<width>x<height>+<outer bevel width>+<inner bevel width>"\fP |
2609 | 2644 | \fRsurround the image with an ornamental border |
2610 | -\' | |
2645 | + | |
2611 | 2646 | See \fB-geometry\fP for details about the geometry |
2612 | 2647 | specification. The \fB-frame\fP option is not affected by the |
2613 | 2648 | \fB-gravity\fP option. |
2614 | -\' | |
2649 | + | |
2615 | 2650 | The color of the border is specified with the \fB-mattecolor\fP |
2616 | 2651 | command line option. |
2617 | 2652 | .TP |
@@ -2620,7 +2655,7 @@ | ||
2620 | 2655 | .TP |
2621 | 2656 | .B "-fuzz \fI<distance>{%}"\fP |
2622 | 2657 | \fRcolors within this Euclidean distance are considered equal |
2623 | -\' | |
2658 | + | |
2624 | 2659 | A number of algorithms search for a target color. By default the color |
2625 | 2660 | must be exact. Use this option to match colors that are close (in |
2626 | 2661 | Euclidean distance) to the target color in RGB 3D space. For example, |
@@ -2628,14 +2663,14 @@ | ||
2628 | 2663 | \fB-trim\fP but the image was scanned and the target background color |
2629 | 2664 | may differ by a small amount. This option can account for these |
2630 | 2665 | differences. |
2631 | -\' | |
2666 | + | |
2632 | 2667 | The \fIdistance\fP can be in absolute intensity units or, by appending |
2633 | 2668 | \fI"%"\fP, as a percentage of the maximum possible intensity (255, |
2634 | 2669 | 65535, or 4294967295). |
2635 | 2670 | .TP |
2636 | 2671 | .B "-gamma \fI<value>"\fP |
2637 | 2672 | \fRlevel of gamma correction |
2638 | -\' | |
2673 | + | |
2639 | 2674 | The same color image displayed on two different workstations may look |
2640 | 2675 | different due to differences in the display monitor. Use gamma |
2641 | 2676 | correction to adjust for this color difference. Reasonable values extend |
@@ -2643,11 +2678,11 @@ | ||
2643 | 2678 | gamma greater than 1.0 lightens it. Large adjustments to image gamma may |
2644 | 2679 | result in the loss of some image information if the pixel quantum size |
2645 | 2680 | is only eight bits (quantum range 0 to 255). |
2646 | -\' | |
2681 | + | |
2647 | 2682 | You can apply separate gamma values to the red, green, and blue channels |
2648 | 2683 | of the image with a gamma value list delimited with slashes |
2649 | 2684 | (e.g., \fB1.7\fP/\fB2.3\fP/\fB1.2\fP). |
2650 | -\' | |
2685 | + | |
2651 | 2686 | Use \fB+gamma\fP \fIvalue\fP |
2652 | 2687 | to set the image gamma level without actually adjusting |
2653 | 2688 | the image pixels. This option is useful if the image is of a known gamma |
@@ -2655,15 +2690,15 @@ | ||
2655 | 2690 | .TP |
2656 | 2691 | .B "-gaussian \fI<radius>{x<sigma>}"\fP |
2657 | 2692 | \fRblur the image with a Gaussian operator |
2658 | -\' | |
2693 | + | |
2659 | 2694 | Use the given radius and standard deviation (sigma). |
2660 | 2695 | .TP |
2661 | 2696 | .B "-geometry \fI<width>x<height>{+-}<x>{+-}<y>{%}{@}{!}{^}{<}{>}"\fP |
2662 | 2697 | \fRSpecify dimension, offset, and resize options. |
2663 | -\' | |
2698 | + | |
2664 | 2699 | The \fB-geometry\fP option is used for a number of different |
2665 | 2700 | purposes, depending on the utility it is used with. |
2666 | -\' | |
2701 | + | |
2667 | 2702 | For the X11 commands ('animate', 'display', and 'import'), it |
2668 | 2703 | specifies the preferred size and location of the Image window. By |
2669 | 2704 | default, the window size is the image size and the location is chosen |
@@ -2672,25 +2707,25 @@ | ||
2672 | 2707 | used to specify the desired size when resizing an image. In this |
2673 | 2708 | case, symbols representing resize options may be appended to the |
2674 | 2709 | geometry string to influence how the resize request is treated. |
2675 | -\' | |
2710 | + | |
2676 | 2711 | See later notes corresponding to usage by particular commands. The |
2677 | 2712 | following notes apply to when \fB-geometry\fP is used to express a |
2678 | 2713 | resize request, taking into account the current properties of the |
2679 | 2714 | image. |
2680 | -\' | |
2715 | + | |
2681 | 2716 | By default, the width and height are maximum values. That is, the |
2682 | 2717 | image is expanded or contracted to fit the width and height value |
2683 | 2718 | while maintaining the aspect ratio of the image. |
2684 | -\' | |
2719 | + | |
2685 | 2720 | Append a ^ to the geometry so that the image aspect ratio is |
2686 | 2721 | maintained when the image is resized, but the resulting width or |
2687 | 2722 | height are treated as minimum values rather than maximum values. |
2688 | -\' | |
2723 | + | |
2689 | 2724 | Append a ! (exclamation point) to the geometry to force the image size to |
2690 | 2725 | exactly the size you specify. For example, if you specify |
2691 | 2726 | 640x480! the image width is set to 640 pixels and height to |
2692 | 2727 | 480. |
2693 | -\' | |
2728 | + | |
2694 | 2729 | If only the width is specified, without the trailing 'x', then height |
2695 | 2730 | is set to width (e.g., -geometry 100 is the same as |
2696 | 2731 | -geometry 100x100). If only the width is specified but with |
@@ -2698,15 +2733,15 @@ | ||
2698 | 2733 | chosen to maintain the aspect ratio of the image. Similarly, if only |
2699 | 2734 | the height is specified prefixed by 'x' (e.g., -geometry |
2700 | 2735 | x256), the width is chosen to maintain the aspect ratio. |
2701 | -\' | |
2736 | + | |
2702 | 2737 | To specify a percentage width or height instead, append %. The image size |
2703 | 2738 | is multiplied by the width and height percentages to obtain the final image |
2704 | 2739 | dimensions. To increase the size of an image, use a value greater than |
2705 | 2740 | 100 (e.g. 125%). To decrease an image's size, use a percentage less than |
2706 | 2741 | 100. |
2707 | -\' | |
2742 | + | |
2708 | 2743 | Use @ to specify the maximum area in pixels of an image. |
2709 | -\' | |
2744 | + | |
2710 | 2745 | Use > to change the dimensions of the image \fIonly\fP if |
2711 | 2746 | its width or height exceeds the geometry specification. < resizes |
2712 | 2747 | the image \fIonly\fP if both of its dimensions are less than the geometry |
@@ -2716,7 +2751,7 @@ | ||
2716 | 2751 | resized to 480x480. Enclose the geometry specification in quotation marks to |
2717 | 2752 | prevent the < or > from being interpreted by your shell |
2718 | 2753 | as a file redirection. |
2719 | -\' | |
2754 | + | |
2720 | 2755 | When used with \fIanimate\fP and \fIdisplay\fP, offsets are handled in |
2721 | 2756 | the same manner as in \fIX(1)\fP and the \fB-gravity\fP option is not used. |
2722 | 2757 | If the \fIx\fP is negative, the offset is measured leftward |
@@ -2724,7 +2759,7 @@ | ||
2724 | 2759 | screen to the right edge of the image being displayed. |
2725 | 2760 | Similarly, negative \fIy\fP is measured between the bottom edges. The |
2726 | 2761 | offsets are not affected by "%"; they are always measured in pixels. |
2727 | -\' | |
2762 | + | |
2728 | 2763 | When used as a \fIcomposite\fP option, \fB-geometry\fP |
2729 | 2764 | gives the dimensions of the image and its location with respect |
2730 | 2765 | to the composite image. If the \fB-gravity\fP option is present |
@@ -2737,11 +2772,11 @@ | ||
2737 | 2772 | offsets are not affected by "%"; they are always measured in pixels. |
2738 | 2773 | To specify the dimensions of the composite image, use the \fB-resize\fP |
2739 | 2774 | option. |
2740 | -\' | |
2775 | + | |
2741 | 2776 | When used as a \fIconvert\fP, \fIimport\fP or \fImogrify\fP option, |
2742 | 2777 | \fB-geometry\fP is synonymous with \fB-resize\fP and |
2743 | 2778 | specifies the size of the output image. The offsets, if present, are ignored. |
2744 | -\' | |
2779 | + | |
2745 | 2780 | When used as a \fImontage\fP option, \fB-geometry\fP specifies the image |
2746 | 2781 | size and border size for each tile; default is 256x256+0+0. Negative |
2747 | 2782 | offsets (border dimensions) are meaningless. The \fB-gravity\fP |
@@ -2754,27 +2789,27 @@ | ||
2754 | 2789 | .TP |
2755 | 2790 | .B "-gravity \fI<type>"\fP |
2756 | 2791 | \fRdirection primitive gravitates to when annotating the image. |
2757 | -\' | |
2792 | + | |
2758 | 2793 | Choices are: NorthWest, North, |
2759 | 2794 | NorthEast, West, Center, East, SouthWest, South, SouthEast. |
2760 | -\' | |
2795 | + | |
2761 | 2796 | The direction you choose specifies where to position the text |
2762 | 2797 | when annotating |
2763 | 2798 | the image. For example \fICenter\fP gravity forces the text to be centered |
2764 | 2799 | within the image. By default, the image gravity is \fINorthWest\fP. |
2765 | 2800 | See \fB-draw\fP for more details about graphic primitives. Only the |
2766 | 2801 | text primitive is affected by the \fB-gravity\fP option. |
2767 | -\' | |
2802 | + | |
2768 | 2803 | The \fB-gravity\fP option is also used in concert with the \fB-geometry\fP |
2769 | 2804 | option and other options that take \fB<geometry>\fP as a parameter, such |
2770 | 2805 | as the \fB-crop\fP option. See \fB-geometry\fP for details of how the |
2771 | 2806 | \fB-gravity\fP option interacts with the |
2772 | 2807 | \fB<x>\fP and \fB<y>\fP parameters of a geometry |
2773 | 2808 | specification. |
2774 | -\' | |
2809 | + | |
2775 | 2810 | When used as an option to \fIcomposite\fP, \fB-gravity\fP |
2776 | 2811 | gives the direction that the image gravitates within the composite. |
2777 | -\' | |
2812 | + | |
2778 | 2813 | When used as an option to \fImontage\fP, \fB-gravity\fP gives the direction |
2779 | 2814 | that an image gravitates within a tile. The default gravity is \fICenter\fP |
2780 | 2815 | for this purpose. |
@@ -2784,7 +2819,7 @@ | ||
2784 | 2819 | .TP |
2785 | 2820 | .B "-hald-clut \fI<clut>"\fP |
2786 | 2821 | \fRapply a Hald CLUT to the image |
2787 | -\' | |
2822 | + | |
2788 | 2823 | A Hald CLUT ("Color Look-Up Table") is a special square color image |
2789 | 2824 | which contains a look-up table for red, green, and blue. The size of |
2790 | 2825 | the Hald CLUT image is determined by its order. The width (and |
@@ -2795,7 +2830,7 @@ | ||
2795 | 2830 | Hald CLUT, one takes an identity CLUT and adjusts its colors in some |
2796 | 2831 | way. The modified CLUT can then be used to transform any number of |
2797 | 2832 | images in an identical way. |
2798 | -\' | |
2833 | + | |
2799 | 2834 | GraphicsMagick contains a built-in identity CLUT generator via the |
2800 | 2835 | \fBIDENTITY\fP coder. For example reading from the file name |
2801 | 2836 | \fPIDENTITY:8\fP returns an identity CLUT of order 8. Typical Hald |
@@ -2810,12 +2845,12 @@ | ||
2810 | 2845 | .TP |
2811 | 2846 | .B "-highlight-color \fI<color>"\fP |
2812 | 2847 | \fRpixel annotation color |
2813 | -\' | |
2848 | + | |
2814 | 2849 | Specifies the color to use when annotating difference pixels. |
2815 | 2850 | .TP |
2816 | 2851 | .B "-highlight-style \fI<style>"\fP |
2817 | 2852 | \fRpixel annotation style |
2818 | -\' | |
2853 | + | |
2819 | 2854 | Specifies the pixel difference annotation style used to draw attention to |
2820 | 2855 | changed pixels. May be one of \fBAssign\fP, \fBThreshold\fP, |
2821 | 2856 | \fBTint\fP, or \fBXOR\fP; where \fBAssign\fP replaces the pixel with |
@@ -2826,7 +2861,7 @@ | ||
2826 | 2861 | .TP |
2827 | 2862 | .B "-iconGeometry \fI<geometry>"\fP |
2828 | 2863 | \fRspecify the icon geometry |
2829 | -\' | |
2864 | + | |
2830 | 2865 | Offsets, if present in the geometry specification, are handled in |
2831 | 2866 | the same manner as the \fB-geometry\fP option, using X11 style to handle |
2832 | 2867 | negative offsets. |
@@ -2842,40 +2877,40 @@ | ||
2842 | 2877 | .TP |
2843 | 2878 | .B "-intent \fI<type>"\fP |
2844 | 2879 | \fRuse this type of rendering intent when managing the image color |
2845 | -\' | |
2880 | + | |
2846 | 2881 | Use this option to affect the the color management operation of an image (see |
2847 | 2882 | \fB-profile\fP). |
2848 | 2883 | Choose from these intents: |
2849 | 2884 | \fBAbsolute, Perceptual, Relative, Saturation\fP. |
2850 | -\' | |
2885 | + | |
2851 | 2886 | The default intent is undefined. |
2852 | 2887 | .TP |
2853 | 2888 | .B "-interlace \fI<type>"\fP |
2854 | 2889 | \fRthe type of interlacing scheme |
2855 | -\' | |
2890 | + | |
2856 | 2891 | Choices are: \fBNone, Line, Plane,\fP |
2857 | 2892 | or \fBPartition\fP. The default is \fBNone\fP. |
2858 | -\' | |
2893 | + | |
2859 | 2894 | This option is used to specify the type of interlacing scheme for raw image |
2860 | 2895 | formats such as \fBRGB\fP or \fBYUV\fP. |
2861 | 2896 | \fBNone\fP means do not interlace |
2862 | 2897 | (RGBRGBRGBRGBRGBRGB...), |
2863 | -\' | |
2898 | + | |
2864 | 2899 | \fBLine\fP uses scanline interlacing |
2865 | 2900 | (RRR...GGG...BBB...RRR...GGG...BBB...), |
2866 | 2901 | and |
2867 | 2902 | \fBPlane\fP uses plane interlacing (RRRRRR...GGGGGG...BBBBBB...). |
2868 | -\' | |
2903 | + | |
2869 | 2904 | \fBPartition\fP |
2870 | 2905 | is like plane except the different planes are saved to individual files |
2871 | 2906 | (e.g. image.R, image.G, and image.B). |
2872 | -\' | |
2907 | + | |
2873 | 2908 | Use \fBLine\fP to create an \fBinterlaced PNG\fP or \fB GIF\fP or |
2874 | 2909 | \fBprogressive JPEG\fP image. |
2875 | 2910 | .TP |
2876 | 2911 | .B "-label \fI<name>"\fP |
2877 | 2912 | \fRassign a label to an image |
2878 | -\' | |
2913 | + | |
2879 | 2914 | Use this option to assign a specific label to the image, when writing |
2880 | 2915 | to an image format that supports labels, such as TIFF, PNG, MIFF, or |
2881 | 2916 | PostScript. You can include the the image filename, type, width, height, |
@@ -2884,42 +2919,43 @@ | ||
2884 | 2919 | a "Label" tag or similar mechanism. If you want the |
2885 | 2920 | label to be visible on the image itself, use the \fB-draw\fP option. |
2886 | 2921 | See \fB-comment\fP for details. |
2887 | -\' | |
2922 | + | |
2888 | 2923 | For example, |
2889 | -\' | |
2924 | + | |
2925 | +.nf | |
2890 | 2926 | -label "%m:%f %wx%h" |
2891 | -\' | |
2892 | -\' | |
2927 | +.fi | |
2928 | + | |
2893 | 2929 | produces an image label of \fBMIFF:bird.miff 512x480\fP for an image titled |
2894 | 2930 | \fBbird.miff\fP |
2895 | 2931 | and whose width is 512 and height is 480. |
2896 | -\' | |
2932 | + | |
2897 | 2933 | If the first character of \fIstring\fP is \fI@\fP, the image label |
2898 | 2934 | is read from a file titled by the remaining characters in the string. |
2899 | 2935 | Please note that if the string comes from an untrusted source that it |
2900 | 2936 | should be sanitized before use since otherwise the content of an |
2901 | 2937 | arbitrary readable file might be incorporated into the image |
2902 | 2938 | label (a security risk). |
2903 | -\' | |
2939 | + | |
2904 | 2940 | If the -label option appears multiple times, only the last label is |
2905 | 2941 | stored. |
2906 | -\' | |
2942 | + | |
2907 | 2943 | In PNG images, the label is stored in a \fBtEXt\fP or \fBzTXt\fP chunk |
2908 | 2944 | with the keyword "label". |
2909 | -\' | |
2945 | + | |
2910 | 2946 | When converting to \fIPostScript\fP, use this option to specify a header |
2911 | 2947 | string to print above the image. Specify the label font with |
2912 | 2948 | \fB-font\fP. |
2913 | -\' | |
2949 | + | |
2914 | 2950 | When creating a montage, by default the label associated with an image |
2915 | 2951 | is displayed with the corresponding tile in the montage. Use the |
2916 | 2952 | \fB+label\fP option to suppress this behavior. |
2917 | -\' | |
2918 | -\' | |
2953 | + | |
2954 | + | |
2919 | 2955 | .TP |
2920 | 2956 | .B "-lat \fI<width>x<height>{+-}<offset>{%}"\fP |
2921 | 2957 | \fRperform local adaptive thresholding |
2922 | -\' | |
2958 | + | |
2923 | 2959 | Perform local adaptive thresholding using the specified width, height, |
2924 | 2960 | and offset. The offset is a distance in sample space from the mean, |
2925 | 2961 | as an absolute integer ranging from 0 to the maximum sample value or |
@@ -2927,18 +2963,19 @@ | ||
2927 | 2963 | is computed as a percentage of the quantum range. It is strongly |
2928 | 2964 | recommended to use the percent option so that results are not |
2929 | 2965 | sensitive to pixel quantum depth. |
2930 | -\' | |
2966 | + | |
2931 | 2967 | For example, |
2932 | -\' | |
2968 | + | |
2969 | +.nf | |
2933 | 2970 | -colorspace gray -lat "10x10-5%" |
2934 | -\' | |
2935 | -\' | |
2971 | +.fi | |
2972 | + | |
2936 | 2973 | will help clarify a scanned grayscale or color document, producing a |
2937 | 2974 | bi-level equivalent. |
2938 | 2975 | .TP |
2939 | 2976 | .B "-level \fI<black_point>{,<gamma>}{,<white_point>}{%}"\fP |
2940 | 2977 | \fRadjust the level of image contrast |
2941 | -\' | |
2978 | + | |
2942 | 2979 | Give one, two or three values delimited with commas: black-point, gamma, |
2943 | 2980 | white-point (e.g. 10,1.0,250 or 2%,0.5,98%). The black and white |
2944 | 2981 | points range from 0 to MaxRGB or from 0 to 100%; if the white point is |
@@ -2951,7 +2988,7 @@ | ||
2951 | 2988 | .TP |
2952 | 2989 | .B "-limit \fI<type> <value>"\fP |
2953 | 2990 | \fRDisk, File, Map, Memory, Pixels, Width, Height or Threads resource limit |
2954 | -\' | |
2991 | + | |
2955 | 2992 | By default, resource limits are estimated based on the available |
2956 | 2993 | resources of the system. The resource limits are \fBDisk\fP, maximum |
2957 | 2994 | total disk space consumed; \fBFile\fP, maximum number of file |
@@ -2962,7 +2999,7 @@ | ||
2962 | 2999 | maximum image pixels width; \fBHeight\fP, maximum image pixels |
2963 | 3000 | height; and \fBThreads\fP, the maximum number of worker threads to |
2964 | 3001 | use per OpenMP thread team. |
2965 | -\' | |
3002 | + | |
2966 | 3003 | These resource limits are used to decide if (for a given image) the |
2967 | 3004 | decoded image ("pixel cache") should be stored in heap memory (RAM), |
2968 | 3005 | in a memory-mapped disk file, or in a disk file accessed via |
@@ -2972,7 +3009,7 @@ | ||
2972 | 3009 | fail. The disk limit establishes an overall limit since using the disk |
2973 | 3010 | is the means of last resort. When the disk limit has been reached, no |
2974 | 3011 | more images may be read. |
2975 | -\' | |
3012 | + | |
2976 | 3013 | The value argument is an absolute value, but may have standard binary |
2977 | 3014 | suffix characters applied ('K', 'M', 'G', 'T', 'P', 'E') to apply a |
2978 | 3015 | scaling to the value (based on a multiplier of 1024). Any additional |
@@ -2980,7 +3017,7 @@ | ||
2980 | 3017 | the maximum image size to 10 megapixels and '-limit memory 32MB |
2981 | 3018 | -limit map 64MB' limits memory and memory mapped files to 32 |
2982 | 3019 | megabytes and 64 megabytes respectively. |
2983 | -\' | |
3020 | + | |
2984 | 3021 | Resource limits may also be set using environment variables. The |
2985 | 3022 | environment variables \fBMAGICK_LIMIT_DISK\fP, |
2986 | 3023 | \fBMAGICK_LIMIT_FILES\fP, \fBMAGICK_LIMIT_MAP\fP, |
@@ -2989,7 +3026,7 @@ | ||
2989 | 3026 | \fBOMP_NUM_THREADS\fP may be used to set the limits for disk space, |
2990 | 3027 | open files, memory mapped size, heap memory, per-image pixels, image |
2991 | 3028 | width, image height, and threads respectively. |
2992 | -\' | |
3029 | + | |
2993 | 3030 | Use the option -list resource list the current limits. |
2994 | 3031 | .TP |
2995 | 3032 | .B "-linewidth" |
@@ -2997,22 +3034,23 @@ | ||
2997 | 3034 | .TP |
2998 | 3035 | .B "-list \fI<type>"\fP |
2999 | 3036 | \fRthe type of list |
3000 | -\' | |
3037 | + | |
3001 | 3038 | Choices are: \fBColor\fP, \fBDelegate\fP, \fBFormat\fP, \fBMagic\fP, |
3002 | 3039 | \fBModule\fP, \fBResource\fP, or \fBType\fP. The \fBModule\fP option |
3003 | 3040 | is only available if GraphicsMagick was built to support loadable modules. |
3004 | -\' | |
3041 | + | |
3005 | 3042 | This option lists information about the GraphicsMagick configuration. |
3006 | 3043 | .TP |
3007 | 3044 | .B "-log \fI<string>"\fP |
3008 | 3045 | \fRSpecify format for debug log |
3009 | -\' | |
3046 | + | |
3010 | 3047 | This option specifies the format for the log printed when the \fB-debug\fP |
3011 | 3048 | option is active. |
3012 | -\' | |
3049 | + | |
3013 | 3050 | You can display the following components by embedding |
3014 | 3051 | special format characters: |
3015 | -\' | |
3052 | + | |
3053 | +.nf | |
3016 | 3054 | %d domain |
3017 | 3055 | %e event |
3018 | 3056 | %f function |
@@ -3025,41 +3063,42 @@ | ||
3025 | 3063 | %% percent sign |
3026 | 3064 | \\n newline |
3027 | 3065 | \\r carriage return |
3028 | -\' | |
3029 | -\' | |
3066 | +.fi | |
3067 | + | |
3030 | 3068 | For example: |
3031 | -\' | |
3069 | + | |
3070 | +.nf | |
3032 | 3071 | gm convert -debug coders -log "%u %m:%l %e" in.gif out.png |
3033 | -\' | |
3034 | -\' | |
3072 | +.fi | |
3073 | + | |
3035 | 3074 | The default behavior is to print all of the components. |
3036 | 3075 | .TP |
3037 | 3076 | .B "-loop \fI<iterations>"\fP |
3038 | 3077 | \fRadd Netscape loop extension to your GIF animation |
3039 | -\' | |
3078 | + | |
3040 | 3079 | A value other than zero forces the animation to repeat itself up to |
3041 | 3080 | \fIiterations\fP |
3042 | 3081 | times. |
3043 | 3082 | .TP |
3044 | 3083 | .B "-magnify" |
3045 | 3084 | \fRmagnify the image |
3046 | -\' | |
3085 | + | |
3047 | 3086 | The image size is doubled using linear interpolation. |
3048 | 3087 | .TP |
3049 | 3088 | .B "-magnify \fI<factor>"\fP |
3050 | 3089 | \fRmagnify the image |
3051 | -\' | |
3090 | + | |
3052 | 3091 | The displayed image is magnified by \fBfactor\fP. |
3053 | 3092 | .TP |
3054 | 3093 | .B "-map \fI<filename>"\fP |
3055 | 3094 | \fRchoose a particular set of colors from this image |
3056 | -\' | |
3095 | + | |
3057 | 3096 | [\fIconvert\fP or \fImogrify\fP] |
3058 | -\' | |
3097 | + | |
3059 | 3098 | By default, color reduction chooses an optimal set of colors that best |
3060 | 3099 | represent the original image. Alternatively, you can choose a particular |
3061 | 3100 | set of colors from an image file with this option. |
3062 | -\' | |
3101 | + | |
3063 | 3102 | Use |
3064 | 3103 | \fB+map\fP to reduce |
3065 | 3104 | all images in the image sequence that follows to a single optimal set of colors |
@@ -3070,19 +3109,20 @@ | ||
3070 | 3109 | .TP |
3071 | 3110 | .B "-map \fI<type>"\fP |
3072 | 3111 | \fRdisplay image using this type. |
3073 | -\' | |
3112 | + | |
3074 | 3113 | [\fIanimate\fP or \fIdisplay\fP] |
3075 | -\' | |
3114 | + | |
3076 | 3115 | Choose from these \fIStandard Colormap\fP types: |
3077 | -\' | |
3116 | + | |
3117 | +.nf | |
3078 | 3118 | best |
3079 | 3119 | default |
3080 | 3120 | gray |
3081 | 3121 | red |
3082 | 3122 | green |
3083 | 3123 | blue |
3084 | -\' | |
3085 | -\' | |
3124 | +.fi | |
3125 | + | |
3086 | 3126 | The \fIX server\fP must support the \fIStandard Colormap\fP you choose, |
3087 | 3127 | otherwise an error occurs. Use \fBlist\fP as the type and \fBdisplay\fP |
3088 | 3128 | searches the list of colormap types in \fBtop-to-bottom\fP order until |
@@ -3091,28 +3131,28 @@ | ||
3091 | 3131 | .TP |
3092 | 3132 | .B "-mask \fI<filename>"\fP |
3093 | 3133 | \fRSpecify a clipping mask |
3094 | -\' | |
3134 | + | |
3095 | 3135 | The image read from the file is used as a clipping mask. It must have |
3096 | 3136 | the same dimensions as the image being masked. |
3097 | -\' | |
3137 | + | |
3098 | 3138 | If the mask image contains an opacity channel, the opacity of each |
3099 | 3139 | pixel is used to define the mask. Otherwise, the intensity (gray |
3100 | 3140 | level) of each pixel is used. Unmasked (black) pixels are modified |
3101 | 3141 | while masked pixels (not black) are protected from alteration. |
3102 | -\' | |
3142 | + | |
3103 | 3143 | Use \fB+mask\fP to remove the clipping mask. |
3104 | -\' | |
3144 | + | |
3105 | 3145 | It is not necessary to use \fB-clip\fP to activate the mask; \fB-clip\fP |
3106 | 3146 | is implied by \fB-mask\fP. |
3107 | 3147 | .TP |
3108 | 3148 | .B "-matte" |
3109 | 3149 | \fRstore matte channel if the image has one |
3110 | -\' | |
3150 | + | |
3111 | 3151 | If the image does not have a matte channel, create an opaque one. |
3112 | -\' | |
3152 | + | |
3113 | 3153 | Use \fB+matte\fP to ignore the matte channel (treats it as opaque) and to avoid writing a |
3114 | 3154 | matte channel in the output file. |
3115 | -\' | |
3155 | + | |
3116 | 3156 | For the compare command, \fB-matte\fP will add an opaque matte |
3117 | 3157 | channel to images if they do not already have a matte channel, and |
3118 | 3158 | matte will be enabled for both images. Likewise, if \fB+matte\fP is |
@@ -3122,13 +3162,13 @@ | ||
3122 | 3162 | .TP |
3123 | 3163 | .B "-mattecolor \fI<color>"\fP |
3124 | 3164 | \fRspecify the color to be used with the \fB-frame\fP option |
3125 | -\' | |
3165 | + | |
3126 | 3166 | The color is specified using the format described under the \fB-fill\fP |
3127 | 3167 | option. |
3128 | 3168 | .TP |
3129 | 3169 | .B "-maximum-error \fI<limit>"\fP |
3130 | 3170 | \fRspecifies the maximum amount of total image error |
3131 | -\' | |
3171 | + | |
3132 | 3172 | Specifies the maximum amount of total image error (based on comparison |
3133 | 3173 | using a specified metric) before an error ("image difference exceeds |
3134 | 3174 | limit") is reported. The error is reported via a non-zero command |
@@ -3142,12 +3182,12 @@ | ||
3142 | 3182 | .TP |
3143 | 3183 | .B "-minify \fI<factor>"\fP |
3144 | 3184 | \fRminify the image |
3145 | -\' | |
3185 | + | |
3146 | 3186 | The image size is halved using linear interpolation. |
3147 | 3187 | .TP |
3148 | 3188 | .B "-mode \fI<value>"\fP |
3149 | 3189 | \fRmode of operation |
3150 | -\' | |
3190 | + | |
3151 | 3191 | The available montage modes are \fBframe\fP to place the images in a |
3152 | 3192 | rectangular grid while adding a decorative frame with dropshadow, |
3153 | 3193 | \fBunframe\fP to place undecorated images in a rectangular grid, and |
@@ -3156,13 +3196,13 @@ | ||
3156 | 3196 | .TP |
3157 | 3197 | .B "-modulate \fIbrightness[,saturation[,hue]]"\fP |
3158 | 3198 | \fRvary the brightness, saturation, and hue of an image |
3159 | -\' | |
3199 | + | |
3160 | 3200 | Specify the percent change in brightness, color saturation, and |
3161 | 3201 | hue separated by commas. Default argument values are 100 percent, |
3162 | 3202 | resulting in no change. For example, to increase the color brightness |
3163 | 3203 | by 20% and decrease the color saturation by 10% and leave the hue |
3164 | 3204 | unchanged, use: \fB-modulate 120,90\fP. |
3165 | -\' | |
3205 | + | |
3166 | 3206 | Hue is the percentage of absolute rotation from the current |
3167 | 3207 | position. For example 50 results in a counter-clockwise rotation of 90 |
3168 | 3208 | degrees, 150 results in a clockwise rotation of 90 degrees, with 0 and |
@@ -3170,7 +3210,7 @@ | ||
3170 | 3210 | .TP |
3171 | 3211 | .B "-monitor" |
3172 | 3212 | \fRshow progress indication |
3173 | -\' | |
3213 | + | |
3174 | 3214 | A simple command-line progress indication is shown while the command is |
3175 | 3215 | running. The process indication shows the operation currently being |
3176 | 3216 | performed and the percent completed. Commands using X11 may replace the |
@@ -3182,10 +3222,10 @@ | ||
3182 | 3222 | .TP |
3183 | 3223 | .B "-morph \fI<frames>"\fP |
3184 | 3224 | \fRmorphs an image sequence |
3185 | -\' | |
3225 | + | |
3186 | 3226 | Both the image pixels and size are linearly interpolated to give the appearance |
3187 | 3227 | of a meta-morphosis from one image to the next. |
3188 | -\' | |
3228 | + | |
3189 | 3229 | The sequence of images |
3190 | 3230 | is terminated by the appearance of any option. |
3191 | 3231 | If the \fB-morph\fP |
@@ -3193,7 +3233,7 @@ | ||
3193 | 3233 | .TP |
3194 | 3234 | .B "-mosaic" |
3195 | 3235 | \fRcreate a mosaic from an image or an image sequence |
3196 | -\' | |
3236 | + | |
3197 | 3237 | The \fB-mosaic\fP option provides a flexible way to composite one or |
3198 | 3238 | more images onto a solid-color canvas image. It works similar to |
3199 | 3239 | \fB-flatten\fP except that a base canvas image is automatically |
@@ -3202,35 +3242,36 @@ | ||
3202 | 3242 | canvas image may be set via the \fB-background\fP option. The |
3203 | 3243 | default canvas color is 'white', but 'black' or 'transparent' may be |
3204 | 3244 | more suitable depending on the composition algorithm requested. |
3205 | -\' | |
3245 | + | |
3206 | 3246 | The \fB-compose\fP option may be used to specify the composition |
3207 | 3247 | algorithm to use when compositing the subsequent image on the base |
3208 | 3248 | canvas. |
3209 | -\' | |
3249 | + | |
3210 | 3250 | The \fB-page\fP option can be used to establish the dimensions of the |
3211 | 3251 | mosaic and to position the subsequent image within the mosaic. If the |
3212 | 3252 | \fB-page\fP argument does not specify width and height, then the |
3213 | 3253 | canvas dimensions are evaluated based on the image sizes and |
3214 | 3254 | offsets. |
3215 | -\' | |
3255 | + | |
3216 | 3256 | The sequence of images is terminated by the appearance of any option. |
3217 | 3257 | If the \fB-mosaic\fP option appears after all of the input images, |
3218 | 3258 | all images are included in the mosaic. |
3219 | -\' | |
3259 | + | |
3220 | 3260 | The following is an example of composing an image based on red, green, |
3221 | 3261 | and blue layers extracted from a sequence of images and pasted on the |
3222 | 3262 | canvas image at specified offsets: |
3223 | -\' | |
3263 | + | |
3264 | +.nf | |
3224 | 3265 | gm convert -background black \\ |
3225 | 3266 | -compose CopyRed -page +0-100 red.png \\ |
3226 | 3267 | -compose CopyGreen -page +0+40 green.png \\ |
3227 | 3268 | -compose CopyBlue -page +0+180 blue.png \\ |
3228 | 3269 | -mosaic output.png |
3229 | -\' | |
3270 | +.fi | |
3230 | 3271 | .TP |
3231 | 3272 | .B "-motion-blur \fI<radius>{x<sigma>}{+angle}"\fP |
3232 | 3273 | \fRSimulate motion blur |
3233 | -\' | |
3274 | + | |
3234 | 3275 | Simulate motion blur by convolving the image with a Gaussian operator of |
3235 | 3276 | the given radius and standard deviation (sigma). For reasonable results, |
3236 | 3277 | radius should be larger than sigma. If radius is zero, then a suitable |
@@ -3242,7 +3283,7 @@ | ||
3242 | 3283 | .TP |
3243 | 3284 | .B "-negate" |
3244 | 3285 | \fRreplace every pixel with its complementary color |
3245 | -\' | |
3286 | + | |
3246 | 3287 | The red, green, and blue intensities of an image are negated. |
3247 | 3288 | White becomes black, |
3248 | 3289 | yellow becomes blue, etc. |
@@ -3251,20 +3292,21 @@ | ||
3251 | 3292 | .TP |
3252 | 3293 | .B "-noise \fI<radius|type>"\fP |
3253 | 3294 | \fRadd or reduce noise in an image |
3254 | -\' | |
3295 | + | |
3255 | 3296 | The principal function of noise peak elimination filter is to smooth the |
3256 | 3297 | objects within an image without losing edge information and without creating |
3257 | 3298 | undesired structures. The central idea of the algorithm is to replace a |
3258 | 3299 | pixel with its next neighbor in value within a pixel window, if this pixel |
3259 | 3300 | has been found to be noise. A pixel is defined as noise if and only if |
3260 | 3301 | this pixel is a maximum or minimum within the pixel window. |
3261 | -\' | |
3302 | + | |
3262 | 3303 | Use \fBradius\fP to specify the width of the neighborhood. |
3263 | -\' | |
3304 | + | |
3264 | 3305 | Use \fB+noise\fP followed by a noise type to add noise to an image. |
3265 | 3306 | The noise added modulates the existing image pixels. Choose from these |
3266 | 3307 | noise types: |
3267 | -\' | |
3308 | + | |
3309 | +.nf | |
3268 | 3310 | Uniform |
3269 | 3311 | Gaussian |
3270 | 3312 | Multiplicative |
@@ -3272,20 +3314,20 @@ | ||
3272 | 3314 | Laplacian |
3273 | 3315 | Poisson |
3274 | 3316 | Random (uniform distribution) |
3275 | -\' | |
3317 | +.fi | |
3276 | 3318 | .TP |
3277 | 3319 | .B "-noop" |
3278 | 3320 | \fRNOOP (no option) |
3279 | -\' | |
3321 | + | |
3280 | 3322 | The \fB-noop\fP option can be used to terminate a group of images |
3281 | 3323 | and reset all options to their default values, when no other option is |
3282 | 3324 | desired. |
3283 | 3325 | .TP |
3284 | 3326 | .B "-normalize" |
3285 | 3327 | \fRtransform image to span the full range of color values |
3286 | -\' | |
3328 | + | |
3287 | 3329 | This is a contrast enhancement technique based on the image histogram. |
3288 | -\' | |
3330 | + | |
3289 | 3331 | When computing the contrast enhancement values, the histogram edges |
3290 | 3332 | are truncated so that the majority of the image pixels are considered |
3291 | 3333 | in the constrast enhancement, and outliers (e.g. random noise or |
@@ -3299,29 +3341,29 @@ | ||
3299 | 3341 | .TP |
3300 | 3342 | .B "-opaque \fI<color>"\fP |
3301 | 3343 | \fRchange this color to the pen color within the image |
3302 | -\' | |
3344 | + | |
3303 | 3345 | The color is specified using the format described under the |
3304 | 3346 | \fB-fill\fP option. The color is replaced if it is identical to the |
3305 | 3347 | target color, or close enough to the target color in a 3D space as |
3306 | 3348 | defined by the Euclidean distance specified by \fB-fuzz\fP. |
3307 | -\' | |
3349 | + | |
3308 | 3350 | See \fB-fill\fP and \fB-fuzz\fP for more details. |
3309 | 3351 | .TP |
3310 | 3352 | .B "-operator \fIchannel operator rvalue[%]"\fP |
3311 | 3353 | \fRapply a mathematical, bitwise, or value operator to an image channel |
3312 | -\' | |
3354 | + | |
3313 | 3355 | Apply a low-level mathematical, bitwise, or value operator to a selected |
3314 | 3356 | image channel or all image channels. Operations which result in negative |
3315 | 3357 | results are reset to zero, and operations which overflow the available |
3316 | 3358 | range are reset to the maximum possible value. |
3317 | -\' | |
3359 | + | |
3318 | 3360 | Select a channel from: \fBRed\fP, \fBGreen\fP, \fBBlue\fP, |
3319 | 3361 | \fBOpacity\fP, \fBMatte\fP, \fBCyan\fP, \fBMagenta\fP, \fBYellow\fP, |
3320 | 3362 | \fBBlack\fP, \fBAll\fP, or \fBGray\fP. \fBAll\fP only modifies the |
3321 | 3363 | color channels and does not modify the \fBOpacity\fP channel. Except for |
3322 | 3364 | the threshold operators, \fBAll\fP operates on each channel |
3323 | 3365 | independently so that operations are on a per-channel basis. |
3324 | -\' | |
3366 | + | |
3325 | 3367 | \fBGray\fP treats the color channels as a grayscale intensity and |
3326 | 3368 | performs the requested operation on the equivalent pixel intensity so the |
3327 | 3369 | result is a gray image. |
@@ -3335,7 +3377,7 @@ | ||
3335 | 3377 | \fBNoise-Impulse\fP, \fBNoise-Laplacian\fP, |
3336 | 3378 | \fBNoise-Multiplicative\fP, \fBNoise-Poisson\fP, |
3337 | 3379 | \fBNoise-Random\fP, and \fBNoise-Uniform\fP. |
3338 | -\' | |
3380 | + | |
3339 | 3381 | Rvalue may be any floating point or integer value. Normally rvalue will |
3340 | 3382 | be in the range of 0 to MaxRGB, where MaxRGB is the largest quantum value |
3341 | 3383 | supported by the GraphicsMagick build (255, 65535, or 4294967295) but |
@@ -3343,18 +3385,18 @@ | ||
3343 | 3385 | Arguments to logical or bit-wise operations are rounded to a positive |
3344 | 3386 | integral value prior to use. If a percent (\fB%\fP) symbol is appended |
3345 | 3387 | to the argument, then the argument has a range of 0 to 100 percent. |
3346 | -\' | |
3388 | + | |
3347 | 3389 | The following is a description of the operators: |
3348 | -\' | |
3349 | -.in 15 | |
3350 | -\' | |
3390 | + | |
3391 | +.in 15 | |
3392 | + | |
3351 | 3393 | .in 15 |
3352 | 3394 | .B "Add" |
3353 | 3395 | .in 20 |
3354 | 3396 | \fR |
3355 | 3397 | .in 20 |
3356 | 3398 | Result is rvalue added to channel value. |
3357 | -\' | |
3399 | + | |
3358 | 3400 | .in 15 |
3359 | 3401 | .in 15 |
3360 | 3402 | .B "And" |
@@ -3362,7 +3404,7 @@ | ||
3362 | 3404 | \fR |
3363 | 3405 | .in 20 |
3364 | 3406 | Result is the logical AND of rvalue with channel value. |
3365 | -\' | |
3407 | + | |
3366 | 3408 | .in 15 |
3367 | 3409 | .in 15 |
3368 | 3410 | .B "Assign" |
@@ -3370,7 +3412,7 @@ | ||
3370 | 3412 | \fR |
3371 | 3413 | .in 20 |
3372 | 3414 | Result is rvalue. |
3373 | -\' | |
3415 | + | |
3374 | 3416 | .in 15 |
3375 | 3417 | .in 15 |
3376 | 3418 | .B "Depth" |
@@ -3379,7 +3421,7 @@ | ||
3379 | 3421 | .in 20 |
3380 | 3422 | Result is channel value adjusted so that it may be (approximately) |
3381 | 3423 | stored in the specified number of bits without additional loss. |
3382 | -\' | |
3424 | + | |
3383 | 3425 | .in 15 |
3384 | 3426 | .in 15 |
3385 | 3427 | .B "Divide" |
@@ -3387,7 +3429,7 @@ | ||
3387 | 3429 | \fR |
3388 | 3430 | .in 20 |
3389 | 3431 | Result is channel value divided by rvalue. |
3390 | -\' | |
3432 | + | |
3391 | 3433 | .in 15 |
3392 | 3434 | .in 15 |
3393 | 3435 | .B "Gamma" |
@@ -3395,7 +3437,7 @@ | ||
3395 | 3437 | \fR |
3396 | 3438 | .in 20 |
3397 | 3439 | Result is channel value gamma adjusted by rvalue. |
3398 | -\' | |
3440 | + | |
3399 | 3441 | .in 15 |
3400 | 3442 | .in 15 |
3401 | 3443 | .B "LShift" |
@@ -3403,7 +3445,7 @@ | ||
3403 | 3445 | \fR |
3404 | 3446 | .in 20 |
3405 | 3447 | Result is channel value bitwise left shifted by rvalue bits. |
3406 | -\' | |
3448 | + | |
3407 | 3449 | .in 15 |
3408 | 3450 | .in 15 |
3409 | 3451 | .B "Log" |
@@ -3411,7 +3453,7 @@ | ||
3411 | 3453 | \fR |
3412 | 3454 | .in 20 |
3413 | 3455 | Result is computed as log(value*rvalue+1)/log(rvalue+1). |
3414 | -\' | |
3456 | + | |
3415 | 3457 | .in 15 |
3416 | 3458 | .in 15 |
3417 | 3459 | .B "Max" |
@@ -3419,7 +3461,7 @@ | ||
3419 | 3461 | \fR |
3420 | 3462 | .in 20 |
3421 | 3463 | Result is assigned to rvalue if rvalue is greater than value. |
3422 | -\' | |
3464 | + | |
3423 | 3465 | .in 15 |
3424 | 3466 | .in 15 |
3425 | 3467 | .B "Min" |
@@ -3427,7 +3469,7 @@ | ||
3427 | 3469 | \fR |
3428 | 3470 | .in 20 |
3429 | 3471 | Result is assigned to rvalue if rvalue is less than value. |
3430 | -\' | |
3472 | + | |
3431 | 3473 | .in 15 |
3432 | 3474 | .in 15 |
3433 | 3475 | .B "Multiply" |
@@ -3435,7 +3477,7 @@ | ||
3435 | 3477 | \fR |
3436 | 3478 | .in 20 |
3437 | 3479 | Result is channel value multiplied by rvalue. |
3438 | -\' | |
3480 | + | |
3439 | 3481 | .in 15 |
3440 | 3482 | .in 15 |
3441 | 3483 | .B "Negate" |
@@ -3445,7 +3487,7 @@ | ||
3445 | 3487 | Result is inverse of channel value (like a film negative). An rvalue |
3446 | 3488 | must be supplied but is currently not used. Inverting the image twice |
3447 | 3489 | results in the original image. |
3448 | -\' | |
3490 | + | |
3449 | 3491 | .in 15 |
3450 | 3492 | .in 15 |
3451 | 3493 | .B "Or" |
@@ -3453,7 +3495,7 @@ | ||
3453 | 3495 | \fR |
3454 | 3496 | .in 20 |
3455 | 3497 | Result is the logical OR of rvalue with channel value. |
3456 | -\' | |
3498 | + | |
3457 | 3499 | .in 15 |
3458 | 3500 | .in 15 |
3459 | 3501 | .B "Pow" |
@@ -3462,7 +3504,7 @@ | ||
3462 | 3504 | .in 20 |
3463 | 3505 | Result is computed as pow(value,rvalue). Similar to Gamma except that |
3464 | 3506 | rvalue is not inverted. |
3465 | -\' | |
3507 | + | |
3466 | 3508 | .in 15 |
3467 | 3509 | .in 15 |
3468 | 3510 | .B "RShift" |
@@ -3470,7 +3512,7 @@ | ||
3470 | 3512 | \fR |
3471 | 3513 | .in 20 |
3472 | 3514 | Result is channel value bitwise right shifted by rvalue bits. |
3473 | -\' | |
3515 | + | |
3474 | 3516 | .in 15 |
3475 | 3517 | .in 15 |
3476 | 3518 | .B "Subtract" |
@@ -3478,7 +3520,7 @@ | ||
3478 | 3520 | \fR |
3479 | 3521 | .in 20 |
3480 | 3522 | Result is channel value minus rvalue. |
3481 | -\' | |
3523 | + | |
3482 | 3524 | .in 15 |
3483 | 3525 | .in 15 |
3484 | 3526 | .B "Threshold" |
@@ -3489,7 +3531,7 @@ | ||
3489 | 3531 | or minimum (black) if it is less than or equal to rvalue. If \fBall\fP |
3490 | 3532 | channels are specified, then thresholding is done based on computed pixel |
3491 | 3533 | intensity. |
3492 | -\' | |
3534 | + | |
3493 | 3535 | .in 15 |
3494 | 3536 | .in 15 |
3495 | 3537 | .B "Threshold-white" |
@@ -3501,7 +3543,7 @@ | ||
3501 | 3543 | remove apparent noise from the bright parts of an image. If \fBall\fP |
3502 | 3544 | channels are specified, then thresholding is done based on computed pixel |
3503 | 3545 | intensity. |
3504 | -\' | |
3546 | + | |
3505 | 3547 | .in 15 |
3506 | 3548 | .in 15 |
3507 | 3549 | .B "Threshold-White-Negate" |
@@ -3512,7 +3554,7 @@ | ||
3512 | 3554 | rvalue and is unchanged if it is less than or equal to rvalue. If |
3513 | 3555 | \fBall\fP channels are specified, then thresholding is done based on |
3514 | 3556 | computed pixel intensity. |
3515 | -\' | |
3557 | + | |
3516 | 3558 | .in 15 |
3517 | 3559 | .in 15 |
3518 | 3560 | .B "Threshold-black" |
@@ -3524,7 +3566,7 @@ | ||
3524 | 3566 | used to remove apparent noise from the dark parts of an image. If |
3525 | 3567 | \fBall\fP channels are specified, then thresholding is done based on |
3526 | 3568 | computed pixel intensity. |
3527 | -\' | |
3569 | + | |
3528 | 3570 | .in 15 |
3529 | 3571 | .in 15 |
3530 | 3572 | .B "Threshold-Black-Negate" |
@@ -3535,7 +3577,7 @@ | ||
3535 | 3577 | rvalue and is unchanged if it is greater than or equal to rvalue. If |
3536 | 3578 | \fBall\fP channels are specified, then thresholding is done based on |
3537 | 3579 | computed pixel intensity. |
3538 | -\' | |
3580 | + | |
3539 | 3581 | .in 15 |
3540 | 3582 | .in 15 |
3541 | 3583 | .B "Xor" |
@@ -3545,7 +3587,7 @@ | ||
3545 | 3587 | Result is the logical XOR of rvalue with channel value. An |
3546 | 3588 | interesting property of XOR is that performing the same operation twice |
3547 | 3589 | results in the original value. |
3548 | -\' | |
3590 | + | |
3549 | 3591 | .in 15 |
3550 | 3592 | .in 15 |
3551 | 3593 | .B "Noise-Gaussian" |
@@ -3554,7 +3596,7 @@ | ||
3554 | 3596 | .in 20 |
3555 | 3597 | Result is the current channel value modulated with gaussian noise |
3556 | 3598 | according to the intensity specified by rvalue. |
3557 | -\' | |
3599 | + | |
3558 | 3600 | .in 15 |
3559 | 3601 | .in 15 |
3560 | 3602 | .B "Noise-Impulse" |
@@ -3563,7 +3605,7 @@ | ||
3563 | 3605 | .in 20 |
3564 | 3606 | Result is the current channel value modulated with impulse noise |
3565 | 3607 | according to the intensity specified by rvalue. |
3566 | -\' | |
3608 | + | |
3567 | 3609 | .in 15 |
3568 | 3610 | .in 15 |
3569 | 3611 | .B "Noise-Laplacian" |
@@ -3572,7 +3614,7 @@ | ||
3572 | 3614 | .in 20 |
3573 | 3615 | Result is the current channel value modulated with laplacian noise |
3574 | 3616 | according to the intensity specified by rvalue. |
3575 | -\' | |
3617 | + | |
3576 | 3618 | .in 15 |
3577 | 3619 | .in 15 |
3578 | 3620 | .B "Noise-Multiplicative" |
@@ -3581,7 +3623,7 @@ | ||
3581 | 3623 | .in 20 |
3582 | 3624 | Result is the current channel value modulated with multiplicative |
3583 | 3625 | gaussian noise according to the intensity specified by rvalue. |
3584 | -\' | |
3626 | + | |
3585 | 3627 | .in 15 |
3586 | 3628 | .in 15 |
3587 | 3629 | .B "Noise-Poisson" |
@@ -3590,7 +3632,7 @@ | ||
3590 | 3632 | .in 20 |
3591 | 3633 | Result is the current channel value modulated with poisson noise |
3592 | 3634 | according to the intensity specified by rvalue. |
3593 | -\' | |
3635 | + | |
3594 | 3636 | .in 15 |
3595 | 3637 | .in 15 |
3596 | 3638 | .B "Noise-Random" |
@@ -3601,7 +3643,7 @@ | ||
3601 | 3643 | distribution) noise according to the intensity specified by rvalue. |
3602 | 3644 | The initial noise intensity (rvalue=1.0) is the range of one pixel |
3603 | 3645 | quantum span. |
3604 | -\' | |
3646 | + | |
3605 | 3647 | .in 15 |
3606 | 3648 | .in 15 |
3607 | 3649 | .B "Noise-Uniform" |
@@ -3610,43 +3652,45 @@ | ||
3610 | 3652 | .in 20 |
3611 | 3653 | Result is the channel value with uniform noise applied according to |
3612 | 3654 | the intensity specified by rvalue. |
3613 | -\' | |
3614 | -.in 15 | |
3615 | -\' | |
3616 | -\' | |
3617 | -\' | |
3655 | + | |
3656 | +.in 15 | |
3657 | + | |
3658 | + | |
3659 | + | |
3618 | 3660 | As an example, the \fBAssign\fP operator assigns a fixed value to a |
3619 | 3661 | channel. For example, this command sets the red channel to the mid-range |
3620 | 3662 | value: |
3621 | -\' | |
3663 | + | |
3664 | +.nf | |
3622 | 3665 | gm convert in.bmp -operator red assign "50%" out.bmp |
3623 | -\' | |
3624 | -\' | |
3666 | +.fi | |
3667 | + | |
3625 | 3668 | The following applies 50% thresholding to the image and returns a gray |
3626 | 3669 | image: |
3627 | -\' | |
3670 | + | |
3671 | +.nf | |
3628 | 3672 | gm convert in.bmp -operator gray threshold "50%" out.bmp |
3629 | -\' | |
3673 | +.fi | |
3630 | 3674 | .TP |
3631 | 3675 | .B "-ordered-dither \fI<channeltype> <NxN>"\fP |
3632 | 3676 | \fRordered dither the image |
3633 | -\' | |
3677 | + | |
3634 | 3678 | The channel or channels specified in the \fBchanneltype\fP argument are |
3635 | 3679 | reduced to binary, using an ordered dither method. The choices for |
3636 | 3680 | \fBchanneltype\fP are \fBAll\fP, \fBIntensity\fP, \fBRed\fP, |
3637 | 3681 | \fBGreen\fP, \fBBlue\fP, \fBCyan\fP, \fBMagenta\fP, \fBYellow\fP, |
3638 | 3682 | \fBBlack\fP, and \fBOpacity\fP |
3639 | -\' | |
3683 | + | |
3640 | 3684 | When \fBchanneltype\fP is "All", the color samples are dithered into |
3641 | 3685 | a gray level and then that gray level is stored in the three color |
3642 | 3686 | channels. Separately, the opacity channel is dithered into a bilevel |
3643 | 3687 | opacity value which is stored in the opacity channel. |
3644 | -\' | |
3688 | + | |
3645 | 3689 | When \fBchanneltype\fP is "Intensity", only the color samples are |
3646 | 3690 | dithered. When \fBchanneltype\fP is "opacity" or "matte", only the |
3647 | 3691 | opacity channel is dithered. When a color channel is specified, only that |
3648 | 3692 | channel is dithered. |
3649 | -\' | |
3693 | + | |
3650 | 3694 | The choices for N are 2 through 7. The image is divided into |
3651 | 3695 | NxN pixel tiles. In each tile, some or all pixels are turned to |
3652 | 3696 | white depending on their intensity. For each N, (N**2)+1 levels |
@@ -3664,7 +3708,7 @@ | ||
3664 | 3708 | .TP |
3665 | 3709 | .B "-output-directory \fI<directory>"\fP |
3666 | 3710 | \fRoutput files to directory |
3667 | -\' | |
3711 | + | |
3668 | 3712 | Use -output-directory to specify a directory under which to write the |
3669 | 3713 | output files. Normally mogrify overwrites the input files, but with |
3670 | 3714 | this option the output files may be written to a different directory |
@@ -3684,7 +3728,7 @@ | ||
3684 | 3728 | .TP |
3685 | 3729 | .B "-orient \fI<orientation>"\fP |
3686 | 3730 | \fRSet the image orientation attribute |
3687 | -\' | |
3731 | + | |
3688 | 3732 | Sets the image orientation attribute. The image orientation attribute |
3689 | 3733 | is compatible with the TIFF orientation tag (and the EXIF orientation |
3690 | 3734 | tag). Accepted values are \fBundefined\fP, \fBTopLeft\fP, |
@@ -3699,12 +3743,13 @@ | ||
3699 | 3743 | .TP |
3700 | 3744 | .B "-page \fI<width>x<height>{+-}<x>{+-}<y>{%}{!}{<}{>}"\fP |
3701 | 3745 | \fRsize and location of an image canvas |
3702 | -\' | |
3746 | + | |
3703 | 3747 | Use this option to specify the dimensions of the |
3704 | 3748 | \fIPostScript\fP page |
3705 | 3749 | in dots per inch or a TEXT page in pixels. The choices for a PostScript |
3706 | 3750 | page are: |
3707 | -\' | |
3751 | + | |
3752 | +.nf | |
3708 | 3753 | 11x17 792 1224 |
3709 | 3754 | Ledger 1224 792 |
3710 | 3755 | Legal 612 1008 |
@@ -3743,12 +3788,12 @@ | ||
3743 | 3788 | Flsa 612 936 |
3744 | 3789 | Flse 612 936 |
3745 | 3790 | HalfLetter 396 612 |
3746 | -\' | |
3747 | -\' | |
3791 | +.fi | |
3792 | + | |
3748 | 3793 | For convenience you can specify the page size by media (e.g. A4, Ledger, |
3749 | 3794 | etc.). Otherwise, \fB-page\fP behaves much like |
3750 | 3795 | \fB-geometry\fP (e.g. -page letter+43+43>). |
3751 | -\' | |
3796 | + | |
3752 | 3797 | This option is also used to place subimages when writing to a multi-image |
3753 | 3798 | format that supports offsets, such as GIF89 and MNG. When used for this |
3754 | 3799 | purpose the offsets are always measured from the |
@@ -3762,7 +3807,7 @@ | ||
3762 | 3807 | from the bounding box that contains all images in the sequence. When |
3763 | 3808 | writing a GIF89 file, only the bounding box method is used to determine its |
3764 | 3809 | dimensions. |
3765 | -\' | |
3810 | + | |
3766 | 3811 | For a PostScript page, the image is sized as in \fB-geometry\fP and positioned |
3767 | 3812 | relative to the lower left hand corner of the page by |
3768 | 3813 | {+-}<\fBx\fP\fIoffset\fP>{+-}<\fBy\fP |
@@ -3775,28 +3820,28 @@ | ||
3775 | 3820 | \fBy\fP \fIoffset\fP are measured rightward and downward from the top |
3776 | 3821 | left corner of the page, unless the \fB-gravity\fP option is present with |
3777 | 3822 | a value other than \fINorthWest\fP. |
3778 | -\' | |
3823 | + | |
3779 | 3824 | The default page dimensions for a TEXT image is 612x792. |
3780 | -\' | |
3825 | + | |
3781 | 3826 | This option is used in concert with \fB-density\fP. |
3782 | -\' | |
3827 | + | |
3783 | 3828 | Use \fB+page\fP to remove the page settings for an image. |
3784 | 3829 | .TP |
3785 | 3830 | .B "-paint \fI<radius>"\fP |
3786 | 3831 | \fRsimulate an oil painting |
3787 | -\' | |
3832 | + | |
3788 | 3833 | Each pixel is replaced by the most frequent color in a circular neighborhood |
3789 | 3834 | whose width is specified with \fIradius\fP. |
3790 | 3835 | .TP |
3791 | 3836 | .B "-pause \fI<seconds>"\fP |
3792 | 3837 | \fRpause between animation loops [animate] |
3793 | -\' | |
3838 | + | |
3794 | 3839 | Pause for the specified number of seconds before repeating the |
3795 | 3840 | animation. |
3796 | 3841 | .TP |
3797 | 3842 | .B "-pause \fI<seconds>"\fP |
3798 | 3843 | \fRpause between snapshots [import] |
3799 | -\' | |
3844 | + | |
3800 | 3845 | Pause for the specified number of seconds before taking the next |
3801 | 3846 | snapshot. |
3802 | 3847 | .TP |
@@ -3805,7 +3850,7 @@ | ||
3805 | 3850 | .TP |
3806 | 3851 | .B "-ping" |
3807 | 3852 | \fRefficiently determine image characteristics |
3808 | -\' | |
3853 | + | |
3809 | 3854 | Use this option to disable reading the image pixels so that image |
3810 | 3855 | characteristics such as the image dimensions may be obtained very |
3811 | 3856 | quickly. For identify, use +ping to force reading the image pixels so |
@@ -3816,11 +3861,12 @@ | ||
3816 | 3861 | .TP |
3817 | 3862 | .B "-preview \fI<type>"\fP |
3818 | 3863 | \fRimage preview type |
3819 | -\' | |
3864 | + | |
3820 | 3865 | Use this option to affect the preview operation of an image (e.g. |
3821 | 3866 | convert file.png -preview Gamma Preview:gamma.png). Choose |
3822 | 3867 | from these previews: |
3823 | -\' | |
3868 | + | |
3869 | +.nf | |
3824 | 3870 | Rotate |
3825 | 3871 | Shear |
3826 | 3872 | Roll |
@@ -3850,37 +3896,39 @@ | ||
3850 | 3896 | OilPaint |
3851 | 3897 | CharcoalDrawing |
3852 | 3898 | JPEG |
3853 | -\' | |
3854 | -\' | |
3899 | +.fi | |
3900 | + | |
3855 | 3901 | The default preview is \fBJPEG\fP. |
3856 | 3902 | .TP |
3857 | 3903 | .B "-process \fI<command>"\fP |
3858 | 3904 | \fRprocess a sequence of images using a process module |
3859 | -\' | |
3905 | + | |
3860 | 3906 | The command argument has the form \fBmodule=arg1,arg2,arg3,...,argN\fP |
3861 | 3907 | where \fBmodule\fP is the name of the module to invoke (e.g. "Analyze") |
3862 | 3908 | and arg1,arg2,arg3,...,argN are an arbitrary number of arguments to |
3863 | 3909 | pass to the process module. |
3864 | 3910 | The sequence of images |
3865 | 3911 | is terminated by the appearance of any option. |
3866 | -\' | |
3912 | + | |
3867 | 3913 | If the \fB-process\fP |
3868 | 3914 | option appears after all of the input images, all images are processed. |
3869 | -\' | |
3915 | + | |
3870 | 3916 | For example: |
3871 | -\' | |
3917 | + | |
3918 | +.nf | |
3872 | 3919 | gm convert logo: -process Analyze= \\ |
3873 | 3920 | -format "%[BrightnessMean],%[BrightnessStddev]" info:- |
3874 | 3921 | 51952,23294 |
3875 | -\' | |
3922 | + | |
3923 | +.nf | |
3876 | 3924 | .TP |
3877 | 3925 | .B "-profile \fI<filename>"\fP |
3878 | 3926 | \fRadd ICM, IPTC, or generic profile to image |
3879 | -\' | |
3927 | + | |
3880 | 3928 | -profile filename adds an ICM (ICC color management), IPTC |
3881 | 3929 | (newswire information), or a generic (including Exif) profile to the image |
3882 | 3930 | . |
3883 | -\' | |
3931 | + | |
3884 | 3932 | Use +profile icm, +profile iptc, or |
3885 | 3933 | +profile profile_name to remove the respective profile. |
3886 | 3934 | Multiple profiles may be listed, separated by commas. Profiles may be |
@@ -3895,17 +3943,18 @@ | ||
3895 | 3943 | In JPEG they are stored in APP1 markers, and in PNG they are stored |
3896 | 3944 | as hex-coded binary in compressed zTXt chunks, except for the iCC |
3897 | 3945 | chunk which is stored in the iCCP chunk. |
3898 | -\' | |
3946 | + | |
3899 | 3947 | To extract a profile, the \fB-profile\fP option is not used. Instead, |
3900 | 3948 | simply write the file to an image |
3901 | 3949 | format such as \fIAPP1, 8BIM, ICM,\fP or \fIIPTC\fP. |
3902 | -\' | |
3950 | + | |
3903 | 3951 | For example, to extract the Exif data (which is stored in JPEG files |
3904 | 3952 | in the \fIAPP1\fP profile), use |
3905 | -\' | |
3906 | -\' | |
3953 | + | |
3954 | + | |
3955 | +.nf | |
3907 | 3956 | gm convert cockatoo.jpg exifdata.app1 |
3908 | -\' | |
3957 | +.fi | |
3909 | 3958 | Note that GraphicsMagick does not attempt to update any profile to |
3910 | 3959 | reflect changes made to the image, e.g., rotation from portrait to landscape |
3911 | 3960 | orientation, so it is possible that the preserved profile may contain |
@@ -3913,13 +3962,13 @@ | ||
3913 | 3962 | .TP |
3914 | 3963 | .B "-preserve-timestamp" |
3915 | 3964 | \fRpreserve the original timestamps of the file |
3916 | -\' | |
3965 | + | |
3917 | 3966 | Use this option to preserve the original modification and access |
3918 | 3967 | timestamps of the file, even if it has been modified. |
3919 | 3968 | .TP |
3920 | 3969 | .B "+progress" |
3921 | 3970 | \fRdisable progress monitor and busy cursor |
3922 | -\' | |
3971 | + | |
3923 | 3972 | By default, when an image is displayed, a progress monitor bar is shown |
3924 | 3973 | in the top left corner of an existing image display window, and the |
3925 | 3974 | current cursor is replaced with an hourglass cursor. Use \fB+progress\fP |
@@ -3937,92 +3986,93 @@ | ||
3937 | 3986 | \fB-sampling-factor\fP option to specify the factors for chroma |
3938 | 3987 | downsampling. To use the same quality value as that found by the JPEG |
3939 | 3988 | decoder, use the -define jpeg:preserve-settings flag. |
3940 | -\' | |
3989 | + | |
3941 | 3990 | For the MIFF image format, and the TIFF format while using ZIP |
3942 | 3991 | compression, quality/10 is the zlib compression level, which is 0 (worst |
3943 | 3992 | but fastest compression) to 9 (best but slowest). It has no effect on the |
3944 | 3993 | image appearance, since the compression is always lossless. |
3945 | -\' | |
3994 | + | |
3946 | 3995 | For the JPEG-2000 image format, quality is mapped using a non-linear |
3947 | 3996 | equation to the compression ratio required by the Jasper library. This |
3948 | 3997 | non-linear equation is intended to loosely approximate the quality |
3949 | 3998 | provided by the JPEG v1 format. The default quality value 75 results in |
3950 | 3999 | a request for 16:1 compression. The quality value 100 results in |
3951 | 4000 | a request for non-lossy compression. |
3952 | -\' | |
4001 | + | |
3953 | 4002 | For the MNG and PNG image formats, the quality value sets the zlib compression |
3954 | 4003 | level (quality / 10) and filter-type (quality % 10). Compression levels |
3955 | 4004 | range from 0 (fastest compression) to 100 (best but slowest). For compression |
3956 | 4005 | level 0, the Huffman-only strategy is used, which is fastest but not |
3957 | 4006 | necessarily the worst compression. |
3958 | -\' | |
4007 | + | |
3959 | 4008 | If |
3960 | 4009 | filter-type is 4 or less, the specified filter-type is used for all scanlines: |
3961 | -\' | |
4010 | + | |
4011 | +.nf | |
3962 | 4012 | 0: none |
3963 | 4013 | 1: sub |
3964 | 4014 | 2: up |
3965 | 4015 | 3: average |
3966 | 4016 | 4: Paeth |
3967 | -\' | |
3968 | -\' | |
4017 | +.fi | |
4018 | + | |
3969 | 4019 | If filter-type is 5, adaptive filtering is used when quality is greater |
3970 | 4020 | than 50 and the image does not have a color map, otherwise no filtering |
3971 | 4021 | is used. |
3972 | -\' | |
4022 | + | |
3973 | 4023 | If filter-type is 6, adaptive filtering |
3974 | 4024 | with \fIminimum-sum-of-absolute-values\fP |
3975 | 4025 | is used. |
3976 | -\' | |
4026 | + | |
3977 | 4027 | Only if the output is MNG, if filter-type is 7, the LOCO color transformation |
3978 | 4028 | and adaptive filtering with \fIminimum-sum-of-absolute-values\fP |
3979 | 4029 | are used. |
3980 | -\' | |
4030 | + | |
3981 | 4031 | The default is quality is 75, which means nearly the best compression with |
3982 | 4032 | adaptive filtering. The quality setting has no effect on the appearance |
3983 | 4033 | of PNG and MNG images, since the compression is always lossless. |
3984 | -\' | |
4034 | + | |
3985 | 4035 | For further information, see the PNG |
3986 | 4036 | specification. |
3987 | -\' | |
4037 | + | |
3988 | 4038 | When writing a JNG image with transparency, two quality values are required, |
3989 | 4039 | one for the main image and one for the grayscale image that conveys the |
3990 | 4040 | opacity channel. These are written as a single integer equal to the main |
3991 | 4041 | image quality plus 1000 times the opacity quality. For example, if you |
3992 | 4042 | want to use quality 75 for the main image and quality 90 to compress |
3993 | 4043 | the opacity data, use -quality 90075. |
3994 | -\' | |
4044 | + | |
3995 | 4045 | For the PNM family of formats (PNM, PGM, and PPM) specify a quality |
3996 | 4046 | factor of zero in order to obtain the ASCII variant of the format. Note |
3997 | 4047 | that -compress \fInone\fP used to be used to trigger ASCII output but |
3998 | 4048 | provided the opposite result of what was expected as compared with other |
3999 | 4049 | formats. |
4000 | -\' | |
4050 | + | |
4001 | 4051 | For the TIFF format, the JPEG, WebP, Zip, and Zstd compression |
4002 | 4052 | algorithms are influenced by the quality value. JPEG and WebP provide |
4003 | 4053 | lossy compression so higher quality produces a larger file with less |
4004 | 4054 | degradation. The Zip and Zstd compression algorithms (and WebP in |
4005 | 4055 | lossless mode) are lossless and for these algorithms a higher |
4006 | -'quality' means to work harder to produce a smaller file, but with no | |
4056 | +\'quality' means to work harder to produce a smaller file, but with no | |
4007 | 4057 | difference in image quality. |
4008 | 4058 | .TP |
4009 | 4059 | .B "-raise \fI<width>x<height>"\fP |
4010 | 4060 | \fRlighten or darken image edges |
4011 | -\' | |
4061 | + | |
4012 | 4062 | This will create a 3-D effect. See \fB-geometry\fP for details |
4013 | 4063 | details about the geometry specification. Offsets are not used. |
4014 | -\' | |
4064 | + | |
4015 | 4065 | Use \fB-raise\fP to create a raised effect, otherwise use \fB+raise\fP. |
4016 | 4066 | .TP |
4017 | 4067 | .B "-random-threshold \fI<channeltype> <LOWxHIGH>"\fP |
4018 | 4068 | \fRrandom threshold the image |
4019 | -\' | |
4069 | + | |
4020 | 4070 | The channel or channels specified in the <channeltype> argument are |
4021 | 4071 | reduced to binary, using an random-threshold method. The choices for |
4022 | 4072 | \fBchanneltype\fP are \fBAll\fP, \fBIntensity\fP, \fBRed\fP, |
4023 | 4073 | \fBGreen\fP, \fBBlue\fP, \fBCyan\fP, \fBMagenta\fP, \fBYellow\fP, |
4024 | 4074 | \fBBlack\fP, and \fBOpacity\fP |
4025 | -\' | |
4075 | + | |
4026 | 4076 | When \fBchanneltype\fP is "All", the color samples are thresholded into |
4027 | 4077 | a graylevel and then that gray level is stored in the three color |
4028 | 4078 | channels. Separately, the opacity channel is thresholded into a bilevel |
@@ -4030,7 +4080,7 @@ | ||
4030 | 4080 | new random number is used to establish the threshold to be used. The |
4031 | 4081 | threshold never exceeds the specified maximum (HIGH) and is never less |
4032 | 4082 | than the specified minimum (LOW). |
4033 | -\' | |
4083 | + | |
4034 | 4084 | When \fBchanneltype\fP is "intensity", only the color samples are |
4035 | 4085 | thresholded. When \fBchanneltype\fP is "opacity" or "matte", only the |
4036 | 4086 | opacity channel is thresholded. The other named channels only threshold |
@@ -4038,7 +4088,7 @@ | ||
4038 | 4088 | .TP |
4039 | 4089 | .B "-recolor \fI<matrix>"\fP |
4040 | 4090 | \fRapply a color translation matrix to image channels |
4041 | -\' | |
4091 | + | |
4042 | 4092 | A user supplied color translation matrix (expressed as a text string) |
4043 | 4093 | is used to translate/blend the image channels based on weightings in a |
4044 | 4094 | supplied matrix which may be of order 3 (color channels only), 4 |
@@ -4053,79 +4103,86 @@ | ||
4053 | 4103 | Flash except that the offset is scaled to 1.0 (divide Flash offset by |
4054 | 4104 | 255 for use with GraphicsMagick) so that the results are independent |
4055 | 4105 | of quantum depth. |
4056 | -\' | |
4106 | + | |
4057 | 4107 | An \fBidentity\fP matrix exists for each matrix order which |
4058 | 4108 | results in no change to the image. The translation matrix should be |
4059 | 4109 | based on an alteration of the identity matrix. |
4060 | -\' | |
4110 | + | |
4061 | 4111 | Identity matrix of order 3 |
4062 | -\' | |
4112 | + | |
4113 | +.nf | |
4063 | 4114 | 1 0 0 |
4064 | 4115 | 0 1 0 |
4065 | 4116 | 0 0 1 |
4066 | -\' | |
4067 | -\' | |
4117 | +.fi | |
4118 | + | |
4068 | 4119 | which may be formatted into a convenient matrix argument similar to |
4069 | 4120 | (comma is treated as white space): |
4070 | -\' | |
4121 | + | |
4122 | +.nf | |
4071 | 4123 | -recolor "1 0 0, 0 1 0, 0 0 1" |
4072 | -\' | |
4073 | -\' | |
4124 | +.fi | |
4125 | + | |
4074 | 4126 | Identity matrix of order 4 |
4075 | -\' | |
4127 | + | |
4128 | +.nf | |
4076 | 4129 | 1 0 0 0 |
4077 | 4130 | 0 1 0 0 |
4078 | 4131 | 0 0 1 0 |
4079 | 4132 | 0 0 0 1 |
4080 | -\' | |
4081 | -\' | |
4133 | +.fi | |
4134 | + | |
4082 | 4135 | Identity matrix of order 5. The last row is required to exist |
4083 | 4136 | for the purpose of parsing, but is otherwise not used. |
4084 | -\' | |
4137 | + | |
4138 | +.nf | |
4085 | 4139 | 1 0 0 0 0 |
4086 | 4140 | 0 1 0 0 0 |
4087 | 4141 | 0 0 1 0 0 |
4088 | 4142 | 0 0 0 1 0 |
4089 | 4143 | 0 0 0 0 1 |
4090 | -\' | |
4091 | -\' | |
4144 | +.fi | |
4145 | + | |
4092 | 4146 | As an example, an image wrongly in BGR channel order may be converted |
4093 | 4147 | to RGB using this matrix (blue->red, red->blue): |
4094 | -\' | |
4148 | + | |
4149 | +.nf | |
4095 | 4150 | 0 0 1 |
4096 | 4151 | 0 1 0 |
4097 | 4152 | 1 0 0 |
4098 | -\' | |
4099 | -\' | |
4153 | +.fi | |
4154 | + | |
4100 | 4155 | and an RGB image using standard Rec.709 primaries may be converted |
4101 | 4156 | to grayscale using this matrix of standard weighting factors: |
4102 | -\' | |
4157 | + | |
4158 | +.nf | |
4103 | 4159 | 0.2126 0.7152 0.0722 |
4104 | 4160 | 0.2126 0.7152 0.0722 |
4105 | 4161 | 0.2126 0.7152 0.0722 |
4106 | -\' | |
4107 | -\' | |
4162 | +.fi | |
4163 | + | |
4108 | 4164 | and contrast may be reduced by scaling down by 80% and adding a 10% |
4109 | 4165 | offset: |
4110 | -\' | |
4166 | + | |
4167 | +.nf | |
4111 | 4168 | 0.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.1 |
4112 | 4169 | 0.0 0.8 0.0 0.0 0.1 |
4113 | 4170 | 0.0 0.0 0.8 0.0 0.1 |
4114 | 4171 | 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.8 0.1 |
4115 | 4172 | 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.0 |
4116 | -\' | |
4173 | +.fi | |
4117 | 4174 | .TP |
4118 | 4175 | .B "-red-primary \fI<x>,<y>"\fP |
4119 | 4176 | \fRred chromaticity primary point |
4120 | 4177 | .TP |
4121 | 4178 | .B "-region \fI<width>x<height>{+-}<x>{+-}<y>"\fP |
4122 | 4179 | \fRapply options to a portion of the image |
4123 | -\' | |
4180 | + | |
4124 | 4181 | The \fIx\fP and \fIy\fP offsets are treated in the same manner as in \fB-crop\fP. |
4125 | 4182 | .TP |
4126 | 4183 | .B "-remote" |
4127 | 4184 | \fRperform a X11 remote operation |
4128 | -\' | |
4185 | + | |
4129 | 4186 | The \fB-remote\fP command sends a command to a "gm display" or "gm |
4130 | 4187 | animate" which is already running. The only command recognized at this |
4131 | 4188 | time is the name of an image file to load. This capability is very |
@@ -4136,13 +4193,13 @@ | ||
4136 | 4193 | .TP |
4137 | 4194 | .B "-render" |
4138 | 4195 | \fRrender vector operations |
4139 | -\' | |
4196 | + | |
4140 | 4197 | Use \fB+render\fP to turn off rendering vector operations. This is |
4141 | 4198 | useful when saving the result to vector formats such as MVG or SVG. |
4142 | 4199 | .TP |
4143 | 4200 | .B "-repage \fI <width>x<height>+xoff+yoff[!]"\fP |
4144 | 4201 | \fRAdjust image page offsets |
4145 | -\' | |
4202 | + | |
4146 | 4203 | Adjust the current image page canvas and position based on a relative |
4147 | 4204 | page specification. This option may be used to change the location of |
4148 | 4205 | a subframe (e.g. part of an animation) prior to composition. If the |
@@ -4154,7 +4211,7 @@ | ||
4154 | 4211 | .TP |
4155 | 4212 | .B "-resample \fI<horizontal>x<vertical>"\fP |
4156 | 4213 | \fRResample image to specified horizontal and vertical resolution |
4157 | -\' | |
4214 | + | |
4158 | 4215 | Resize the image so that its rendered size remains the same as the |
4159 | 4216 | original at the specified target resolution. Either the current image |
4160 | 4217 | resolution units or the previously set with \fB-units\fP are used to |
@@ -4166,13 +4223,13 @@ | ||
4166 | 4223 | resolution. For formats which do not support an image resolution, the |
4167 | 4224 | original resolution of the image must be specified via \fB-density\fP |
4168 | 4225 | on the command line prior to specifying the resample resolution. |
4169 | -\' | |
4226 | + | |
4170 | 4227 | Note that Photoshop stores and obtains image resolution from a |
4171 | 4228 | proprietary embedded profile. If this profile exists in the image, |
4172 | 4229 | then Photoshop will continue to treat the image using its former |
4173 | 4230 | resolution, ignoring the image resolution specified in the standard |
4174 | 4231 | file header. |
4175 | -\' | |
4232 | + | |
4176 | 4233 | Some image formats (e.g. PNG) require use of metric or english units |
4177 | 4234 | so even if the original image used a particular unit system, if it is |
4178 | 4235 | saved to a different format prior to resampling, then it may be |
@@ -4183,38 +4240,38 @@ | ||
4183 | 4240 | .TP |
4184 | 4241 | .B "-resize \fI<width>x<height>{%}{@}{!}{<}{>}"\fP |
4185 | 4242 | \fRresize an image |
4186 | -\' | |
4243 | + | |
4187 | 4244 | This is an alias for the \fB-geometry\fP option and it behaves in the |
4188 | 4245 | same manner. If the \fB-filter\fP option precedes the \fB-resize\fP |
4189 | 4246 | option, the specified filter is used. |
4190 | -\' | |
4247 | + | |
4191 | 4248 | There are some exceptions: |
4192 | -\' | |
4249 | + | |
4193 | 4250 | When used as a \fIcomposite\fP option, \fB-resize\fP conveys the |
4194 | 4251 | preferred size of the output image, while \fB-geometry\fP conveys the |
4195 | 4252 | size and placement of the \fIcomposite image\fP within the main |
4196 | 4253 | image. |
4197 | -\' | |
4254 | + | |
4198 | 4255 | When used as a \fImontage\fP option, \fB-resize\fP conveys the preferred |
4199 | 4256 | size of the montage, while \fB-geometry\fP conveys |
4200 | 4257 | information about the tiles. |
4201 | 4258 | .TP |
4202 | 4259 | .B "-roll \fI{+-}<x>{+-}<y>"\fP |
4203 | 4260 | \fRroll an image vertically or horizontally |
4204 | -\' | |
4261 | + | |
4205 | 4262 | See \fB-geometry\fP for details the geometry specification. The |
4206 | 4263 | \fIx\fP and \fIy\fP offsets are not affected by the \fB-gravity\fP |
4207 | 4264 | option. |
4208 | -\' | |
4265 | + | |
4209 | 4266 | A negative \fIx\fP offset rolls the image left-to-right. A negative |
4210 | 4267 | \fIy\fP offset rolls the image top-to-bottom. |
4211 | 4268 | .TP |
4212 | 4269 | .B "-rotate \fI<degrees>{<}{>}"\fP |
4213 | 4270 | \fRrotate the image |
4214 | -\' | |
4271 | + | |
4215 | 4272 | Positive angles rotate the image in a clockwise direction while |
4216 | 4273 | negative angles rotate counter-clockwise. |
4217 | -\' | |
4274 | + | |
4218 | 4275 | Use > to rotate the image only if its width exceeds the |
4219 | 4276 | height. < rotates the image \fIonly\fP if its width is less |
4220 | 4277 | than the height. For example, if you specify -rotate "-90>" |
@@ -4222,7 +4279,7 @@ | ||
4222 | 4279 | the image is 640x480, it is rotated by -90 degrees. If you use |
4223 | 4280 | > or <, enclose it in quotation marks to prevent it |
4224 | 4281 | from being misinterpreted as a file redirection. |
4225 | -\' | |
4282 | + | |
4226 | 4283 | Empty triangles left over from rotating the image are filled with the |
4227 | 4284 | color defined as \fBbackground\fP (class \fBbackgroundColor\fP). |
4228 | 4285 | The color is specified using the format described under the |
@@ -4230,7 +4287,7 @@ | ||
4230 | 4287 | .TP |
4231 | 4288 | .B "-sample \fI<geometry>"\fP |
4232 | 4289 | \fRscale image using pixel sampling |
4233 | -\' | |
4290 | + | |
4234 | 4291 | See \fB-geometry\fP for details about |
4235 | 4292 | the geometry specification. |
4236 | 4293 | \fB-sample\fP ignores the \fB-filter\fP selection if the \fB-filter\fP option |
@@ -4239,7 +4296,7 @@ | ||
4239 | 4296 | .TP |
4240 | 4297 | .B "-sampling-factor \fI<horizontal_factor>x<vertical_factor>"\fP |
4241 | 4298 | \fRchroma subsampling factors |
4242 | -\' | |
4299 | + | |
4243 | 4300 | This option specifies the sampling factors to be used by the DPX, JPEG, |
4244 | 4301 | MPEG, or YUV encoders for chroma downsampling. The sampling factor must |
4245 | 4302 | be specified while reading the raw YUV format since it is not preserved |
@@ -4247,7 +4304,7 @@ | ||
4247 | 4304 | Industry-standard video subsampling notation such as "4:2:2" may also |
4248 | 4305 | be used to specify the sampling factors. "4:2:2" is equivalent to a |
4249 | 4306 | specification of "2x1" |
4250 | -\' | |
4307 | + | |
4251 | 4308 | The JPEG decoder obtains the original sampling factors (and quality |
4252 | 4309 | settings) when a JPEG file is read. To re-use the original sampling |
4253 | 4310 | factors (and quality setting) when JPEG is output, use the -define |
@@ -4255,7 +4312,7 @@ | ||
4255 | 4312 | .TP |
4256 | 4313 | .B "-scale \fI<geometry>"\fP |
4257 | 4314 | \fRscale the image. |
4258 | -\' | |
4315 | + | |
4259 | 4316 | See \fB-geometry\fP for details about |
4260 | 4317 | the geometry specification. \fB-scale\fP uses a simpler, faster algorithm, |
4261 | 4318 | and it ignores the \fB-filter\fP selection if the \fB-filter\fP option |
@@ -4264,32 +4321,34 @@ | ||
4264 | 4321 | .TP |
4265 | 4322 | .B "-scene \fI<value>"\fP |
4266 | 4323 | \fRset scene number |
4267 | -\' | |
4324 | + | |
4268 | 4325 | This option sets the scene number of an image or the first image in |
4269 | 4326 | an image sequence. |
4270 | 4327 | .TP |
4271 | 4328 | .B "-scenes \fI<value-value>"\fP |
4272 | 4329 | \fRrange of image scene numbers to read |
4273 | -\' | |
4330 | + | |
4274 | 4331 | Each image in the range is read |
4275 | 4332 | with the filename followed by a period (\fB.\fP) and the decimal scene |
4276 | 4333 | number. You |
4277 | 4334 | can change this behavior by embedding a \fB%d, %0Nd, %o, %0No, %x, or %0Nx |
4278 | 4335 | printf\fP format specification in the file name. For example, |
4279 | -\' | |
4336 | + | |
4337 | +.nf | |
4280 | 4338 | gm montage -scenes 5-7 image.miff montage.miff |
4281 | -\' | |
4282 | -\' | |
4339 | +.fi | |
4340 | + | |
4283 | 4341 | makes a montage of files image.miff.5, image.miff.6, and image.miff.7, and |
4284 | -\' | |
4342 | + | |
4343 | +.nf | |
4285 | 4344 | gm animate -scenes 0-12 image%02d.miff |
4286 | -\' | |
4287 | -\' | |
4345 | +.fi | |
4346 | + | |
4288 | 4347 | animates files image00.miff, image01.miff, through image12.miff. |
4289 | 4348 | .TP |
4290 | 4349 | .B "-screen" |
4291 | 4350 | \fRspecify the screen to capture |
4292 | -\' | |
4351 | + | |
4293 | 4352 | This option indicates that the GetImage request used to obtain the image |
4294 | 4353 | should be done on the root window, rather than directly on the specified |
4295 | 4354 | window. In this way, you can obtain pieces of other windows that overlap |
@@ -4298,22 +4357,22 @@ | ||
4298 | 4357 | .TP |
4299 | 4358 | .B "-set \fI<attribute> <value>"\fP |
4300 | 4359 | \fRset an image attribute |
4301 | -\' | |
4360 | + | |
4302 | 4361 | Set a named image attribute. The attribute is set on the current |
4303 | 4362 | (previously specified on command line) image. |
4304 | 4363 | .TP |
4305 | 4364 | .B "+set \fI<attribute>"\fP |
4306 | 4365 | \fRunset an image attribute |
4307 | -\' | |
4366 | + | |
4308 | 4367 | Unset a named image attribute. The attribute is removed from the current |
4309 | 4368 | (previously specified on command line) image. |
4310 | 4369 | .TP |
4311 | 4370 | .B "-segment \fI<cluster threshold>x<smoothing threshold>"\fP |
4312 | 4371 | \fRsegment an image |
4313 | -\' | |
4372 | + | |
4314 | 4373 | Segment an image by analyzing the histograms of the color components and |
4315 | 4374 | identifying units that are homogeneous with the fuzzy c-means technique. |
4316 | -\' | |
4375 | + | |
4317 | 4376 | Segmentation is a very useful fast and and approximate color quantization |
4318 | 4377 | algorithm for scanned printed pages or scanned cartoons. It may also be |
4319 | 4378 | used as a special effect. Specify \fIcluster threshold\fP as the minimum |
@@ -4328,7 +4387,7 @@ | ||
4328 | 4387 | .TP |
4329 | 4388 | .B "-shade \fI<azimuth>x<elevation>"\fP |
4330 | 4389 | \fRshade the image using a distant light source |
4331 | -\' | |
4390 | + | |
4332 | 4391 | Specify \fIazimuth\fP and \fIelevation\fP as the position of the light |
4333 | 4392 | source. Use \fB+shade\fP to return the shading results as a grayscale |
4334 | 4393 | image. |
@@ -4338,7 +4397,7 @@ | ||
4338 | 4397 | .TP |
4339 | 4398 | .B "-shared-memory" |
4340 | 4399 | \fRuse shared memory |
4341 | -\' | |
4400 | + | |
4342 | 4401 | This option specifies whether the utility should attempt to use shared |
4343 | 4402 | memory for pixmaps. GraphicsMagick must be compiled with shared |
4344 | 4403 | memory support, and the display must support the \fIMIT-SHM\fP |
@@ -4347,22 +4406,22 @@ | ||
4347 | 4406 | .TP |
4348 | 4407 | .B "-sharpen \fI<radius>{x<sigma>}"\fP |
4349 | 4408 | \fRsharpen the image |
4350 | -\' | |
4409 | + | |
4351 | 4410 | Use a Gaussian operator of the given radius and standard deviation |
4352 | 4411 | (sigma). |
4353 | 4412 | .TP |
4354 | 4413 | .B "-shave \fI<width>x<height>{%}"\fP |
4355 | 4414 | \fRshave pixels from the image edges |
4356 | -\' | |
4415 | + | |
4357 | 4416 | Specify the width of the region to be removed from both |
4358 | 4417 | sides of the image and the height of the regions to be removed from |
4359 | 4418 | top and bottom. |
4360 | 4419 | .TP |
4361 | 4420 | .B "-shear \fI<x degrees>x<y degrees>"\fP |
4362 | 4421 | \fRshear the image along the X or Y axis |
4363 | -\' | |
4422 | + | |
4364 | 4423 | Use the specified positive or negative shear angle. |
4365 | -\' | |
4424 | + | |
4366 | 4425 | Shearing slides one edge of an image along the X or Y axis, creating a |
4367 | 4426 | parallelogram. An X direction shear slides an edge along the X axis, |
4368 | 4427 | while a Y direction shear slides an edge along the Y axis. The amount |
@@ -4370,7 +4429,7 @@ | ||
4370 | 4429 | \fIx degrees\fP is measured relative to the Y axis, and similarly, |
4371 | 4430 | for Y direction shears \fIy degrees\fP is measured relative to the X |
4372 | 4431 | axis. |
4373 | -\' | |
4432 | + | |
4374 | 4433 | Empty triangles left over from shearing the image are filled with the |
4375 | 4434 | color defined as \fBbackground\fP (class \fBbackgroundColor\fP). |
4376 | 4435 | The color is specified using the format described under the |
@@ -4381,50 +4440,51 @@ | ||
4381 | 4440 | .TP |
4382 | 4441 | .B "-size \fI<width>x<height>{+offset}"\fP |
4383 | 4442 | \fRwidth and height of the image |
4384 | -\' | |
4443 | + | |
4385 | 4444 | Use this option to specify the width and height of raw images whose |
4386 | 4445 | dimensions are unknown such as \fBGRAY\fP, \fBRGB\fP, or |
4387 | 4446 | \fBCMYK\fP. In addition to width and height, use \fB-size\fP with an |
4388 | 4447 | offset to skip any header information in the image or tell the number |
4389 | 4448 | of colors in a \fBMAP\fP image file, (e.g. -size 640x512+256). |
4390 | -\' | |
4449 | + | |
4391 | 4450 | For Photo CD images, choose from these sizes: |
4392 | -\' | |
4451 | + | |
4452 | +.nf | |
4393 | 4453 | 192x128 |
4394 | 4454 | 384x256 |
4395 | 4455 | 768x512 |
4396 | 4456 | 1536x1024 |
4397 | 4457 | 3072x2048 |
4398 | -\' | |
4399 | -\' | |
4458 | +.fi | |
4459 | + | |
4400 | 4460 | Finally, use this option to choose a particular resolution layer of a JBIG |
4401 | 4461 | or JPEG image (e.g. -size 1024x768). |
4402 | 4462 | .TP |
4403 | 4463 | .B "-snaps \fI<value>"\fP |
4404 | 4464 | \fRnumber of screen snapshots |
4405 | -\' | |
4465 | + | |
4406 | 4466 | Use this option |
4407 | 4467 | to grab more than one image from the X server screen, to create |
4408 | 4468 | an animation sequence. |
4409 | 4469 | .TP |
4410 | 4470 | .B "-solarize \fI<factor>"\fP |
4411 | 4471 | \fRnegate all pixels above the threshold level |
4412 | -\' | |
4472 | + | |
4413 | 4473 | Specify \fIfactor\fP as the |
4414 | 4474 | percent threshold of the intensity (0 - 99.9%). |
4415 | -\' | |
4475 | + | |
4416 | 4476 | This option produces a \fIsolarization\fP effect seen when exposing a |
4417 | 4477 | photographic film to light during the development process. |
4418 | 4478 | .TP |
4419 | 4479 | .B "-spread \fI<amount>"\fP |
4420 | 4480 | \fRdisplace image pixels by a random amount |
4421 | -\' | |
4481 | + | |
4422 | 4482 | \fIAmount\fP defines the size of the neighborhood around each pixel to |
4423 | 4483 | choose a candidate pixel to swap. |
4424 | 4484 | .TP |
4425 | 4485 | .B "-stegano \fI<offset>"\fP |
4426 | 4486 | \fRhide watermark within an image |
4427 | -\' | |
4487 | + | |
4428 | 4488 | Use an offset to start the image hiding some number of pixels from the |
4429 | 4489 | beginning of the image. Note this offset and the image size. You will |
4430 | 4490 | need this information to recover the steganographic image |
@@ -4432,46 +4492,46 @@ | ||
4432 | 4492 | .TP |
4433 | 4493 | .B "-stereo" |
4434 | 4494 | \fRcomposite two images to create a stereo anaglyph |
4435 | -\' | |
4495 | + | |
4436 | 4496 | The left side of the stereo pair is saved as the red channel of the output |
4437 | 4497 | image. The right side is saved as the green channel. Red-green stereo |
4438 | 4498 | glasses are required to properly view the stereo image. |
4439 | 4499 | .TP |
4440 | 4500 | .B "-strip" |
4441 | 4501 | \fRremove all profiles and text attributes from the image |
4442 | -\' | |
4502 | + | |
4443 | 4503 | All embedded profiles and text attributes are stripped from the image. |
4444 | 4504 | This is useful for images used for the web, or when output files need |
4445 | 4505 | to be as small as possible |
4446 | -\' | |
4506 | + | |
4447 | 4507 | Be careful not to use this option to remove author, copyright, and |
4448 | 4508 | license information that you are required to retain when redistributing |
4449 | 4509 | an image. |
4450 | 4510 | .TP |
4451 | 4511 | .B "-stroke \fI<color>"\fP |
4452 | 4512 | \fRcolor to use when stroking a graphic primitive |
4453 | -\' | |
4513 | + | |
4454 | 4514 | The color is specified using the format described under the \fB-fill\fP |
4455 | 4515 | option. |
4456 | -\' | |
4516 | + | |
4457 | 4517 | See \fB-draw\fP for further details. |
4458 | 4518 | .TP |
4459 | 4519 | .B "-strokewidth \fI<value>"\fP |
4460 | 4520 | \fRset the stroke width |
4461 | -\' | |
4521 | + | |
4462 | 4522 | See \fB-draw\fP for further details. |
4463 | 4523 | .TP |
4464 | 4524 | .B "-swirl \fI<degrees>"\fP |
4465 | 4525 | \fRswirl image pixels about the center |
4466 | -\' | |
4526 | + | |
4467 | 4527 | \fIDegrees\fP defines the tightness of the swirl. |
4468 | 4528 | .TP |
4469 | 4529 | .B "-text-font \fI<name>"\fP |
4470 | 4530 | \fRfont for writing fixed-width text |
4471 | -\' | |
4531 | + | |
4472 | 4532 | Specifies the name of the preferred font to use in fixed (typewriter style) |
4473 | 4533 | formatted text. The default is 14 point \fICourier\fP. |
4474 | -\' | |
4534 | + | |
4475 | 4535 | You can tag a font to specify whether it is a PostScript, TrueType, or |
4476 | 4536 | X11 font. For example, Courier.ttf is a TrueType font |
4477 | 4537 | and x:fixed is X11. |
@@ -4481,17 +4541,18 @@ | ||
4481 | 4541 | .TP |
4482 | 4542 | .B "-threshold \fI<value>{%}"\fP |
4483 | 4543 | \fRthreshold the image |
4484 | -\' | |
4544 | + | |
4485 | 4545 | Modify the image such that any pixel sample with an intensity value |
4486 | 4546 | greater than the threshold is assigned the maximum intensity (white), or |
4487 | 4547 | otherwise is assigned the minimum intensity (black). If a percent prefix |
4488 | 4548 | is applied, then the threshold is a percentage of the available range. |
4489 | -\' | |
4549 | + | |
4490 | 4550 | To efficiently create a black and white image from a color image, use |
4491 | -\' | |
4551 | + | |
4552 | +.nf | |
4492 | 4553 | gm convert -threshold 50% in.png out.png |
4493 | -\' | |
4494 | -\' | |
4554 | +.fi | |
4555 | + | |
4495 | 4556 | The optimum threshold value depends on the nature of the image. |
4496 | 4557 | In order to threshold individual channels, use the \fB-operator\fP |
4497 | 4558 | subcommand with it's \fBThreshold\fP, \fBThreshold-White\fP, or |
@@ -4499,7 +4560,7 @@ | ||
4499 | 4560 | .TP |
4500 | 4561 | .B "-thumbnail \fI<width>x<height>{%}{@}{!}{<}{>}"\fP |
4501 | 4562 | \fRresize an image (quickly) |
4502 | -\' | |
4563 | + | |
4503 | 4564 | The \fB-thumbnail\fP command resizes the image as quickly as |
4504 | 4565 | possible, with more concern for speed than resulting image quality. |
4505 | 4566 | Regardless, resulting image quality should be acceptable for many |
@@ -4516,102 +4577,106 @@ | ||
4516 | 4577 | .TP |
4517 | 4578 | .B "-title \fI<string>"\fP |
4518 | 4579 | \fRassign title to displayed image [\fIanimate, display, montage\fP] |
4519 | -\' | |
4580 | + | |
4520 | 4581 | Use this option to assign a specific title to the image. This is |
4521 | 4582 | assigned to the image window and is typically displayed in the window |
4522 | 4583 | title bar. Optionally you can include the image filename, type, |
4523 | 4584 | width, height, Exif data, or other image attribute by embedding |
4524 | 4585 | special format characters described under the \fB-format\fP |
4525 | 4586 | option. |
4526 | -\' | |
4587 | + | |
4527 | 4588 | For example, |
4528 | -\' | |
4589 | + | |
4590 | +.nf | |
4529 | 4591 | -title "%m:%f %wx%h" |
4530 | -\' | |
4531 | -\' | |
4592 | +.fi | |
4593 | + | |
4532 | 4594 | produces an image title of MIFF:bird.miff 512x480 for an image |
4533 | 4595 | titled bird.miff and whose width is 512 and height is 480. |
4534 | 4596 | .TP |
4535 | 4597 | .B "-transform" |
4536 | 4598 | \fRtransform the image |
4537 | -\' | |
4599 | + | |
4538 | 4600 | This option applies the transformation matrix from a previous |
4539 | 4601 | \fB-affine\fP option. |
4540 | -\' | |
4602 | + | |
4603 | +.nf | |
4541 | 4604 | gm convert -affine 2,2,-2,2,0,0 -transform bird.ppm bird.jpg |
4542 | -\' | |
4605 | +.fi | |
4543 | 4606 | .TP |
4544 | 4607 | .B "-transparent \fI<color>"\fP |
4545 | 4608 | \fRmake this color transparent within the image |
4546 | -\' | |
4609 | + | |
4547 | 4610 | The color is specified using the format described under the \fB-fill\fP |
4548 | 4611 | option. |
4549 | 4612 | .TP |
4550 | 4613 | .B "-treedepth \fI<value>"\fP |
4551 | 4614 | \fRtree depth for the color reduction algorithm |
4552 | -\' | |
4615 | + | |
4553 | 4616 | Normally, this integer value is zero or one. A value of zero or one |
4554 | 4617 | causes the use of an optimal tree depth for the color reduction |
4555 | 4618 | algorithm |
4556 | -\' | |
4619 | + | |
4557 | 4620 | An optimal depth generally allows the best representation of the source |
4558 | 4621 | image with the fastest computational speed and the least amount of memory. |
4559 | 4622 | However, the default depth is inappropriate for some images. To assure |
4560 | 4623 | the best representation, try values between 2 and 8 for this parameter. |
4561 | 4624 | Refer to |
4562 | 4625 | quantize for more details. |
4563 | -\' | |
4626 | + | |
4564 | 4627 | The \fB-colors\fP or \fB-monochrome\fP option, or writing to an image |
4565 | 4628 | format which requires color reduction, is required for this option to |
4566 | 4629 | take effect. |
4567 | 4630 | .TP |
4568 | 4631 | .B "-trim" |
4569 | 4632 | \fRtrim an image |
4570 | -\' | |
4633 | + | |
4571 | 4634 | This option removes any edges that are exactly the same color as the |
4572 | 4635 | corner pixels. Use \fB-fuzz\fP to make \fB-trim\fP remove edges that |
4573 | 4636 | are nearly the same color as the corner pixels. |
4574 | 4637 | .TP |
4575 | 4638 | .B "-type \fI<type>"\fP |
4576 | 4639 | \fRthe image type |
4577 | -\' | |
4640 | + | |
4578 | 4641 | Choose from: |
4579 | 4642 | \fBBilevel\fP, \fBGrayscale\fP, \fBPalette\fP, |
4580 | 4643 | \fBPaletteMatte\fP, \fBTrueColor\fP, \fBTrueColorMatte\fP, |
4581 | 4644 | \fBColorSeparation\fP, \fBColorSeparationMatte\fP, or \fBOptimize\fP. |
4582 | -\' | |
4645 | + | |
4583 | 4646 | Normally, when a format supports different subformats such as bilevel, |
4584 | 4647 | grayscale, palette, truecolor, and truecolor+alpha, the encoder will try |
4585 | 4648 | to choose a suitable subformat based on the nature of the image. The |
4586 | 4649 | \fB-type\fP option may be used to tailor the output subformat. By |
4587 | 4650 | default the output subformat is based on readily available image |
4588 | 4651 | information and is usually similar to the input format. |
4589 | -\' | |
4652 | + | |
4590 | 4653 | Specify -type Optimize in order to enable inspecting all pixels |
4591 | 4654 | (if necessary) in order to find the most efficient subformat. Inspecting |
4592 | 4655 | all of the pixels may be slow for very large images, particularly if they |
4593 | 4656 | are stored in a disk cache. If an RGB image contains only gray pixels, |
4594 | 4657 | then every pixel in the image must be inspected in order to decide that |
4595 | 4658 | the image is actually grayscale! |
4596 | -\' | |
4659 | + | |
4597 | 4660 | Sometimes a specific subformat is desired. For example, to force a JPEG |
4598 | 4661 | image to be written in TrueColor RGB format even though only gray pixels |
4599 | 4662 | are present, use |
4600 | -\' | |
4663 | + | |
4664 | +.nf | |
4601 | 4665 | gm convert bird.pgm -type TrueColor bird.jpg |
4602 | -\' | |
4603 | -\' | |
4666 | +.fi | |
4667 | + | |
4604 | 4668 | Similarly, using -type TrueColorMatte will force the encoder to |
4605 | 4669 | write an alpha channel even though the image is opaque, if the output |
4606 | 4670 | format supports transparency. |
4607 | -\' | |
4671 | + | |
4608 | 4672 | Some pseudo-formats (e.g. the XC format) will respect the requested |
4609 | 4673 | type if it occurs previously on the command line. For example, to obtain |
4610 | 4674 | a DirectClass solid color canvas image rather than PsuedoClass, use |
4611 | -\' | |
4675 | + | |
4676 | +.nf | |
4612 | 4677 | gm convert -size 640x480 -type TrueColor xc:red red.miff |
4613 | -\' | |
4614 | -\' | |
4678 | +.fi | |
4679 | + | |
4615 | 4680 | Likewise, specify \fB-type\fP \fBBilevel\fP, \fBGrayscale\fP, |
4616 | 4681 | \fBTrueColor\fP, or \fBTrueColorMatte\fP prior to reading a Postscript |
4617 | 4682 | (or PDF file) in order to influence the type of image that Ghostcript |
@@ -4622,7 +4687,7 @@ | ||
4622 | 4687 | .B "-update \fI<seconds>"\fP |
4623 | 4688 | \fR |
4624 | 4689 | detect when image file is modified and redisplay. |
4625 | -\' | |
4690 | + | |
4626 | 4691 | Suppose that while you are displaying an image the file that is currently |
4627 | 4692 | displayed is over-written. |
4628 | 4693 | \fBdisplay\fP will automatically detect that |
@@ -4630,70 +4695,70 @@ | ||
4630 | 4695 | .TP |
4631 | 4696 | .B "-units \fI<type>"\fP |
4632 | 4697 | \fRthe units of image resolution |
4633 | -\' | |
4698 | + | |
4634 | 4699 | Choose from: \fBUndefined\fP, \fBPixelsPerInch\fP, or |
4635 | 4700 | \fBPixelsPerCentimeter\fP. This option is normally used in conjunction |
4636 | 4701 | with the \fB-density\fP option. |
4637 | 4702 | .TP |
4638 | 4703 | .B "-unsharp \fI<radius>{x<sigma>}{+<amount>}{+<threshold>}"\fP |
4639 | 4704 | \fRsharpen the image with an unsharp mask operator |
4640 | -\' | |
4705 | + | |
4641 | 4706 | The \fB-unsharp\fP option sharpens an image. The image is convolved |
4642 | 4707 | with a Gaussian operator of the given radius and standard deviation |
4643 | 4708 | (sigma). For reasonable results, radius should be larger than sigma. Use |
4644 | 4709 | a radius of 0 to have the method select a suitable radius. |
4645 | -\' | |
4710 | + | |
4646 | 4711 | The parameters are: |
4647 | -\' | |
4648 | -.in 15 | |
4649 | -\' | |
4712 | + | |
4713 | +.in 15 | |
4714 | + | |
4650 | 4715 | .in 15 |
4651 | 4716 | .B "radius" |
4652 | 4717 | .in 20 |
4653 | 4718 | \fR |
4654 | 4719 | .in 20 |
4655 | -\' | |
4720 | + | |
4656 | 4721 | The radius of the Gaussian, in pixels, not counting the center pixel (default 0). |
4657 | -\' | |
4722 | + | |
4658 | 4723 | .in 15 |
4659 | 4724 | .in 15 |
4660 | 4725 | .B "sigma" |
4661 | 4726 | .in 20 |
4662 | 4727 | \fR |
4663 | 4728 | .in 20 |
4664 | -\' | |
4729 | + | |
4665 | 4730 | The standard deviation of the Gaussian, in pixels (default 1.0). |
4666 | -\' | |
4731 | + | |
4667 | 4732 | .in 15 |
4668 | 4733 | .in 15 |
4669 | 4734 | .B "amount" |
4670 | 4735 | .in 20 |
4671 | 4736 | \fR |
4672 | 4737 | .in 20 |
4673 | -\' | |
4738 | + | |
4674 | 4739 | The percentage of the difference between the original and the blur image that |
4675 | 4740 | is added back into the original (default 1.0). |
4676 | -\' | |
4741 | + | |
4677 | 4742 | .in 15 |
4678 | 4743 | .in 15 |
4679 | 4744 | .B "threshold" |
4680 | 4745 | .in 20 |
4681 | 4746 | \fR |
4682 | 4747 | .in 20 |
4683 | -\' | |
4748 | + | |
4684 | 4749 | The threshold, as a fraction of MaxRGB, needed to apply the difference |
4685 | 4750 | amount (default 0.05). |
4686 | -\' | |
4687 | -.in 15 | |
4688 | -\' | |
4689 | -\' | |
4751 | + | |
4752 | +.in 15 | |
4753 | + | |
4754 | + | |
4690 | 4755 | .TP |
4691 | 4756 | .B "-use-pixmap" |
4692 | 4757 | \fRuse the pixmap |
4693 | 4758 | .TP |
4694 | 4759 | .B "-verbose" |
4695 | 4760 | \fRprint detailed information about the image |
4696 | -\' | |
4761 | + | |
4697 | 4762 | This information is printed: image scene number; image name; image size; |
4698 | 4763 | the image class (\fIDirectClass\fP or \fIPseudoClass\fP); the total |
4699 | 4764 | number of unique colors; and the number of seconds to read and transform |
@@ -4703,7 +4768,7 @@ | ||
4703 | 4768 | If the image is \fIPseudoClass\fP then its pixels are defined by indexes |
4704 | 4769 | into a colormap. If the image is \fIDirectClass\fP then each pixel |
4705 | 4770 | includes a complete and independent color specification. |
4706 | -\' | |
4771 | + | |
4707 | 4772 | If \fB-colors\fP is also specified, the total unique colors in the image |
4708 | 4773 | and color reduction error values are printed. Refer to quantize |
4709 | 4774 | for a description of these values. |
@@ -4716,62 +4781,63 @@ | ||
4716 | 4781 | .TP |
4717 | 4782 | .B "-virtual-pixel \fI<method>"\fP |
4718 | 4783 | \fRspecify contents of "virtual pixels" |
4719 | -\' | |
4784 | + | |
4720 | 4785 | This option |
4721 | 4786 | defines "virtual pixels" for use in operations that can access pixels outside |
4722 | 4787 | the boundaries of an image. |
4723 | -\' | |
4788 | + | |
4724 | 4789 | Choose from these methods: |
4725 | -\' | |
4726 | -.in 15 | |
4727 | -\' | |
4790 | + | |
4791 | +.in 15 | |
4792 | + | |
4728 | 4793 | .in 15 |
4729 | 4794 | .B "Constant" |
4730 | 4795 | .in 20 |
4731 | 4796 | \fR |
4732 | 4797 | .in 20 |
4733 | -\' | |
4798 | + | |
4734 | 4799 | Use the image background color. |
4735 | -\' | |
4800 | + | |
4736 | 4801 | .in 15 |
4737 | 4802 | .in 15 |
4738 | 4803 | .B "Edge" |
4739 | 4804 | .in 20 |
4740 | 4805 | \fR |
4741 | 4806 | .in 20 |
4742 | -\' | |
4807 | + | |
4743 | 4808 | Extend the edge pixel toward infinity (default). |
4744 | -\' | |
4809 | + | |
4745 | 4810 | .in 15 |
4746 | 4811 | .in 15 |
4747 | 4812 | .B "Mirror" |
4748 | 4813 | .in 20 |
4749 | 4814 | \fR |
4750 | 4815 | .in 20 |
4751 | -\' | |
4816 | + | |
4752 | 4817 | Mirror the image. |
4753 | -\' | |
4818 | + | |
4754 | 4819 | .in 15 |
4755 | 4820 | .in 15 |
4756 | 4821 | .B "Tile" |
4757 | 4822 | .in 20 |
4758 | 4823 | \fR |
4759 | 4824 | .in 20 |
4760 | -\' | |
4825 | + | |
4761 | 4826 | Tile the image. |
4762 | -\' | |
4763 | -.in 15 | |
4764 | -\' | |
4765 | -\' | |
4766 | -\' | |
4827 | + | |
4828 | +.in 15 | |
4829 | + | |
4830 | + | |
4831 | + | |
4767 | 4832 | This option affects operations that use |
4768 | 4833 | virtual pixels such as \fB-blur\fP, \fB-sharpen\fP, \fB-wave\fP, etc. |
4769 | 4834 | .TP |
4770 | 4835 | .B "-visual \fI<type>"\fP |
4771 | 4836 | \fRanimate images using this X visual type |
4772 | -\' | |
4837 | + | |
4773 | 4838 | Choose from these visual classes: |
4774 | -\' | |
4839 | + | |
4840 | +.nf | |
4775 | 4841 | StaticGray |
4776 | 4842 | GrayScale |
4777 | 4843 | StaticColor |
@@ -4780,8 +4846,8 @@ | ||
4780 | 4846 | DirectColor |
4781 | 4847 | default |
4782 | 4848 | visual id |
4783 | -\' | |
4784 | -\' | |
4849 | +.fi | |
4850 | + | |
4785 | 4851 | The X server must support the visual you choose, otherwise an error occurs. |
4786 | 4852 | If a visual is not specified, the visual class that can display the most |
4787 | 4853 | simultaneous colors on the default screen is chosen. |
@@ -4791,7 +4857,7 @@ | ||
4791 | 4857 | .TP |
4792 | 4858 | .B "-wave \fI<amplitude>x<wavelength>"\fP |
4793 | 4859 | \fRalter an image along a sine wave |
4794 | -\' | |
4860 | + | |
4795 | 4861 | Specify \fIamplitude\fP and \fIwavelength\fP |
4796 | 4862 | of the wave. |
4797 | 4863 | .TP |
@@ -4800,7 +4866,7 @@ | ||
4800 | 4866 | .TP |
4801 | 4867 | .B "-white-threshold \fIred[,green][,blue][,opacity]"\fP |
4802 | 4868 | \fRpixels above the threshold become white |
4803 | -\' | |
4869 | + | |
4804 | 4870 | Use \fB-white-threshold\fP to set pixels with values above the specified |
4805 | 4871 | threshold to maximum value (white). If only one value is supplied, or the |
4806 | 4872 | red, green, and blue values are identical, then intensity thresholding is |
@@ -4813,15 +4879,15 @@ | ||
4813 | 4879 | .TP |
4814 | 4880 | .B "-window \fI<id>"\fP |
4815 | 4881 | \fRmake image the background of a window |
4816 | -\' | |
4882 | + | |
4817 | 4883 | \fIid\fP can be a window id or name. Specify \fBroot\fP to |
4818 | 4884 | select X's root window as the target window. |
4819 | -\' | |
4885 | + | |
4820 | 4886 | By default the image is tiled onto the background of the target |
4821 | 4887 | window. If \fBbackdrop\fP or \fB-geometry\fP are |
4822 | 4888 | specified, the image is surrounded by the background color. Refer to |
4823 | 4889 | \fBX RESOURCES\fP for details. |
4824 | -\' | |
4890 | + | |
4825 | 4891 | The image will not display on the root window if the image has more |
4826 | 4892 | unique colors than the target window colormap allows. Use |
4827 | 4893 | \fB-colors\fP to reduce the number of colors. |
@@ -4831,22 +4897,23 @@ | ||
4831 | 4897 | .TP |
4832 | 4898 | .B "-write \fI<filename>"\fP |
4833 | 4899 | \fRwrite an intermediate image [\fIconvert, composite\fP] |
4834 | -\' | |
4900 | + | |
4835 | 4901 | The current image is written to the specified filename and then |
4836 | 4902 | processing continues using that image. The following is an example of how |
4837 | 4903 | several sizes of an image may be generated in one command (repeat as |
4838 | 4904 | often as needed): |
4839 | -\' | |
4905 | + | |
4906 | +.nf | |
4840 | 4907 | gm convert input.jpg -resize 50% -write input50.jpg \\ |
4841 | 4908 | -resize 25% input25.jpg |
4842 | -\' | |
4909 | +.fi | |
4843 | 4910 | .TP |
4844 | 4911 | .B "-write \fI<filename>"\fP |
4845 | 4912 | \fRwrite the image to a file [\fIdisplay\fP] |
4846 | -\' | |
4913 | + | |
4847 | 4914 | If \fIfilename\fP already exists, you will be prompted as to whether it should |
4848 | 4915 | be overwritten. |
4849 | -\' | |
4916 | + | |
4850 | 4917 | By default, the image is written in the format that it was read in as. |
4851 | 4918 | To specify a particular image format, prefix \fIfilename\fP with the |
4852 | 4919 | image type and a colon (e.g., ps:image) or specify the image type as |
@@ -4855,9 +4922,9 @@ | ||
4855 | 4922 | size is \fBcompressed\fP using compress or \fBgzip\fP |
4856 | 4923 | respectively. Precede the image file name with | to pipe to a system |
4857 | 4924 | command. |
4858 | -\' | |
4925 | + | |
4859 | 4926 | Use \fB-compress\fP to specify the type of image compression. |
4860 | -\' | |
4927 | + | |
4861 | 4928 | The equivalent X resource for this option is |
4862 | 4929 | \fBwriteFilename\fP (class \fBWriteFilename\fP). |
4863 | 4930 | See |
@@ -5044,20 +5111,22 @@ | ||
5044 | 5111 | .TP |
5045 | 5112 | .B "colors.mgk" |
5046 | 5113 | \fRcolors configuration file |
5047 | -\' | |
5114 | + | |
5115 | +.nf | |
5048 | 5116 | <?xml version="1.0"?> |
5049 | 5117 | <colormap> |
5050 | 5118 | <color name="AliceBlue" red="240" green="248" blue="255" |
5051 | 5119 | compliance="SVG, X11, XPM" /> |
5052 | 5120 | </colormap> |
5053 | -\' | |
5121 | +.fi | |
5054 | 5122 | .TP |
5055 | 5123 | .B "delegates.mgk" |
5056 | 5124 | \fRdelegates configuration file |
5057 | 5125 | .TP |
5058 | 5126 | .B "log.mgk" |
5059 | 5127 | \fRlogging configuration file |
5060 | -\' | |
5128 | + | |
5129 | +.nf | |
5061 | 5130 | <?xml version="1.0"?> |
5062 | 5131 | <magicklog> |
5063 | 5132 | <log events="None" /> |
@@ -5067,20 +5136,22 @@ | ||
5067 | 5136 | <log limit="2000" /> |
5068 | 5137 | <log format="%t %r %u %p %m/%f/%l/%d:\\n %e" /> |
5069 | 5138 | </magicklog> |
5070 | -\' | |
5139 | +.fi | |
5071 | 5140 | .TP |
5072 | 5141 | .B "modules.mgk" |
5073 | 5142 | \fRloadable modules configuration file |
5074 | -\' | |
5143 | + | |
5144 | +.nf | |
5075 | 5145 | <?xml version="1.0"?> |
5076 | 5146 | <modulemap> |
5077 | 5147 | <module magick="8BIM" name="META" /> |
5078 | 5148 | </modulemap> |
5079 | -\' | |
5149 | +.fi | |
5080 | 5150 | .TP |
5081 | 5151 | .B "type.mgk" |
5082 | 5152 | \fRmaster type (fonts) configuration file |
5083 | -\' | |
5153 | + | |
5154 | +.nf | |
5084 | 5155 | <?xml version="1.0"?> |
5085 | 5156 | <typemap> |
5086 | 5157 | <\fB\fPinclude file="type-windows.mgk" /> |
@@ -5097,22 +5168,22 @@ | ||
5097 | 5168 | glyphs="/usr/local/share/ghostscript/fonts/a010013l.pfb" |
5098 | 5169 | /> |
5099 | 5170 | </typemap> |
5100 | -\' | |
5171 | +.fi | |
5101 | 5172 | .SH GM ANIMATE |
5102 | -\' | |
5173 | + | |
5103 | 5174 | \fBAnimate\fP displays a sequence of images on any workstation display |
5104 | 5175 | running an X server. \fBanimate\fP first determines the hardware capabilities |
5105 | 5176 | of the workstation. If the number of unique colors in an image is less |
5106 | 5177 | than or equal to the number the workstation can support, the image is displayed |
5107 | 5178 | in an X window. Otherwise the number of colors in the image is first reduced |
5108 | 5179 | to match the color resolution of the workstation before it is displayed. |
5109 | -\' | |
5180 | + | |
5110 | 5181 | This means that a continuous-tone 24 bits-per-pixel image can display on |
5111 | 5182 | a 8 bit pseudo-color device or monochrome device. In most instances the |
5112 | 5183 | reduced color image closely resembles the original. Alternatively, a monochrome |
5113 | 5184 | or pseudo-color image sequence can display on a continuous-tone 24 bits-per-pixel |
5114 | 5185 | device. |
5115 | -\' | |
5186 | + | |
5116 | 5187 | To help prevent color flashing on X server visuals that have colormaps, |
5117 | 5188 | \fBanimate\fP |
5118 | 5189 | creates a single colormap from the image sequence. This can be rather time |
@@ -5124,30 +5195,33 @@ | ||
5124 | 5195 | for details. This method is recommended for colormapped X server because |
5125 | 5196 | it eliminates the need to compute a global colormap. |
5126 | 5197 | .SH EXAMPLES |
5127 | -\' | |
5198 | + | |
5128 | 5199 | To animate a set of images of a cockatoo, use: |
5129 | -\' | |
5200 | + | |
5201 | +.nf | |
5130 | 5202 | gm animate cockatoo.* |
5131 | -\' | |
5132 | -\' | |
5203 | +.fi | |
5204 | + | |
5133 | 5205 | To animate a cockatoo image sequence while using the Standard Colormap |
5134 | 5206 | \fIbest\fP, use: |
5135 | -\' | |
5207 | + | |
5208 | +.nf | |
5136 | 5209 | xstdcmap -best |
5137 | 5210 | gm animate -map best cockatoo.* |
5138 | -\' | |
5139 | -\' | |
5211 | +.fi | |
5212 | + | |
5140 | 5213 | To animate an image of a cockatoo without a border centered on a backdrop, |
5141 | 5214 | use: |
5142 | -\' | |
5143 | -\' | |
5215 | + | |
5216 | + | |
5217 | +.nf | |
5144 | 5218 | gm animate +borderwidth -backdrop cockatoo.* |
5145 | -\' | |
5219 | +.fi | |
5146 | 5220 | .SH OPTIONS |
5147 | -\' | |
5221 | + | |
5148 | 5222 | For a more detailed description of each option, see |
5149 | 5223 | Options, above. |
5150 | -\' | |
5224 | + | |
5151 | 5225 | .TP |
5152 | 5226 | .B "-authenticate \fI<string>"\fP |
5153 | 5227 | \fRdecrypt image with this password |
@@ -5301,22 +5375,23 @@ | ||
5301 | 5375 | .TP |
5302 | 5376 | .B "-window \fI<id>"\fP |
5303 | 5377 | \fRmake image the background of a window |
5304 | -\' | |
5378 | + | |
5305 | 5379 | For a more detailed description of each option, see |
5306 | 5380 | Options, above. |
5307 | -\' | |
5308 | -\' | |
5381 | + | |
5382 | + | |
5309 | 5383 | Any option you specify on the command line remains in effect for the group |
5310 | 5384 | of images following it, until the group is terminated by the appearance of |
5311 | 5385 | any option or \fB-noop\fP. For example, to animate three images, the first |
5312 | 5386 | with 32 colors, the second with an unlimited number of colors, and the |
5313 | 5387 | third with only 16 colors, use: |
5314 | -\' | |
5315 | -\' | |
5388 | + | |
5389 | + | |
5390 | +.nf | |
5316 | 5391 | gm animate -colors 32 cockatoo.1 -noop cockatoo.2 |
5317 | 5392 | -colors 16 cockatoo.3 |
5318 | -\' | |
5319 | -\' | |
5393 | +.fi | |
5394 | + | |
5320 | 5395 | \fBAnimate\fP options can appear on the command line or in your X resources |
5321 | 5396 | file. See \fIX(1)\fP. Options on the command line supersede values specified |
5322 | 5397 | in your X resources file. |
@@ -5326,36 +5401,36 @@ | ||
5326 | 5401 | is specified in the image. Otherwise the images will display in the order |
5327 | 5402 | they appear on the command line. |
5328 | 5403 | .SH MOUSE BUTTONS |
5329 | -\' | |
5404 | + | |
5330 | 5405 | Press any button to map or unmap the Command widget. See the next section |
5331 | 5406 | for more information about the Command widget. |
5332 | 5407 | .SH COMMAND WIDGET |
5333 | -\' | |
5408 | + | |
5334 | 5409 | The Command widget lists a number of sub-menus and commands. They are |
5335 | -\' | |
5410 | + | |
5336 | 5411 | \fBAnimate\fP |
5337 | -\' | |
5412 | + | |
5338 | 5413 | Open |
5339 | 5414 | Play |
5340 | 5415 | Step |
5341 | 5416 | Repeat |
5342 | 5417 | Auto Reverse |
5343 | -\' | |
5418 | + | |
5344 | 5419 | \fBSpeed\fP |
5345 | -\' | |
5420 | + | |
5346 | 5421 | Faster |
5347 | 5422 | Slower |
5348 | -\' | |
5423 | + | |
5349 | 5424 | \fBDirection\fP |
5350 | -\' | |
5425 | + | |
5351 | 5426 | Forward |
5352 | 5427 | Reverse |
5353 | -\' | |
5428 | + | |
5354 | 5429 | \fBImage Info\fP |
5355 | 5430 | \fBHelp\fP |
5356 | 5431 | \fBQuit\fP |
5357 | -\' | |
5358 | -\' | |
5432 | + | |
5433 | + | |
5359 | 5434 | Menu items with a indented triangle have a sub-menu. They are represented |
5360 | 5435 | above as the indented items. To access a sub-menu item, move the pointer |
5361 | 5436 | to the appropriate menu and press a button and drag. When you find the |
@@ -5364,7 +5439,7 @@ | ||
5364 | 5439 | particular command. |
5365 | 5440 | .SH KEYBOARD ACCELERATORS |
5366 | 5441 | .in 15 |
5367 | -\' | |
5442 | + | |
5368 | 5443 | .in 15 |
5369 | 5444 | .B "\fBCtl+O\fP" |
5370 | 5445 | .in 20 |
@@ -5421,23 +5496,23 @@ | ||
5421 | 5496 | .in 20 |
5422 | 5497 | Press to discard all images and exit program. |
5423 | 5498 | .in 15 |
5424 | -\' | |
5499 | + | |
5425 | 5500 | .SH X RESOURCES |
5426 | -\' | |
5501 | + | |
5427 | 5502 | \fBAnimate\fP options can appear on the command line or in your X resource |
5428 | 5503 | file. Options on the command line supersede values specified in your X |
5429 | 5504 | resource file. See \fBX(1)\fP for more information on X resources. |
5430 | -\' | |
5505 | + | |
5431 | 5506 | All \fBanimate\fP options have a corresponding X resource. In addition, |
5432 | 5507 | the \fBanimate\fP program uses the following X resources: |
5433 | 5508 | .in 15 |
5434 | -\' | |
5509 | + | |
5435 | 5510 | .in 15 |
5436 | 5511 | .B "\fBbackground\fP \fB(\fP\fIclass\fP \fBBackground)\fP" |
5437 | 5512 | .in 20 |
5438 | 5513 | \fR |
5439 | 5514 | .in 20 |
5440 | -\' | |
5515 | + | |
5441 | 5516 | Specifies the preferred color to use for the Image window background. The |
5442 | 5517 | default is #ccc. |
5443 | 5518 | .in 15 |
@@ -5446,7 +5521,7 @@ | ||
5446 | 5521 | .in 20 |
5447 | 5522 | \fR |
5448 | 5523 | .in 20 |
5449 | -\' | |
5524 | + | |
5450 | 5525 | Specifies the preferred color to use for the Image window border. The default |
5451 | 5526 | is #ccc. |
5452 | 5527 | .in 15 |
@@ -5455,7 +5530,7 @@ | ||
5455 | 5530 | .in 20 |
5456 | 5531 | \fR |
5457 | 5532 | .in 20 |
5458 | -\' | |
5533 | + | |
5459 | 5534 | Specifies the width in pixels of the Image window border. The default is |
5460 | 5535 | 2. |
5461 | 5536 | .in 15 |
@@ -5464,7 +5539,7 @@ | ||
5464 | 5539 | .in 20 |
5465 | 5540 | \fR |
5466 | 5541 | .in 20 |
5467 | -\' | |
5542 | + | |
5468 | 5543 | Specifies the name of the preferred font to use in normal formatted text. |
5469 | 5544 | The default is 14 point \fIHelvetica\fP. |
5470 | 5545 | .in 15 |
@@ -5473,7 +5548,7 @@ | ||
5473 | 5548 | .in 20 |
5474 | 5549 | \fR |
5475 | 5550 | .in 20 |
5476 | -\' | |
5551 | + | |
5477 | 5552 | Specifies the preferred color to use for text within the Image window. |
5478 | 5553 | The default is black. |
5479 | 5554 | .in 15 |
@@ -5482,7 +5557,7 @@ | ||
5482 | 5557 | .in 20 |
5483 | 5558 | \fR |
5484 | 5559 | .in 20 |
5485 | -\' | |
5560 | + | |
5486 | 5561 | Specifies the preferred size and position of the image window. It is not |
5487 | 5562 | necessarily obeyed by all window managers. |
5488 | 5563 | Offsets, if present, are handled in \fIX(1)\fP style. A negative x offset is |
@@ -5495,7 +5570,7 @@ | ||
5495 | 5570 | .in 20 |
5496 | 5571 | \fR |
5497 | 5572 | .in 20 |
5498 | -\' | |
5573 | + | |
5499 | 5574 | Specifies the preferred size and position of the application when iconified. |
5500 | 5575 | It is not necessarily obeyed by all window managers. |
5501 | 5576 | Offsets, if present, are handled in the same manner as in class Geometry. |
@@ -5505,7 +5580,7 @@ | ||
5505 | 5580 | .in 20 |
5506 | 5581 | \fR |
5507 | 5582 | .in 20 |
5508 | -\' | |
5583 | + | |
5509 | 5584 | This resource indicates that you would prefer that the application's windows |
5510 | 5585 | initially not be visible as if the windows had be immediately iconified |
5511 | 5586 | by you. Window managers may choose not to honor the application's request. |
@@ -5515,7 +5590,7 @@ | ||
5515 | 5590 | .in 20 |
5516 | 5591 | \fR |
5517 | 5592 | .in 20 |
5518 | -\' | |
5593 | + | |
5519 | 5594 | Specify the color of windows. It is used for the backgrounds of windows, |
5520 | 5595 | menus, and notices. A 3D effect is achieved by using highlight and shadow |
5521 | 5596 | colors derived from this color. Default value: #ddd. |
@@ -5525,7 +5600,7 @@ | ||
5525 | 5600 | .in 20 |
5526 | 5601 | \fR |
5527 | 5602 | .in 20 |
5528 | -\' | |
5603 | + | |
5529 | 5604 | This resource specifies the name under which resources for the application |
5530 | 5605 | should be found. This resource is useful in shell aliases to distinguish |
5531 | 5606 | between invocations of an application, without resorting to creating links |
@@ -5536,7 +5611,7 @@ | ||
5536 | 5611 | .in 20 |
5537 | 5612 | \fR |
5538 | 5613 | .in 20 |
5539 | -\' | |
5614 | + | |
5540 | 5615 | This resource specifies whether animate should attempt use shared memory |
5541 | 5616 | for pixmaps. ImageMagick must be compiled with shared memory support, and |
5542 | 5617 | the display must support the MIT-SHM extension. Otherwise, this resource |
@@ -5547,7 +5622,7 @@ | ||
5547 | 5622 | .in 20 |
5548 | 5623 | \fR |
5549 | 5624 | .in 20 |
5550 | -\' | |
5625 | + | |
5551 | 5626 | Specifies the name of the preferred font to use in fixed (typewriter style) |
5552 | 5627 | formatted text. The default is 14 point \fICourier\fP. |
5553 | 5628 | .in 15 |
@@ -5556,15 +5631,15 @@ | ||
5556 | 5631 | .in 20 |
5557 | 5632 | \fR |
5558 | 5633 | .in 20 |
5559 | -\' | |
5634 | + | |
5560 | 5635 | This resource specifies the title to be used for the Image window. This |
5561 | 5636 | information is sometimes used by a window manager to provide some sort |
5562 | 5637 | of header identifying the window. The default is the image file name. |
5563 | 5638 | .in 15 |
5564 | -\' | |
5639 | + | |
5565 | 5640 | .SH GM BATCH |
5566 | 5641 | .SH DESCRIPTION |
5567 | -\' | |
5642 | + | |
5568 | 5643 | \fBbatch\fP executes an arbitary number of the utility commands |
5569 | 5644 | (e.g. \fBconvert\fP) in the form of a simple linear batch script in |
5570 | 5645 | order to improve execution efficiency, and/or to allow use as a |
@@ -5578,19 +5653,21 @@ | ||
5578 | 5653 | converts all files matching '*.jpg' to TIFF format while rotating each |
5579 | 5654 | file by 90 degrees and stripping all embedded profiles. The shell |
5580 | 5655 | script syntax is standard Unix shell: |
5581 | -\' | |
5656 | + | |
5657 | +.nf | |
5582 | 5658 | for file in *.jpg |
5583 | 5659 | do |
5584 | 5660 | outfile=`basename $file .jpg`.tiff |
5585 | 5661 | echo convert -verbose "'$file'" -rotate 90 \\ |
5586 | 5662 | +profile "'*'" "'$outfile'" |
5587 | 5663 | done | gm batch -echo on -feedback on - |
5588 | -\' | |
5589 | -\' | |
5664 | +.fi | |
5665 | + | |
5590 | 5666 | We can accomplish the same as the previous example by putting all the |
5591 | 5667 | commands in a text file and then specifying the name of the text file |
5592 | 5668 | as the script to execute: |
5593 | -\' | |
5669 | + | |
5670 | +.nf | |
5594 | 5671 | for file in *.jpg |
5595 | 5672 | do |
5596 | 5673 | outfile=`basename $file .jpg`.tiff |
@@ -5598,21 +5675,21 @@ | ||
5598 | 5675 | +profile "'*'" "'$outfile'" |
5599 | 5676 | done > script.txt |
5600 | 5677 | gm batch -echo on -feedback on script.txt |
5601 | -\' | |
5678 | +.fi | |
5602 | 5679 | .SH OPTIONS |
5603 | -\' | |
5680 | + | |
5604 | 5681 | Options are processed from left to right and must appear before any filename argument. |
5605 | 5682 | .TP |
5606 | 5683 | .B "-echo \fIon|off"\fP |
5607 | 5684 | \fRcommand echo on or off |
5608 | -\' | |
5685 | + | |
5609 | 5686 | Specify \fBon\fP to enable echoing commands to standard output as |
5610 | 5687 | they are read or \fBoff\fP to disable. The default is |
5611 | 5688 | \fBoff\fP. |
5612 | 5689 | .TP |
5613 | 5690 | .B "-escape \fIunix|windows"\fP |
5614 | 5691 | \fRParse using unix or windows syntax |
5615 | -\' | |
5692 | + | |
5616 | 5693 | Commands must be parsed from the input stream and escaping needs to be |
5617 | 5694 | used to protect spaces or quoting characters in the input. Specify |
5618 | 5695 | \fBunix\fP to use unix-style command line parsing or \fBwindows\fP |
@@ -5624,42 +5701,42 @@ | ||
5624 | 5701 | .TP |
5625 | 5702 | .B "-fail \fItext"\fP |
5626 | 5703 | \fRtext to print if a command fails |
5627 | -\' | |
5704 | + | |
5628 | 5705 | When feedback is enabled, this specifies the text to print when the |
5629 | 5706 | command fails. The default text is \fBFAIL\fP. |
5630 | 5707 | .TP |
5631 | 5708 | .B "-feedback \fIon|off"\fP |
5632 | 5709 | \fRenable error feedback |
5633 | -\' | |
5710 | + | |
5634 | 5711 | Print text (see -pass and -fail options) feedback after each |
5635 | 5712 | command to indicate the result, the default is \fBoff\fP. |
5636 | 5713 | .TP |
5637 | 5714 | .B "-help" |
5638 | -\' | |
5715 | + | |
5639 | 5716 | Prints batch command help. |
5640 | 5717 | .TP |
5641 | 5718 | .B "-pass \fItext"\fP |
5642 | 5719 | \fRtext to print if a command passes |
5643 | -\' | |
5720 | + | |
5644 | 5721 | When feedback is enabled, this specifies the text to print when the |
5645 | 5722 | command passes. The default text is \fBPASS\fP. |
5646 | 5723 | .TP |
5647 | 5724 | .B "-prompt \fItext"\fP |
5648 | 5725 | \fRPrompt text to use for command line |
5649 | -\' | |
5726 | + | |
5650 | 5727 | If no filename argument was specified, a simple command prompt appears |
5651 | 5728 | where you may enter GraphicsMagick commands. The default prompt is |
5652 | 5729 | \fBGM>\fP. Use this option to change the prompt to something else. |
5653 | 5730 | .TP |
5654 | 5731 | .B "-stop-on-error \fIon|off"\fP |
5655 | 5732 | \fRSpecify if command processing stops on error |
5656 | -\' | |
5733 | + | |
5657 | 5734 | Normally command processing continues if a command encounters an |
5658 | 5735 | error. Specify \fB-stop-on-error on\fP to cause processing to quit |
5659 | 5736 | immediately on error. |
5660 | 5737 | .SH GM BENCHMARK |
5661 | 5738 | .SH DESCRIPTION |
5662 | -\' | |
5739 | + | |
5663 | 5740 | \fBbenchmark\fP executes an arbitrary \fBgm\fP utility command |
5664 | 5741 | (e.g. \fBconvert\fP) for one or more loops, and/or a specified |
5665 | 5742 | execution time, and reports many execution metrics. For builds using |
@@ -5671,30 +5748,34 @@ | ||
5671 | 5748 | .SH EXAMPLES |
5672 | 5749 | To obtain benchmark information for a single execution of a |
5673 | 5750 | command: |
5674 | -\' | |
5751 | + | |
5752 | +.nf | |
5675 | 5753 | gm benchmark convert input.ppm -gaussian 0x1 output.ppm |
5676 | -\' | |
5754 | +.fi | |
5677 | 5755 | To obtain benchmark information from 100 iterations of the |
5678 | 5756 | command: |
5679 | -\' | |
5757 | + | |
5758 | +.nf | |
5680 | 5759 | gm benchmark -iterations 100 convert input.ppm \\ |
5681 | 5760 | -gaussian 0x1 output.ppm |
5682 | -\' | |
5761 | +.fi | |
5683 | 5762 | To obtain benchmark information by iterating the command until a |
5684 | 5763 | specified amount of time (in seconds) has been consumed: |
5685 | -\' | |
5764 | + | |
5765 | +.nf | |
5686 | 5766 | gm benchmark -duration 30 convert input.ppm \\ |
5687 | 5767 | -gaussian 0x1 output.ppm |
5688 | -\' | |
5768 | +.fi | |
5689 | 5769 | To obtain a full performance report with an increasing number of |
5690 | 5770 | threads (1-32 threads, stepping the number of threads by four each |
5691 | 5771 | time): |
5692 | -\' | |
5772 | + | |
5773 | +.nf | |
5693 | 5774 | gm benchmark -duration 3 -stepthreads 4 convert \\ |
5694 | 5775 | input.ppm -gaussian 0x2 output.ppm |
5695 | -\' | |
5776 | +.fi | |
5696 | 5777 | Here is the interpretation of the output: |
5697 | -\' | |
5778 | + | |
5698 | 5779 | \fBthreads\fP - number of threads used. |
5699 | 5780 | \fBiter\fP - number of command iterations executed. |
5700 | 5781 | \fBuser\fP - total user time consumed. |
@@ -5703,7 +5784,7 @@ | ||
5703 | 5784 | \fBiter/cpu\fP - amount of CPU time consumed per iteration. |
5704 | 5785 | \fBspeedup\fP - speedup compared with one thread. |
5705 | 5786 | \fBkarp-flatt\fP - Karp-Flatt measure of speedup efficiency. |
5706 | -\' | |
5787 | + | |
5707 | 5788 | \fIPlease note that the reported "speedup" is based on the |
5708 | 5789 | execution time of just one thread. A preliminary warm-up pass is used |
5709 | 5790 | before timing the first loop in order to ensure that the CPU is |
@@ -5728,7 +5809,7 @@ | ||
5728 | 5809 | elapsed. |
5729 | 5810 | .TP |
5730 | 5811 | .B "-help" |
5731 | -\' | |
5812 | + | |
5732 | 5813 | Prints benchmark command help. |
5733 | 5814 | .TP |
5734 | 5815 | .B "-iterations \fIloops"\fP |
@@ -5751,7 +5832,7 @@ | ||
5751 | 5832 | threads is taken from the standard OMP_NUM_THREADS |
5752 | 5833 | environment variable. |
5753 | 5834 | .SH GM COMPARE |
5754 | -\' | |
5835 | + | |
5755 | 5836 | \fBcompare\fP compares two similar images using a specified statistical |
5756 | 5837 | method (see \fB-metric\fP) and/or by writing a difference image |
5757 | 5838 | (\fB-file\fP), with the altered pixels annotated using a specified |
@@ -5760,27 +5841,29 @@ | ||
5760 | 5841 | image and \fIcompare-image\fP is the (possibly) altered version, which |
5761 | 5842 | should have the same dimensions as \fIreference-image\fP. |
5762 | 5843 | .SH EXAMPLES |
5763 | -\' | |
5844 | + | |
5764 | 5845 | To compare two images using Mean Square Error (MSE) statistical analysis |
5765 | 5846 | use: |
5766 | -\' | |
5847 | + | |
5848 | +.nf | |
5767 | 5849 | gm compare -metric mse original.miff compare.miff |
5768 | -\' | |
5769 | -\' | |
5850 | +.fi | |
5851 | + | |
5770 | 5852 | To create an annotated difference image use: |
5771 | -\' | |
5853 | + | |
5854 | +.nf | |
5772 | 5855 | gm compare -highlight-style assign -highlight-color purple \\ |
5773 | 5856 | -file diff.miff original.miff compare.miff |
5774 | -\' | |
5857 | +.fi | |
5775 | 5858 | .SH OPTIONS |
5776 | -\' | |
5859 | + | |
5777 | 5860 | Options are processed in command line order. Any option you specify on |
5778 | 5861 | the command line remains in effect only for the image that follows. All |
5779 | 5862 | options are reset to their default values after each image is read. |
5780 | -\' | |
5863 | + | |
5781 | 5864 | For a more detailed description of each option, see |
5782 | 5865 | Options, above. |
5783 | -\' | |
5866 | + | |
5784 | 5867 | .TP |
5785 | 5868 | .B "-authenticate \fI<string>"\fP |
5786 | 5869 | \fRdecrypt image with this password |
@@ -5853,18 +5936,18 @@ | ||
5853 | 5936 | .TP |
5854 | 5937 | .B "-version" |
5855 | 5938 | \fRprint GraphicsMagick version string |
5856 | -\' | |
5939 | + | |
5857 | 5940 | For a more detailed description of each option, see |
5858 | 5941 | Options, above. |
5859 | -\' | |
5942 | + | |
5860 | 5943 | .SH GM COMPOSITE |
5861 | -\' | |
5944 | + | |
5862 | 5945 | \fBcomposite\fP composites (combines) images to create new images. |
5863 | 5946 | \fIbase-image\fP is the base image and \fIchange-image\fP contains the changes. |
5864 | 5947 | \fIouput-image\fP is the result, and normally has the same dimensions |
5865 | 5948 | as \fIbase-image\fP. |
5866 | -\' | |
5867 | -\' | |
5949 | + | |
5950 | + | |
5868 | 5951 | The optional \fImask-image\fP can be used to provide opacity information |
5869 | 5952 | for \fIchange-image\fP when it has none or if you want a different mask. |
5870 | 5953 | A mask image is typically grayscale and the same size as |
@@ -5872,49 +5955,54 @@ | ||
5872 | 5955 | to grayscale and the resulting intensities are used as opacity |
5873 | 5956 | information. |
5874 | 5957 | .SH EXAMPLES |
5875 | -\' | |
5958 | + | |
5876 | 5959 | To composite an image of a cockatoo with a perch, use: |
5877 | -\' | |
5960 | + | |
5961 | +.nf | |
5878 | 5962 | gm composite cockatoo.miff perch.ras composite.miff |
5879 | -\' | |
5880 | -\' | |
5963 | +.fi | |
5964 | + | |
5881 | 5965 | To compute the difference between images in a series, use: |
5882 | -\' | |
5966 | + | |
5967 | +.nf | |
5883 | 5968 | gm composite -compose difference series.2 series.1 |
5884 | 5969 | difference.miff |
5885 | -\' | |
5886 | -\' | |
5970 | +.fi | |
5971 | + | |
5887 | 5972 | To composite an image of a cockatoo with a perch starting at location (100,150), |
5888 | 5973 | use: |
5889 | -\' | |
5974 | + | |
5975 | +.nf | |
5890 | 5976 | gm composite -geometry +100+150 cockatoo.miff |
5891 | 5977 | perch.ras composite.miff |
5892 | -\' | |
5893 | -\' | |
5978 | +.fi | |
5979 | + | |
5894 | 5980 | To tile a logo across your image of a cockatoo, use |
5895 | -\' | |
5981 | + | |
5982 | +.nf | |
5896 | 5983 | gm convert +shade 30x60 cockatoo.miff mask.miff |
5897 | 5984 | gm composite -compose bumpmap -tile logo.png |
5898 | 5985 | cockatoo.miff mask.miff composite.miff |
5899 | -\' | |
5900 | -\' | |
5986 | +.fi | |
5987 | + | |
5901 | 5988 | To composite a red, green, and blue color plane into a single composite image, |
5902 | 5989 | try |
5903 | -\' | |
5990 | + | |
5991 | +.nf | |
5904 | 5992 | gm composite -compose CopyGreen green.png red.png |
5905 | 5993 | red-green.png |
5906 | 5994 | gm composite -compose CopyBlue blue.png red-green.png |
5907 | 5995 | gm composite.png |
5908 | -\' | |
5996 | +.fi | |
5909 | 5997 | .SH OPTIONS |
5910 | -\' | |
5998 | + | |
5911 | 5999 | Options are processed in command line order. Any option you specify on |
5912 | 6000 | the command line remains in effect only for the image that follows. All |
5913 | 6001 | options are reset to their default values after each image is read. |
5914 | -\' | |
6002 | + | |
5915 | 6003 | For a more detailed description of each option, see |
5916 | 6004 | Options, above. |
5917 | -\' | |
6005 | + | |
5918 | 6006 | .TP |
5919 | 6007 | .B "-authenticate \fI<string>"\fP |
5920 | 6008 | \fRdecrypt image with this password |
@@ -6101,18 +6189,19 @@ | ||
6101 | 6189 | .TP |
6102 | 6190 | .B "-write \fI<filename>"\fP |
6103 | 6191 | \fRwrite an intermediate image [\fIconvert, composite\fP] |
6104 | -\' | |
6192 | + | |
6105 | 6193 | For a more detailed description of each option, see |
6106 | 6194 | Options, above. |
6107 | -\' | |
6195 | + | |
6108 | 6196 | .SH GM CONJURE |
6109 | -\' | |
6197 | + | |
6110 | 6198 | The Magick scripting language (MSL) will primarily benefit those that |
6111 | 6199 | want to accomplish custom image processing tasks but do not wish to |
6112 | 6200 | program, or those that do not have access to a Perl interpreter or a |
6113 | 6201 | compiler. The interpreter is called conjure and here is an example |
6114 | 6202 | script: |
6115 | -\' | |
6203 | + | |
6204 | +.nf | |
6116 | 6205 | <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> |
6117 | 6206 | <image size="400x400" > |
6118 | 6207 | <read filename="image.gif" /> |
@@ -6124,22 +6213,23 @@ | ||
6124 | 6213 | to %[width]x%[height].\\n" /> |
6125 | 6214 | <write filename="image.png" /> |
6126 | 6215 | </image> |
6127 | -\' | |
6128 | -\' | |
6216 | +.fi | |
6217 | + | |
6129 | 6218 | invoked with |
6130 | -\' | |
6219 | + | |
6220 | +.nf | |
6131 | 6221 | gm conjure -dimensions 400x400 incantation.msl |
6132 | -\' | |
6133 | -\' | |
6222 | +.fi | |
6223 | + | |
6134 | 6224 | All operations will closely follow the key/value pairs defined in |
6135 | 6225 | PerlMagick, unless otherwise noted. |
6136 | 6226 | .SH OPTIONS |
6137 | -\' | |
6227 | + | |
6138 | 6228 | Options are processed in command line order. Any option you specify on |
6139 | 6229 | the command line remains in effect until it is explicitly changed by specifying |
6140 | 6230 | the option again with a different effect, or if it is changed by a statement |
6141 | 6231 | in the scripting language. |
6142 | -\' | |
6232 | + | |
6143 | 6233 | You can define your own keyword/value pairs on the command line. |
6144 | 6234 | The script can then use this information when setting values by including |
6145 | 6235 | %[keyword] in the string. For example, if you included |
@@ -6149,11 +6239,11 @@ | ||
6149 | 6239 | The "%[string]" can be used either an entire string, such as |
6150 | 6240 | geometry="%[dimensions]" or as a part of a string such as |
6151 | 6241 | filename="%[basename].png". |
6152 | -\' | |
6242 | + | |
6153 | 6243 | The keyword can be any string except for the following reserved |
6154 | 6244 | strings (in any upper, lower, or mixed case variant): \fBdebug\fP, |
6155 | 6245 | \fBhelp\fP, and \fBverbose\fP, whose usage is described below. |
6156 | -\' | |
6246 | + | |
6157 | 6247 | The value can be any string. If |
6158 | 6248 | either the keyword or the value contains white space or any |
6159 | 6249 | symbols that have special meanings to your shell such as "#", |
@@ -6161,15 +6251,15 @@ | ||
6161 | 6251 | or |
6162 | 6252 | "%", enclose the string in quotation marks or use "\\" to escape the white |
6163 | 6253 | space and special symbols. |
6164 | -\' | |
6254 | + | |
6165 | 6255 | Keywords and values are case dependent. "Key", |
6166 | 6256 | "key", |
6167 | 6257 | and "KEY" would |
6168 | 6258 | be three different keywords. |
6169 | -\' | |
6259 | + | |
6170 | 6260 | For a more detailed description of each option, see |
6171 | 6261 | Options, above. |
6172 | -\' | |
6262 | + | |
6173 | 6263 | .TP |
6174 | 6264 | .B "-debug \fI<events>"\fP |
6175 | 6265 | \fRenable debug printout |
@@ -6189,11 +6279,11 @@ | ||
6189 | 6279 | .B "-version" |
6190 | 6280 | \fRprint GraphicsMagick version string |
6191 | 6281 | .SH MAGICK SCRIPTING LANGUAGE |
6192 | -\' | |
6282 | + | |
6193 | 6283 | The Magick Scripting Language (MSL) presently defines the following |
6194 | 6284 | elements and their attributes: |
6195 | 6285 | .in 15 |
6196 | -\' | |
6286 | + | |
6197 | 6287 | .in 15 |
6198 | 6288 | .B "<image>" |
6199 | 6289 | .in 20 |
@@ -6202,16 +6292,17 @@ | ||
6202 | 6292 | background, color, id, size |
6203 | 6293 | .in 15 |
6204 | 6294 | .in 20 |
6205 | -\' | |
6295 | + | |
6206 | 6296 | Define a new image object. \fB</image>\fP destroys it. Because of |
6207 | 6297 | this, if you wish to reference multiple "subimages" (aka pages or |
6208 | 6298 | layers), you can embed one \fBimage\fP element inside of another. For |
6209 | 6299 | example: |
6210 | -\' | |
6211 | -.in 15 | |
6212 | -.in 20 | |
6213 | -\' | |
6214 | -\' | |
6300 | + | |
6301 | +.in 15 | |
6302 | +.in 20 | |
6303 | + | |
6304 | + | |
6305 | +.nf | |
6215 | 6306 | <image> |
6216 | 6307 | <read filename="input.png" /> |
6217 | 6308 | <get width="base-width" height="base-height" /> |
@@ -6219,44 +6310,47 @@ | ||
6219 | 6310 | <image /> |
6220 | 6311 | <write filename="output.mng" /> |
6221 | 6312 | </image> |
6222 | -\' | |
6223 | -\' | |
6224 | -.in 15 | |
6225 | -.in 20 | |
6226 | -\' | |
6227 | -\' | |
6313 | +.fi | |
6314 | + | |
6315 | +.in 15 | |
6316 | +.in 20 | |
6317 | + | |
6318 | + | |
6319 | +.nf | |
6228 | 6320 | <image size="400x400" /> |
6229 | -\' | |
6230 | -\' | |
6321 | +.fi | |
6322 | + | |
6231 | 6323 | .in 15 |
6232 | 6324 | .in 15 |
6233 | 6325 | .B "<group>" |
6234 | 6326 | .in 20 |
6235 | 6327 | \fR |
6236 | 6328 | .in 20 |
6237 | -\' | |
6329 | + | |
6238 | 6330 | Define a new group of image objects. By default, images are only |
6239 | 6331 | valid for the life of their \fB<image>\fPelement. |
6240 | -\' | |
6241 | -.in 15 | |
6242 | -.in 20 | |
6243 | -\' | |
6244 | -\' | |
6332 | + | |
6333 | +.in 15 | |
6334 | +.in 20 | |
6335 | + | |
6336 | + | |
6337 | +.nf | |
6245 | 6338 | <image> -- creates the image |
6246 | 6339 | ..... -- do stuff with it |
6247 | 6340 | </image> -- dispose of the image |
6248 | -\' | |
6249 | -\' | |
6250 | -.in 15 | |
6251 | -.in 20 | |
6252 | -\' | |
6341 | +.fi | |
6342 | + | |
6343 | +.in 15 | |
6344 | +.in 20 | |
6345 | + | |
6253 | 6346 | However, in a group, all images in that group will stay around for the |
6254 | 6347 | life of the group: |
6255 | -\' | |
6256 | -.in 15 | |
6257 | -.in 20 | |
6258 | -\' | |
6259 | -\' | |
6348 | + | |
6349 | +.in 15 | |
6350 | +.in 20 | |
6351 | + | |
6352 | + | |
6353 | +.nf | |
6260 | 6354 | <group> -- start a group |
6261 | 6355 | <image> -- create an image |
6262 | 6356 | .... -- do stuff |
@@ -6266,8 +6360,8 @@ | ||
6266 | 6360 | </image> -- NOOP |
6267 | 6361 | <write filename="image.mng" /> -- output |
6268 | 6362 | </group> -- dispose of both images |
6269 | -\' | |
6270 | -\' | |
6363 | +.fi | |
6364 | + | |
6271 | 6365 | .in 15 |
6272 | 6366 | .in 15 |
6273 | 6367 | .B "<read>" |
@@ -6277,29 +6371,31 @@ | ||
6277 | 6371 | filename |
6278 | 6372 | .in 15 |
6279 | 6373 | .in 20 |
6280 | -\' | |
6374 | + | |
6281 | 6375 | Read a new image from a disk file. |
6282 | -\' | |
6283 | -.in 15 | |
6284 | -.in 20 | |
6285 | -\' | |
6286 | -\' | |
6376 | + | |
6377 | +.in 15 | |
6378 | +.in 20 | |
6379 | + | |
6380 | + | |
6381 | +.nf | |
6287 | 6382 | <read filename="image.gif" /> |
6288 | -\' | |
6289 | -\' | |
6290 | -.in 15 | |
6291 | -.in 20 | |
6292 | -\' | |
6383 | +.fi | |
6384 | + | |
6385 | +.in 15 | |
6386 | +.in 20 | |
6387 | + | |
6293 | 6388 | To read two images use |
6294 | -\' | |
6295 | -.in 15 | |
6296 | -.in 20 | |
6297 | -\' | |
6298 | -\' | |
6389 | + | |
6390 | +.in 15 | |
6391 | +.in 20 | |
6392 | + | |
6393 | + | |
6394 | +.nf | |
6299 | 6395 | <read filename="image.gif" /> |
6300 | 6396 | <read filename="image.png /> |
6301 | -\' | |
6302 | -\' | |
6397 | +.fi | |
6398 | + | |
6303 | 6399 | .in 15 |
6304 | 6400 | .in 15 |
6305 | 6401 | .B "<write>" |
@@ -6311,13 +6407,14 @@ | ||
6311 | 6407 | .in 20 |
6312 | 6408 | Write the image(s) to disk, either as |
6313 | 6409 | a single multiple-image file or multiple ones if necessary. |
6314 | -\' | |
6315 | -.in 15 | |
6316 | -.in 20 | |
6317 | -\' | |
6318 | -\' | |
6410 | + | |
6411 | +.in 15 | |
6412 | +.in 20 | |
6413 | + | |
6414 | + | |
6415 | +.nf | |
6319 | 6416 | <write filename=image.tiff" /> |
6320 | -\' | |
6417 | +.fi | |
6321 | 6418 | .in 15 |
6322 | 6419 | .B "<get>" |
6323 | 6420 | .in 20 |
@@ -6328,12 +6425,13 @@ | ||
6328 | 6425 | use. Currently only \fIwidth\fP and \fIheight\fP are supported. |
6329 | 6426 | .in 15 |
6330 | 6427 | .in 20 |
6331 | -\' | |
6332 | -\' | |
6428 | + | |
6429 | + | |
6430 | +.nf | |
6333 | 6431 | <get width="base-width" height="base-height" /> |
6334 | 6432 | <print output="Image size is %[base-width]x%[base-height].\\n" /> |
6335 | -\' | |
6336 | -\' | |
6433 | +.fi | |
6434 | + | |
6337 | 6435 | .in 15 |
6338 | 6436 | .in 15 |
6339 | 6437 | .B "<set>" |
@@ -6352,28 +6450,30 @@ | ||
6352 | 6450 | [profilename] |
6353 | 6451 | .in 15 |
6354 | 6452 | .in 20 |
6355 | -\' | |
6453 | + | |
6356 | 6454 | Read one or more IPTC, ICC or generic profiles from file and assign to image |
6357 | -\' | |
6358 | -.in 15 | |
6359 | -.in 20 | |
6360 | -\' | |
6361 | -\' | |
6455 | + | |
6456 | +.in 15 | |
6457 | +.in 20 | |
6458 | + | |
6459 | + | |
6460 | +.nf | |
6362 | 6461 | <profile iptc="profile.iptc" generic="generic.dat" /> |
6363 | -\' | |
6364 | -\' | |
6365 | -.in 15 | |
6366 | -.in 20 | |
6367 | -\' | |
6462 | +.fi | |
6463 | + | |
6464 | +.in 15 | |
6465 | +.in 20 | |
6466 | + | |
6368 | 6467 | To remove a specified profile use "!" as the filename eg |
6369 | -\' | |
6370 | -.in 15 | |
6371 | -.in 20 | |
6372 | -\' | |
6373 | -\' | |
6468 | + | |
6469 | +.in 15 | |
6470 | +.in 20 | |
6471 | + | |
6472 | + | |
6473 | +.nf | |
6374 | 6474 | <profile icm="!" iptc="profile.iptc" /> |
6375 | -\' | |
6376 | -\' | |
6475 | +.fi | |
6476 | + | |
6377 | 6477 | .in 15 |
6378 | 6478 | .in 15 |
6379 | 6479 | .B "<border>" |
@@ -6418,8 +6518,9 @@ | ||
6418 | 6518 | compose, geometry, gravity, image, x, y |
6419 | 6519 | .in 15 |
6420 | 6520 | .in 20 |
6421 | -\' | |
6422 | -\' | |
6521 | + | |
6522 | + | |
6523 | +.nf | |
6423 | 6524 | <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> |
6424 | 6525 | <group> |
6425 | 6526 | <image id="image_01"> |
@@ -6437,8 +6538,8 @@ | ||
6437 | 6538 | </image> |
6438 | 6539 | <write filename="result.png"/> |
6439 | 6540 | </group> |
6440 | -\' | |
6441 | -\' | |
6541 | +.fi | |
6542 | + | |
6442 | 6543 | .in 15 |
6443 | 6544 | .in 15 |
6444 | 6545 | .B "<despeckle>" |
@@ -6680,107 +6781,118 @@ | ||
6680 | 6781 | .B "<trim>" |
6681 | 6782 | .in 20 |
6682 | 6783 | \fR |
6683 | -\' | |
6784 | + | |
6684 | 6785 | .SH GM CONVERT |
6685 | -\' | |
6786 | + | |
6686 | 6787 | \fBConvert\fP converts an input file using one image format to an output |
6687 | 6788 | file with a differing image format. In addition, various types of image |
6688 | 6789 | processing can be performed on the converted image during the conversion |
6689 | 6790 | process. \fBConvert\fP recognizes the image formats listed in |
6690 | 6791 | \fIGraphicsMagick(1)\fP. |
6691 | -\' | |
6792 | + | |
6692 | 6793 | .SH EXAMPLES |
6693 | -\' | |
6794 | + | |
6694 | 6795 | To make a thumbnail of a JPEG image, use: |
6695 | -\' | |
6796 | + | |
6797 | +.nf | |
6696 | 6798 | gm convert -size 120x120 cockatoo.jpg -resize 120x120 |
6697 | 6799 | +profile "*" thumbnail.jpg |
6698 | -\' | |
6699 | -\' | |
6800 | +.fi | |
6801 | + | |
6700 | 6802 | In this example, '-size 120x120' gives a hint to the JPEG decoder |
6701 | 6803 | that the image is going to be downscaled to 120x120, allowing it to run |
6702 | 6804 | faster by avoiding returning full-resolution images to GraphicsMagick for |
6703 | 6805 | the subsequent resizing operation. The |
6704 | -'-resize 120x120' specifies the desired dimensions of the | |
6806 | +\'-resize 120x120' specifies the desired dimensions of the | |
6705 | 6807 | output image. It will be scaled so its largest dimension is 120 pixels. The |
6706 | -'+profile "*"' removes any ICM, EXIF, IPTC, or other profiles | |
6808 | +\'+profile "*"' removes any ICM, EXIF, IPTC, or other profiles | |
6707 | 6809 | that might be present in the input and aren't needed in the thumbnail. |
6708 | -\' | |
6810 | + | |
6709 | 6811 | To convert a \fIMIFF\fP image of a cockatoo to a SUN raster image, use: |
6710 | -\' | |
6812 | + | |
6813 | +.nf | |
6711 | 6814 | gm convert cockatoo.miff sun:cockatoo.ras |
6712 | -\' | |
6713 | -\' | |
6815 | +.fi | |
6816 | + | |
6714 | 6817 | To convert a multi-page \fIPostScript\fP document to individual FAX pages, |
6715 | 6818 | use: |
6716 | -\' | |
6819 | + | |
6820 | +.nf | |
6717 | 6821 | gm convert -monochrome document.ps fax:page |
6718 | -\' | |
6719 | -\' | |
6822 | +.fi | |
6823 | + | |
6720 | 6824 | To convert a TIFF image to a \fIPostScript\fP A4 page with the image in |
6721 | 6825 | the lower left-hand corner, use: |
6722 | -\' | |
6826 | + | |
6827 | +.nf | |
6723 | 6828 | gm convert -page A4+0+0 image.tiff document.ps |
6724 | -\' | |
6725 | -\' | |
6829 | +.fi | |
6830 | + | |
6726 | 6831 | To convert a raw Gray image with a 128 byte header to a portable graymap, |
6727 | 6832 | use: |
6728 | -\' | |
6833 | + | |
6834 | +.nf | |
6729 | 6835 | gm convert -depth 8 -size 768x512+128 gray:raw |
6730 | 6836 | image.pgm |
6731 | -\' | |
6732 | -\' | |
6837 | +.fi | |
6838 | + | |
6733 | 6839 | In this example, "raw" is the input file. Its format is "gray" and it |
6734 | 6840 | has the dimensions and number of header bytes specified by the -size |
6735 | 6841 | option and the sample depth specified by the |
6736 | 6842 | -depth option. The output file is "image.pgm". The suffix ".pgm" |
6737 | 6843 | specifies its format. |
6738 | -\' | |
6844 | + | |
6739 | 6845 | To convert a Photo CD image to a TIFF image, use: |
6740 | -\' | |
6846 | + | |
6847 | +.nf | |
6741 | 6848 | gm convert -size 1536x1024 img0009.pcd image.tiff |
6742 | 6849 | gm convert img0009.pcd[4] image.tiff |
6743 | -\' | |
6744 | -\' | |
6850 | +.fi | |
6851 | + | |
6745 | 6852 | To create a visual image directory of all your JPEG images, use: |
6746 | -\' | |
6853 | + | |
6854 | +.nf | |
6747 | 6855 | gm convert 'vid:*.jpg' directory.miff |
6748 | -\' | |
6749 | -\' | |
6856 | +.fi | |
6857 | + | |
6750 | 6858 | To annotate an image with blue text using font 12x24 at position (100,100), |
6751 | 6859 | use: |
6752 | -\' | |
6860 | + | |
6861 | +.nf | |
6753 | 6862 | gm convert -font helvetica -fill blue |
6754 | 6863 | -draw "text 100,100 Cockatoo" |
6755 | 6864 | bird.jpg bird.miff |
6756 | -\' | |
6757 | -\' | |
6865 | +.fi | |
6866 | + | |
6758 | 6867 | To tile a 640x480 image with a JPEG texture with bumps use: |
6759 | -\' | |
6868 | + | |
6869 | +.nf | |
6760 | 6870 | gm convert -size 640x480 tile:bumps.jpg tiled.png |
6761 | -\' | |
6762 | -\' | |
6871 | +.fi | |
6872 | + | |
6763 | 6873 | To surround an icon with an ornamental border to use with Mosaic(1), use: |
6764 | -\' | |
6874 | + | |
6875 | +.nf | |
6765 | 6876 | gm convert -mattecolor "#697B8F" -frame 6x6 bird.jpg |
6766 | 6877 | icon.png |
6767 | -\' | |
6768 | -\' | |
6878 | +.fi | |
6879 | + | |
6769 | 6880 | To create a MNG animation from a DNA molecule sequence, use: |
6770 | -\' | |
6881 | + | |
6882 | +.nf | |
6771 | 6883 | gm convert -delay 20 dna.* dna.mng |
6772 | -\' | |
6884 | +.fi | |
6773 | 6885 | .SH OPTIONS |
6774 | -\' | |
6886 | + | |
6775 | 6887 | Options are processed in command line order. Any option you specify on |
6776 | 6888 | the command line remains in effect for the set of images that follows, |
6777 | 6889 | until the set is terminated by the appearance of any option or \fB-noop\fP. |
6778 | 6890 | Some options only affect the decoding of images and others only the encoding. |
6779 | 6891 | The latter can appear after the final group of input images. |
6780 | -\' | |
6892 | + | |
6781 | 6893 | For a more detailed description of each option, see |
6782 | 6894 | Options, above. |
6783 | -\' | |
6895 | + | |
6784 | 6896 | .TP |
6785 | 6897 | .B "-adjoin" |
6786 | 6898 | \fRjoin images into a single multi-image file |
@@ -6794,7 +6906,7 @@ | ||
6794 | 6906 | .B "-append" |
6795 | 6907 | \fRappend a set of images |
6796 | 6908 | .TP |
6797 | -.B " \fI-asc-cdl <spec>"\fP | |
6909 | +.B "-asc-cdl \fI<spec>"\fP | |
6798 | 6910 | \fRapply ASC CDL color transform |
6799 | 6911 | .TP |
6800 | 6912 | .B "-authenticate \fI<string>"\fP |
@@ -7240,11 +7352,11 @@ | ||
7240 | 7352 | .TP |
7241 | 7353 | .B "-write \fI<filename>"\fP |
7242 | 7354 | \fRwrite an intermediate image [\fIconvert, composite\fP] |
7243 | -\' | |
7355 | + | |
7244 | 7356 | For a more detailed description of each option, see |
7245 | 7357 | Options, above. |
7246 | 7358 | .SH GM DISPLAY |
7247 | -\' | |
7359 | + | |
7248 | 7360 | Display is a machine architecture independent |
7249 | 7361 | image processing and display program. It can display an image on any workstation |
7250 | 7362 | screen running an X server. \fBDisplay\fP can read and write |
@@ -7254,10 +7366,10 @@ | ||
7254 | 7366 | \fBPNM\fP, |
7255 | 7367 | \fBPhoto |
7256 | 7368 | CD\fP, etc.). |
7257 | -\' | |
7369 | + | |
7258 | 7370 | With \fBdisplay\fP, you can perform these functions on an image: |
7259 | 7371 | .in 15 |
7260 | -\' | |
7372 | + | |
7261 | 7373 | o load an image from a file |
7262 | 7374 | o display the next image |
7263 | 7375 | o display the former image |
@@ -7321,66 +7433,74 @@ | ||
7321 | 7433 | o discard all images and exit program |
7322 | 7434 | o change the level of magnification |
7323 | 7435 | o display images specified by a World Wide Web (WWW) uniform resource locator (URL) |
7324 | -\' | |
7436 | + | |
7325 | 7437 | .SH EXAMPLES |
7326 | -\' | |
7438 | + | |
7327 | 7439 | To scale an image of a cockatoo to exactly 640 pixels in width and 480 |
7328 | 7440 | pixels in height and position the window at location (200,200), use: |
7329 | -\' | |
7441 | + | |
7442 | +.nf | |
7330 | 7443 | gm display -geometry 640x480+200+200! cockatoo.miff |
7331 | -\' | |
7332 | -\' | |
7444 | +.fi | |
7445 | + | |
7333 | 7446 | To display an image of a cockatoo without a border centered on a backdrop, |
7334 | 7447 | use: |
7335 | -\' | |
7448 | + | |
7449 | +.nf | |
7336 | 7450 | gm display +borderwidth -backdrop cockatoo.miff |
7337 | -\' | |
7338 | -\' | |
7451 | +.fi | |
7452 | + | |
7339 | 7453 | To tile a slate texture onto the root window, use: |
7340 | -\' | |
7454 | + | |
7455 | +.nf | |
7341 | 7456 | gm display -size 1280x1024 -window root slate.png |
7342 | -\' | |
7343 | -\' | |
7457 | +.fi | |
7458 | + | |
7344 | 7459 | To display a visual image directory of all your JPEG images, use: |
7345 | -\' | |
7460 | + | |
7461 | +.nf | |
7346 | 7462 | gm display 'vid:*.jpg' |
7347 | -\' | |
7348 | -\' | |
7463 | +.fi | |
7464 | + | |
7349 | 7465 | To display a MAP image that is 640 pixels in width and 480 pixels in height |
7350 | 7466 | with 256 colors, use: |
7351 | -\' | |
7467 | + | |
7468 | +.nf | |
7352 | 7469 | gm display -size 640x480+256 cockatoo.map |
7353 | -\' | |
7354 | -\' | |
7470 | +.fi | |
7471 | + | |
7355 | 7472 | To display an image of a cockatoo specified with a \fBWorld Wide Web (WWW)\fP |
7356 | 7473 | uniform resource locator \fB(URL)\fP, use: |
7357 | -\' | |
7474 | + | |
7475 | +.nf | |
7358 | 7476 | gm display ftp://wizards.dupont.com/images/cockatoo.jpg |
7359 | -\' | |
7360 | -\' | |
7477 | +.fi | |
7478 | + | |
7361 | 7479 | To display histogram of an image, use: |
7362 | -\' | |
7480 | + | |
7481 | +.nf | |
7363 | 7482 | gm gm convert file.jpg HISTOGRAM:- | gm display - |
7364 | -\' | |
7483 | +.fi | |
7365 | 7484 | .SH OPTIONS |
7366 | -\' | |
7485 | + | |
7367 | 7486 | Options are processed in command line order. Any option you specify on |
7368 | 7487 | the command line remains in effect until it is explicitly changed by specifying |
7369 | 7488 | the option again with a different effect. For example to display three images, |
7370 | 7489 | the first with 32 colors, the second with an unlimited number of colors, |
7371 | 7490 | and the third with only 16 colors, use: |
7372 | -\' | |
7491 | + | |
7492 | +.nf | |
7373 | 7493 | gm display -colors 32 cockatoo.miff -noop duck.miff |
7374 | 7494 | -colors 16 macaw.miff |
7375 | -\' | |
7376 | -\' | |
7495 | +.fi | |
7496 | + | |
7377 | 7497 | \fBDisplay\fP options can appear on the command line or in your X resources |
7378 | 7498 | file. See \fIX(1)\fP. Options on the command line supersede values specified |
7379 | 7499 | in your X resources file. |
7380 | -\' | |
7500 | + | |
7381 | 7501 | For a more detailed description of each option, see |
7382 | 7502 | Options, above. |
7383 | -\' | |
7503 | + | |
7384 | 7504 | .TP |
7385 | 7505 | .B "-authenticate \fI<string>"\fP |
7386 | 7506 | \fRdecrypt image with this password |
@@ -7622,12 +7742,12 @@ | ||
7622 | 7742 | .TP |
7623 | 7743 | .B "-write \fI<filename>"\fP |
7624 | 7744 | \fRwrite the image to a file [\fIdisplay\fP] |
7625 | -\' | |
7745 | + | |
7626 | 7746 | For a more detailed description of each option, see |
7627 | 7747 | Options, above. |
7628 | -\' | |
7748 | + | |
7629 | 7749 | .SH MOUSE BUTTONS |
7630 | -\' | |
7750 | + | |
7631 | 7751 | The effects of each button press is described below. Three buttons are |
7632 | 7752 | required. If you have a two button mouse, button 1 and 3 are returned. |
7633 | 7753 | Press \fBALT\fP and button 3 to simulate button 2. |
@@ -7649,14 +7769,14 @@ | ||
7649 | 7769 | is a visual image directory. Choose a particular tile of the directory |
7650 | 7770 | and press this button and drag to select a command from a pop-up menu. |
7651 | 7771 | Choose from these menu items: |
7652 | -\' | |
7772 | + | |
7653 | 7773 | Open |
7654 | 7774 | Next |
7655 | 7775 | Former |
7656 | 7776 | Delete |
7657 | 7777 | Update |
7658 | -\' | |
7659 | -\' | |
7778 | + | |
7779 | + | |
7660 | 7780 | If you choose \fBOpen\fP, the image represented by the tile is displayed. |
7661 | 7781 | To return to the visual image directory, choose \fBNext\fP from the Command |
7662 | 7782 | widget (refer to Command Widget). |
@@ -7668,11 +7788,11 @@ | ||
7668 | 7788 | and |
7669 | 7789 | miff for more details. |
7670 | 7790 | .SH COMMAND WIDGET |
7671 | -\' | |
7791 | + | |
7672 | 7792 | The Command widget lists a number of sub-menus and commands. They are |
7673 | -\' | |
7793 | + | |
7674 | 7794 | \fBFile\fP |
7675 | -\' | |
7795 | + | |
7676 | 7796 | Open... |
7677 | 7797 | Next |
7678 | 7798 | Former |
@@ -7683,21 +7803,21 @@ | ||
7683 | 7803 | Canvas... |
7684 | 7804 | Visual Directory... |
7685 | 7805 | Quit |
7686 | -\' | |
7687 | -\' | |
7688 | -\' | |
7806 | + | |
7807 | + | |
7808 | + | |
7689 | 7809 | \fBEdit\fP |
7690 | -\' | |
7810 | + | |
7691 | 7811 | Undo |
7692 | 7812 | Redo |
7693 | 7813 | Cut |
7694 | 7814 | Copy |
7695 | 7815 | Paste |
7696 | -\' | |
7697 | -\' | |
7698 | -\' | |
7816 | + | |
7817 | + | |
7818 | + | |
7699 | 7819 | \fBView\fP |
7700 | -\' | |
7820 | + | |
7701 | 7821 | Half Size |
7702 | 7822 | Original Size |
7703 | 7823 | Double Size |
@@ -7705,11 +7825,11 @@ | ||
7705 | 7825 | Apply |
7706 | 7826 | Refresh |
7707 | 7827 | Restore |
7708 | -\' | |
7709 | -\' | |
7710 | -\' | |
7828 | + | |
7829 | + | |
7830 | + | |
7711 | 7831 | \fBTransform\fP |
7712 | -\' | |
7832 | + | |
7713 | 7833 | Crop |
7714 | 7834 | Chop |
7715 | 7835 | Flop |
@@ -7720,11 +7840,11 @@ | ||
7720 | 7840 | Shear... |
7721 | 7841 | Roll... |
7722 | 7842 | Trim Edges |
7723 | -\' | |
7724 | -\' | |
7725 | -\' | |
7843 | + | |
7844 | + | |
7845 | + | |
7726 | 7846 | \fBEnhance\fP |
7727 | -\' | |
7847 | + | |
7728 | 7848 | Hue... |
7729 | 7849 | Saturation... |
7730 | 7850 | Brightness... |
@@ -7736,11 +7856,11 @@ | ||
7736 | 7856 | Negate |
7737 | 7857 | GRAYscale |
7738 | 7858 | Quantize... |
7739 | -\' | |
7740 | -\' | |
7741 | -\' | |
7859 | + | |
7860 | + | |
7861 | + | |
7742 | 7862 | \fBEffects\fP |
7743 | -\' | |
7863 | + | |
7744 | 7864 | Despeckle |
7745 | 7865 | Emboss |
7746 | 7866 | Reduce Noise |
@@ -7753,22 +7873,22 @@ | ||
7753 | 7873 | Shade... |
7754 | 7874 | Raise... |
7755 | 7875 | Segment... |
7756 | -\' | |
7757 | -\' | |
7758 | -\' | |
7876 | + | |
7877 | + | |
7878 | + | |
7759 | 7879 | \fBF/X\fP |
7760 | -\' | |
7880 | + | |
7761 | 7881 | Solarize... |
7762 | 7882 | Swirl... |
7763 | 7883 | Implode... |
7764 | 7884 | Wave... |
7765 | 7885 | Oil Paint... |
7766 | 7886 | Charcoal Draw... |
7767 | -\' | |
7768 | -\' | |
7769 | -\' | |
7887 | + | |
7888 | + | |
7889 | + | |
7770 | 7890 | \fBImage Edit\fP |
7771 | -\' | |
7891 | + | |
7772 | 7892 | Annotate... |
7773 | 7893 | Draw... |
7774 | 7894 | Color... |
@@ -7779,11 +7899,11 @@ | ||
7779 | 7899 | Comment... |
7780 | 7900 | Launch... |
7781 | 7901 | Region of Interest... |
7782 | -\' | |
7783 | -\' | |
7784 | -\' | |
7902 | + | |
7903 | + | |
7904 | + | |
7785 | 7905 | \fBMiscellany\fP |
7786 | -\' | |
7906 | + | |
7787 | 7907 | Image Info |
7788 | 7908 | Zoom Image |
7789 | 7909 | Show Preview... |
@@ -7792,17 +7912,17 @@ | ||
7792 | 7912 | Background... |
7793 | 7913 | Slide Show |
7794 | 7914 | Preferences... |
7795 | -\' | |
7796 | -\' | |
7797 | -\' | |
7915 | + | |
7916 | + | |
7917 | + | |
7798 | 7918 | \fBHelp\fP |
7799 | -\' | |
7919 | + | |
7800 | 7920 | Overview |
7801 | 7921 | Browse Documentation |
7802 | 7922 | About Display |
7803 | -\' | |
7804 | -\' | |
7805 | -\' | |
7923 | + | |
7924 | + | |
7925 | + | |
7806 | 7926 | Menu items with a indented triangle have a sub-menu. They are represented |
7807 | 7927 | above as the indented items. To access a sub-menu item, move the pointer |
7808 | 7928 | to the appropriate menu and press button 1 and drag. When you find the |
@@ -7810,30 +7930,33 @@ | ||
7810 | 7930 | Move the pointer away from the sub-menu if you decide not to execute a |
7811 | 7931 | particular command. |
7812 | 7932 | .SH KEYBOARD ACCELERATORS |
7813 | -\' | |
7933 | + | |
7814 | 7934 | Accelerators are one or two key presses that effect a particular command. |
7815 | 7935 | The keyboard accelerators that |
7816 | 7936 | \fBdisplay\fP understands is: |
7817 | -\' | |
7937 | + | |
7938 | +.nf | |
7818 | 7939 | Ctl+O Press to load an image from a file. |
7819 | 7940 | space Press to display the next image. |
7820 | -\' | |
7821 | -\' | |
7941 | +.fi | |
7942 | + | |
7822 | 7943 | If the image is a multi-paged document such as a |
7823 | 7944 | \fIPostScript\fP document, |
7824 | 7945 | you can skip ahead several pages by preceding this command with a number. |
7825 | 7946 | For example to display the fourth page beyond the current page, |
7826 | 7947 | press 4space. |
7827 | -\' | |
7948 | + | |
7949 | +.nf | |
7828 | 7950 | backspace Press to display the former image. |
7829 | -\' | |
7830 | -\' | |
7951 | +.fi | |
7952 | + | |
7831 | 7953 | If the image is a multi-paged document such as a |
7832 | 7954 | \fIPostScript\fP document, |
7833 | 7955 | you can skip behind several pages by preceding this command with a number. |
7834 | 7956 | For example to display the fourth page preceding the current page, press |
7835 | 7957 | 4n. |
7836 | -\' | |
7958 | + | |
7959 | +.nf | |
7837 | 7960 | Ctl-S Press to save the image to a file. |
7838 | 7961 | Ctl-P Press to print the image to a |
7839 | 7962 | \fIPostScript\fP printer. |
@@ -7933,20 +8056,20 @@ | ||
7933 | 8056 | Find Press to browse documentation about |
7934 | 8057 | GraphicsMagick. |
7935 | 8058 | 1-9 Press to change the level of magnification. |
7936 | -\' | |
7937 | -\' | |
8059 | +.fi | |
8060 | + | |
7938 | 8061 | Use the arrow keys to move the image one pixel up, down, left, or right |
7939 | 8062 | within the magnify window. Be sure to first map the magnify window by pressing |
7940 | 8063 | button 2. |
7941 | -\' | |
8064 | + | |
7942 | 8065 | Press ALT and one of the arrow keys to trim off one pixel from any side |
7943 | 8066 | of the image. |
7944 | 8067 | .SH X RESOURCES |
7945 | -\' | |
8068 | + | |
7946 | 8069 | \fBDisplay\fP options can appear on the command line or in your X resource |
7947 | 8070 | file. Options on the command line supersede values specified in your X |
7948 | 8071 | resource file. See \fIX(1)\fP for more information on X resources. |
7949 | -\' | |
8072 | + | |
7950 | 8073 | Most \fBdisplay\fP options have a corresponding X resource. In addition, |
7951 | 8074 | \fBdisplay\fP |
7952 | 8075 | uses the following X resources: |
@@ -8018,7 +8141,7 @@ | ||
8018 | 8141 | \fR |
8019 | 8142 | Specifies the preferred size and position of the image window. It is not |
8020 | 8143 | necessarily obeyed by all window managers. |
8021 | -\' | |
8144 | + | |
8022 | 8145 | Offsets, if present, are handled in \fIX(1)\fP style. A negative x offset is |
8023 | 8146 | measured from the right edge of the screen to the right edge of the icon, |
8024 | 8147 | and a negative y offset is measured from the bottom edge of the screen |
@@ -8028,7 +8151,7 @@ | ||
8028 | 8151 | \fR |
8029 | 8152 | Specifies the preferred size and position of the application when iconified. |
8030 | 8153 | It is not necessarily obeyed by all window managers. |
8031 | -\' | |
8154 | + | |
8032 | 8155 | Offsets, if present, are handled in the same manner as in class Geometry. |
8033 | 8156 | .TP |
8034 | 8157 | .B "iconic \fI(class Iconic)"\fP |
@@ -8104,14 +8227,15 @@ | ||
8104 | 8227 | exceeds the dimensions of your server screen and you intend to pan the |
8105 | 8228 | image. Panning is much faster with Pixmaps than with a XImage. Pixmaps |
8106 | 8229 | are considered a precious resource, use them with discretion. |
8107 | -\' | |
8230 | + | |
8108 | 8231 | To set the geometry of the Magnify or Pan or window, use the geometry resource. |
8109 | 8232 | For example, to set the Pan window geometry to 256x256, use: |
8110 | -\' | |
8233 | + | |
8234 | +.nf | |
8111 | 8235 | gm display.pan.geometry: 256x256 |
8112 | -\' | |
8236 | +.fi | |
8113 | 8237 | .SH IMAGE LOADING |
8114 | -\' | |
8238 | + | |
8115 | 8239 | To select an image to display, choose \fBOpen\fP of the \fBFile\fP sub-menu |
8116 | 8240 | from the Command widget. A file browser is displayed. |
8117 | 8241 | To choose a particular image file, move the pointer to the filename and |
@@ -8122,15 +8246,15 @@ | ||
8122 | 8246 | name and press the button twice quickly. A scrollbar allows a large list |
8123 | 8247 | of filenames to be moved through the viewing area if it exceeds the size |
8124 | 8248 | of the list area. |
8125 | -\' | |
8249 | + | |
8126 | 8250 | You can trim the list of file names by using shell globbing characters. |
8127 | 8251 | For example, type *.jpg to list only files that end |
8128 | 8252 | with .jpg. |
8129 | -\' | |
8253 | + | |
8130 | 8254 | To select your image from the X server screen instead of from a file, Choose |
8131 | 8255 | \fBGrab\fP of the \fBOpen\fP widget. |
8132 | 8256 | .SH VISUAL IMAGE DIRECTORY |
8133 | -\' | |
8257 | + | |
8134 | 8258 | To create a Visual Image Directory, choose Visual Directory of the \fBFile\fP |
8135 | 8259 | sub-menu from the Command widget . A file browser is |
8136 | 8260 | displayed. To create a Visual Image Directory from all the images in the |
@@ -8141,7 +8265,7 @@ | ||
8141 | 8265 | and press the button twice quickly. A scrollbar allows a large list of |
8142 | 8266 | filenames to be moved through the viewing area if it exceeds the size of |
8143 | 8267 | the list area. |
8144 | -\' | |
8268 | + | |
8145 | 8269 | After you select a set of files, they are turned into thumbnails and tiled |
8146 | 8270 | onto a single image. Now move the pointer to a particular thumbnail and |
8147 | 8271 | press \fBbutton 3\fP and drag. Finally, select Open. The image represented |
@@ -8149,83 +8273,83 @@ | ||
8149 | 8273 | the \fBFile\fP sub-menu of the Command widget to return to the Visual |
8150 | 8274 | Image Directory. |
8151 | 8275 | .SH IMAGE CUTTING |
8152 | -\' | |
8276 | + | |
8153 | 8277 | Note that cut information for image window is not retained for colormapped |
8154 | 8278 | X server visuals (e.g. \fIStaticColor\fP, |
8155 | 8279 | \fIStaticColor\fP, \fIGRAYScale\fP, |
8156 | 8280 | \fIPseudoColor\fP). |
8157 | 8281 | Correct cutting behavior may require a \fITrueColor\fP or \fIDirectColor\fP |
8158 | 8282 | visual or a \fIStandard Colormap\fP. |
8159 | -\' | |
8283 | + | |
8160 | 8284 | To begin, press choose \fBCut\fP of the \fBEdit\fP sub-menu from the |
8161 | 8285 | Command |
8162 | 8286 | widget. Alternatively, press |
8163 | 8287 | \fBF3\fP in the image window. |
8164 | -\' | |
8288 | + | |
8165 | 8289 | A small window appears showing the location of the cursor in the image |
8166 | 8290 | window. You are now in cut mode. In cut mode, the Command widget has these |
8167 | 8291 | options: |
8168 | -\' | |
8292 | + | |
8169 | 8293 | \fBHelp\fP |
8170 | 8294 | \fBDismiss\fP |
8171 | -\' | |
8172 | -\' | |
8295 | + | |
8296 | + | |
8173 | 8297 | To define a cut region, press button 1 and drag. The cut region is defined |
8174 | 8298 | by a highlighted rectangle that expands or contracts as it follows the |
8175 | 8299 | pointer. Once you are satisfied with the cut region, release the button. |
8176 | 8300 | You are now in rectify mode. In rectify mode, the Command widget has these |
8177 | 8301 | options: |
8178 | -\' | |
8302 | + | |
8179 | 8303 | \fBCut\fP |
8180 | 8304 | \fBHelp\fP |
8181 | 8305 | \fBDismiss\fP |
8182 | -\' | |
8183 | -\' | |
8306 | + | |
8307 | + | |
8184 | 8308 | You can make adjustments by moving the pointer to one of the cut rectangle |
8185 | 8309 | corners, pressing a button, and dragging. Finally, press Cut to commit |
8186 | 8310 | your copy region. To exit without cutting the image, press Dismiss. |
8187 | 8311 | .SH IMAGE COPYING |
8188 | -\' | |
8312 | + | |
8189 | 8313 | To begin, press choose \fBCopy\fP of the \fBEdit\fP sub-menu from the |
8190 | 8314 | Command |
8191 | 8315 | widget. Alternatively, press |
8192 | 8316 | \fBF4\fP in the image window. |
8193 | -\' | |
8317 | + | |
8194 | 8318 | A small window appears showing the location of the cursor in the image |
8195 | 8319 | window. You are now in copy mode. In copy mode, the Command widget has |
8196 | 8320 | these options: |
8197 | -\' | |
8321 | + | |
8198 | 8322 | Help |
8199 | 8323 | Dismiss |
8200 | -\' | |
8201 | -\' | |
8324 | + | |
8325 | + | |
8202 | 8326 | To define a copy region, press button 1 and drag. The copy region is defined |
8203 | 8327 | by a highlighted rectangle that expands or contracts as it follows the |
8204 | 8328 | pointer. Once you are satisfied with the copy region, release the button. |
8205 | 8329 | You are now in rectify mode. In rectify mode, the Command widget has these |
8206 | 8330 | options: |
8207 | -\' | |
8331 | + | |
8208 | 8332 | Copy |
8209 | 8333 | Help |
8210 | 8334 | Dismiss |
8211 | -\' | |
8212 | -\' | |
8335 | + | |
8336 | + | |
8213 | 8337 | You can make adjustments by moving the pointer to one of the copy rectangle |
8214 | 8338 | corners, pressing a button, and dragging. Finally, press Copy to commit |
8215 | 8339 | your copy region. To exit without copying the image, press Dismiss. |
8216 | 8340 | .SH IMAGE PASTING |
8217 | -\' | |
8341 | + | |
8218 | 8342 | To begin, press choose \fBPaste\fP of the \fBEdit\fP sub-menu from the |
8219 | 8343 | Command |
8220 | 8344 | widget. Alternatively, press |
8221 | 8345 | \fBF5\fP in the image window. |
8222 | -\' | |
8346 | + | |
8223 | 8347 | A small window appears showing the location of the cursor in the image |
8224 | 8348 | window. You are now in Paste mode. To exit immediately, press Dismiss. |
8225 | 8349 | In Paste mode, the Command widget has these options: |
8226 | -\' | |
8350 | + | |
8227 | 8351 | \fBOperators\fP |
8228 | -\' | |
8352 | + | |
8229 | 8353 | over |
8230 | 8354 | in |
8231 | 8355 | out |
@@ -8239,11 +8363,11 @@ | ||
8239 | 8363 | multiply |
8240 | 8364 | bumpmap |
8241 | 8365 | replace |
8242 | -\' | |
8366 | + | |
8243 | 8367 | \fBHelp\fP |
8244 | 8368 | \fBDismiss\fP |
8245 | -\' | |
8246 | -\' | |
8369 | + | |
8370 | + | |
8247 | 8371 | Choose a composite operation from the \fBOperators\fP sub-menu of the |
8248 | 8372 | Command |
8249 | 8373 | widget. How each operator behaves is described below. \fIimage window\fP |
@@ -8323,7 +8447,7 @@ | ||
8323 | 8447 | \fRThe resulting image is \fIimage window\fP replaced with |
8324 | 8448 | \fIimage\fP. |
8325 | 8449 | Here the matte information is ignored. |
8326 | -\' | |
8450 | + | |
8327 | 8451 | The image compositor requires a matte, or alpha channel in the image for |
8328 | 8452 | some operations. This extra channel usually defines a mask which represents |
8329 | 8453 | a sort of a cookie-cutter for the image. This is the case when matte is |
@@ -8332,18 +8456,18 @@ | ||
8332 | 8456 | is initialized with 0 for any pixel matching in color to pixel location |
8333 | 8457 | (0,0), otherwise 255. See Matte Editing for a method |
8334 | 8458 | of defining a matte channel. |
8335 | -\' | |
8459 | + | |
8336 | 8460 | Note that matte information for image window is not retained for colormapped |
8337 | 8461 | X server visuals (e.g. \fIStaticColor, StaticColor, GrayScale, PseudoColor\fP). |
8338 | 8462 | Correct compositing behavior may require a |
8339 | 8463 | \fITrueColor\fP or \fIDirectColor\fP |
8340 | 8464 | visual or a \fIStandard Colormap\fP. |
8341 | -\' | |
8465 | + | |
8342 | 8466 | Choosing a composite operator is optional. The default operator is replace. |
8343 | 8467 | However, you must choose a location to composite your image and press button |
8344 | 8468 | 1. Press and hold the button before releasing and an outline of the image |
8345 | 8469 | will appear to help you identify your location. |
8346 | -\' | |
8470 | + | |
8347 | 8471 | The actual colors of the pasted image is saved. However, the color that |
8348 | 8472 | appears in image window may be different. For example, on a monochrome |
8349 | 8473 | screen image window will appear black or white even though your pasted |
@@ -8354,80 +8478,80 @@ | ||
8354 | 8478 | \fIPseudoClass\fP image to remain \fIPseudoClass\fP, |
8355 | 8479 | use \fB-colors\fP. |
8356 | 8480 | .SH IMAGE CROPPING |
8357 | -\' | |
8481 | + | |
8358 | 8482 | To begin, press choose \fBCrop\fP of the \fBTransform\fP submenu from |
8359 | 8483 | the Command widget. Alternatively, |
8360 | 8484 | press C in the image window. |
8361 | -\' | |
8485 | + | |
8362 | 8486 | A small window appears showing the location of the cursor in the image |
8363 | 8487 | window. You are now in crop mode. In crop mode, the Command widget has |
8364 | 8488 | these options: |
8365 | -\' | |
8489 | + | |
8366 | 8490 | \fBHelp\fP |
8367 | 8491 | \fBDismiss\fP |
8368 | -\' | |
8369 | -\' | |
8492 | + | |
8493 | + | |
8370 | 8494 | To define a cropping region, press button 1 and drag. The cropping region |
8371 | 8495 | is defined by a highlighted rectangle that expands or contracts as it follows |
8372 | 8496 | the pointer. Once you are satisfied with the cropping region, release the |
8373 | 8497 | button. You are now in rectify mode. In rectify mode, the Command widget |
8374 | 8498 | has these options: |
8375 | -\' | |
8499 | + | |
8376 | 8500 | \fBCrop\fP |
8377 | 8501 | \fBHelp\fP |
8378 | 8502 | \fBDismiss\fP |
8379 | -\' | |
8380 | -\' | |
8503 | + | |
8504 | + | |
8381 | 8505 | You can make adjustments by moving the pointer to one of the cropping rectangle |
8382 | 8506 | corners, pressing a button, and dragging. Finally, press Crop to commit |
8383 | 8507 | your cropping region. To exit without cropping the image, press Dismiss. |
8384 | 8508 | .SH IMAGE CHOPPING |
8385 | -\' | |
8509 | + | |
8386 | 8510 | An image is chopped interactively. There is no command line argument to |
8387 | 8511 | chop an image. To begin, choose \fBChop\fP of the \fBTransform\fP sub-menu |
8388 | 8512 | from the Command widget. Alternatively, |
8389 | 8513 | press [ in the Image window. |
8390 | -\' | |
8514 | + | |
8391 | 8515 | You are now in \fBChop\fP mode. To exit immediately, press |
8392 | 8516 | \fBDismiss\fP. |
8393 | 8517 | In Chop mode, the Command widget has these options: |
8394 | -\' | |
8518 | + | |
8395 | 8519 | \fBDirection\fP |
8396 | -\' | |
8520 | + | |
8397 | 8521 | horizontal |
8398 | 8522 | vertical |
8399 | -\' | |
8523 | + | |
8400 | 8524 | \fBHelp\fP |
8401 | 8525 | \fBDismiss\fP |
8402 | -\' | |
8403 | -\' | |
8526 | + | |
8527 | + | |
8404 | 8528 | If the you choose the horizontal direction (this is the default), the area |
8405 | 8529 | of the image between the two horizontal endpoints of the chop line is removed. |
8406 | 8530 | Otherwise, the area of the image between the two vertical endpoints of |
8407 | 8531 | the chop line is removed. |
8408 | -\' | |
8532 | + | |
8409 | 8533 | Select a location within the image window to begin your chop, press and |
8410 | 8534 | hold any button. Next, move the pointer to another location in the image. |
8411 | 8535 | As you move a line will connect the initial location and the pointer. When |
8412 | 8536 | you release the button, the area within the image to chop is determined |
8413 | 8537 | by which direction you choose from the Command widget. |
8414 | -\' | |
8538 | + | |
8415 | 8539 | To cancel the image chopping, move the pointer back to the starting point |
8416 | 8540 | of the line and release the button. |
8417 | 8541 | .SH IMAGE ROTATION |
8418 | -\' | |
8542 | + | |
8419 | 8543 | Press the / key to rotate the image 90 degrees or \\ to rotate -90 degrees. |
8420 | 8544 | To interactively choose the degree of rotation, choose |
8421 | 8545 | \fBRotate...\fP |
8422 | 8546 | of the \fBTransform\fP submenu from the Command Widget. |
8423 | 8547 | Alternatively, press * in the image window. |
8424 | -\' | |
8548 | + | |
8425 | 8549 | A small horizontal line is drawn next to the pointer. You are now in rotate |
8426 | 8550 | mode. To exit immediately, press Dismiss. In rotate mode, the Command widget |
8427 | 8551 | has these options: |
8428 | -\' | |
8552 | + | |
8429 | 8553 | \fBPixel Color\fP |
8430 | -\' | |
8554 | + | |
8431 | 8555 | black |
8432 | 8556 | blue |
8433 | 8557 | cyan |
@@ -8438,48 +8562,48 @@ | ||
8438 | 8562 | yellow |
8439 | 8563 | white |
8440 | 8564 | Browser... |
8441 | -\' | |
8565 | + | |
8442 | 8566 | \fBDirection\fP |
8443 | -\' | |
8567 | + | |
8444 | 8568 | horizontal |
8445 | 8569 | vertical |
8446 | -\' | |
8570 | + | |
8447 | 8571 | \fBHelp\fP |
8448 | 8572 | \fBDismiss\fP |
8449 | -\' | |
8450 | -\' | |
8573 | + | |
8574 | + | |
8451 | 8575 | Choose a background color from the Pixel Color sub-menu. Additional background |
8452 | 8576 | colors can be specified with the color browser. You can change the menu |
8453 | 8577 | colors by setting the X resources pen1 through pen9. |
8454 | -\' | |
8578 | + | |
8455 | 8579 | If you choose the color browser and press \fBGrab\fP, you can select the |
8456 | 8580 | background color by moving the pointer to the desired color on the screen |
8457 | 8581 | and press any button. |
8458 | -\' | |
8582 | + | |
8459 | 8583 | Choose a point in the image window and press this button and hold. Next, |
8460 | 8584 | move the pointer to another location in the image. As you move a line connects |
8461 | 8585 | the initial location and the pointer. When you release the button, the |
8462 | 8586 | degree of image rotation is determined by the slope of the line you just |
8463 | 8587 | drew. The slope is relative to the direction you choose from the Direction |
8464 | 8588 | sub-menu of the Command widget. |
8465 | -\' | |
8589 | + | |
8466 | 8590 | To cancel the image rotation, move the pointer back to the starting point |
8467 | 8591 | of the line and release the button. |
8468 | 8592 | .SH IMAGE ANNOTATION |
8469 | -\' | |
8593 | + | |
8470 | 8594 | An image is annotated interactively. There is no command line argument |
8471 | 8595 | to annotate an image. To begin, choose |
8472 | 8596 | \fBAnnotate\fP of the \fBImage |
8473 | 8597 | Edit\fP sub-menu from the Command widget. Alternatively, |
8474 | 8598 | press a in the image window. |
8475 | -\' | |
8599 | + | |
8476 | 8600 | A small window appears showing the location of the cursor in the image |
8477 | 8601 | window. You are now in annotate mode. To exit immediately, press Dismiss. |
8478 | 8602 | In annotate mode, the Command widget has these options: |
8479 | -\' | |
8603 | + | |
8480 | 8604 | |
8481 | 8605 | \fBFont Name\fP |
8482 | -\' | |
8606 | + | |
8483 | 8607 | |
8484 | 8608 | fixed |
8485 | 8609 |
@@ -8500,10 +8624,10 @@ | ||
8500 | 8624 | 12x24 |
8501 | 8625 | |
8502 | 8626 | Browser... |
8503 | -\' | |
8627 | + | |
8504 | 8628 | |
8505 | 8629 | \fBFont Color\fP |
8506 | -\' | |
8630 | + | |
8507 | 8631 | |
8508 | 8632 | black |
8509 | 8633 |
@@ -8526,10 +8650,10 @@ | ||
8526 | 8650 | transparent |
8527 | 8651 | |
8528 | 8652 | Browser... |
8529 | -\' | |
8653 | + | |
8530 | 8654 | |
8531 | 8655 | \fBBox Color\fP |
8532 | -\' | |
8656 | + | |
8533 | 8657 | |
8534 | 8658 | black |
8535 | 8659 |
@@ -8552,10 +8676,10 @@ | ||
8552 | 8676 | transparent |
8553 | 8677 | |
8554 | 8678 | Browser... |
8555 | -\' | |
8679 | + | |
8556 | 8680 | |
8557 | 8681 | \fBRotate Text\fP |
8558 | -\' | |
8682 | + | |
8559 | 8683 | |
8560 | 8684 | -90 |
8561 | 8685 |
@@ -8574,36 +8698,36 @@ | ||
8574 | 8698 | 180 |
8575 | 8699 | |
8576 | 8700 | Dialog... |
8577 | -\' | |
8701 | + | |
8578 | 8702 | |
8579 | 8703 | \fBHelp\fP |
8580 | 8704 | |
8581 | 8705 | \fBDismiss\fP |
8582 | -\' | |
8583 | -\' | |
8706 | + | |
8707 | + | |
8584 | 8708 | Choose a font name from the \fBFont Name\fP sub-menu. Additional font |
8585 | 8709 | names can be specified with the font browser. You can change the menu names |
8586 | 8710 | by setting the X resources font1 through font9. |
8587 | -\' | |
8711 | + | |
8588 | 8712 | Choose a font color from the \fBFont Color\fP sub-menu. Additional font |
8589 | 8713 | colors can be specified with the color browser. You can change the menu |
8590 | 8714 | colors by setting the X resources pen1 through pen9. |
8591 | -\' | |
8715 | + | |
8592 | 8716 | If you select the color browser and press \fBGrab\fP, you can choose the |
8593 | 8717 | font color by moving the pointer to the desired color on the screen and |
8594 | 8718 | press any button. |
8595 | -\' | |
8719 | + | |
8596 | 8720 | If you choose to rotate the text, choose \fBRotate Text\fP from the menu |
8597 | 8721 | and select an angle. Typically you will only want to rotate one line of |
8598 | 8722 | text at a time. Depending on the angle you choose, subsequent lines may |
8599 | 8723 | end up overwriting each other. |
8600 | -\' | |
8724 | + | |
8601 | 8725 | Choosing a font and its color is optional. The default font is fixed and |
8602 | 8726 | the default color is black. However, you must choose a location to begin |
8603 | 8727 | entering text and press a button. An underscore character will appear at |
8604 | 8728 | the location of the pointer. The cursor changes to a pencil to indicate |
8605 | 8729 | you are in text mode. To exit immediately, press Dismiss. |
8606 | -\' | |
8730 | + | |
8607 | 8731 | In text mode, any key presses will display the character at the location |
8608 | 8732 | of the underscore and advance the underscore cursor. Enter your text and |
8609 | 8733 | once completed press Apply to finish your image annotation. To correct |
@@ -8611,7 +8735,7 @@ | ||
8611 | 8735 | \fBDELETE\fP. |
8612 | 8736 | Any text that exceeds the boundaries of the image window is automatically |
8613 | 8737 | continued onto the next line. |
8614 | -\' | |
8738 | + | |
8615 | 8739 | The actual color you request for the font is saved in the image. However, |
8616 | 8740 | the color that appears in your Image window may be different. For example, |
8617 | 8741 | on a monochrome screen the text will appear black or white even if you |
@@ -8622,30 +8746,30 @@ | ||
8622 | 8746 | to remain |
8623 | 8747 | \fIPseudoClass\fP, use \fB-colors\fP. |
8624 | 8748 | .SH IMAGE COMPOSITING |
8625 | -\' | |
8749 | + | |
8626 | 8750 | An image composite is created interactively. \fBThere is no command line |
8627 | 8751 | argument to composite an image\fP. To begin, choose \fBComposite\fP of |
8628 | 8752 | the \fBImage Edit\fP from the Command widget. Alternatively, |
8629 | 8753 | press x in the Image window. |
8630 | -\' | |
8754 | + | |
8631 | 8755 | First a popup window is displayed requesting you to enter an image name. |
8632 | 8756 | Press \fBComposite\fP, \fBGrab\fP or type a file name. Press \fBCancel\fP |
8633 | 8757 | if you choose not to create a composite image. When you choose \fBGrab\fP, |
8634 | 8758 | move the pointer to the desired window and press any button. |
8635 | -\' | |
8759 | + | |
8636 | 8760 | If the \fBComposite\fP image does not have any matte information, you |
8637 | 8761 | are informed and the file browser is displayed again. Enter the name of |
8638 | 8762 | a mask image. The image is typically grayscale and the same size as the |
8639 | 8763 | composite image. If the image is not grayscale, it is converted to grayscale |
8640 | 8764 | and the resulting intensities are used as matte information. |
8641 | -\' | |
8765 | + | |
8642 | 8766 | A small window appears showing the location of the cursor in the image |
8643 | 8767 | window. You are now in composite mode. To exit immediately, press Dismiss. |
8644 | 8768 | In composite mode, the Command widget has these options: |
8645 | -\' | |
8769 | + | |
8646 | 8770 | |
8647 | 8771 | \fBOperators\fP |
8648 | -\' | |
8772 | + | |
8649 | 8773 | |
8650 | 8774 | over |
8651 | 8775 |
@@ -8670,7 +8794,7 @@ | ||
8670 | 8794 | bumpmap |
8671 | 8795 | |
8672 | 8796 | replace |
8673 | -\' | |
8797 | + | |
8674 | 8798 | |
8675 | 8799 | \fBBlend\fP |
8676 | 8800 |
@@ -8679,8 +8803,8 @@ | ||
8679 | 8803 | \fBHelp\fP |
8680 | 8804 | |
8681 | 8805 | \fBDismiss\fP |
8682 | -\' | |
8683 | -\' | |
8806 | + | |
8807 | + | |
8684 | 8808 | Choose a composite operation from the Operators sub-menu of the Command |
8685 | 8809 | widget. How each operator behaves is described below. image window is the |
8686 | 8810 | image currently displayed on your X server and image is the image obtained |
@@ -8753,7 +8877,7 @@ | ||
8753 | 8877 | The resulting image is \fIimage window\fP replaced with |
8754 | 8878 | \fIimage\fP. |
8755 | 8879 | Here the matte information is ignored. |
8756 | -\' | |
8880 | + | |
8757 | 8881 | The image compositor requires a matte, or alpha channel in the image for |
8758 | 8882 | some operations. This extra channel usually defines a mask which represents |
8759 | 8883 | a sort of a cookie-cutter for the image. This is the case when matte is |
@@ -8762,12 +8886,12 @@ | ||
8762 | 8886 | is initialized with 0 for any pixel matching in color to pixel location |
8763 | 8887 | (0,0), otherwise 255. See Matte Editing for a method |
8764 | 8888 | of defining a matte channel. |
8765 | -\' | |
8889 | + | |
8766 | 8890 | If you choose \fBblend\fP, the composite operator becomes \fBover\fP. |
8767 | 8891 | The image matte channel percent transparency is initialized to factor. |
8768 | 8892 | The image window is initialized to (100-factor). Where factor is the value |
8769 | 8893 | you specify in the Dialog widget. |
8770 | -\' | |
8894 | + | |
8771 | 8895 | \fBDisplace\fP shifts the image pixels as defined by a displacement map. |
8772 | 8896 | With this option, \fIimage\fP is used as a displacement map. Black, within |
8773 | 8897 | the displacement map, is a maximum positive displacement. White is a maximum |
@@ -8778,19 +8902,19 @@ | ||
8778 | 8902 | \fIimage\fP |
8779 | 8903 | is the horizontal X displacement and |
8780 | 8904 | \fImask\fP the vertical Y displacement. |
8781 | -\' | |
8905 | + | |
8782 | 8906 | Note that matte information for image window is not retained for colormapped |
8783 | 8907 | X server visuals (e.g. |
8784 | 8908 | \fIStaticColor, StaticColor, GrayScale, PseudoColor\fP). |
8785 | 8909 | Correct compositing behavior may require a \fITrueColor\fP or |
8786 | 8910 | \fIDirectColor\fP |
8787 | 8911 | visual or a \fIStandard Colormap\fP. |
8788 | -\' | |
8912 | + | |
8789 | 8913 | Choosing a composite operator is optional. The default operator is replace. |
8790 | 8914 | However, you must choose a location to composite your image and press button |
8791 | 8915 | 1. Press and hold the button before releasing and an outline of the image |
8792 | 8916 | will appear to help you identify your location. |
8793 | -\' | |
8917 | + | |
8794 | 8918 | The actual colors of the composite image is saved. However, the color that |
8795 | 8919 | appears in image window may be different. For example, on a monochrome |
8796 | 8920 | screen Image window will appear black or white even though your composited |
@@ -8801,20 +8925,20 @@ | ||
8801 | 8925 | To force a \fIPseudoClass\fP image to remain \fIPseudoClass\fP, |
8802 | 8926 | use \fB-colors\fP. |
8803 | 8927 | .SH COLOR EDITING |
8804 | -\' | |
8928 | + | |
8805 | 8929 | Changing the the color of a set of pixels is performed interactively. There |
8806 | 8930 | is no command line argument to edit a pixel. To begin, choose \fBColor\fP |
8807 | 8931 | from the \fBImage Edit\fP submenu of the Command widget. |
8808 | 8932 | Alternatively, press c in the image window. |
8809 | -\' | |
8933 | + | |
8810 | 8934 | A small window appears showing the location of the cursor in the image |
8811 | 8935 | window. You are now in color edit mode. To exit immediately, press \fBDismiss\fP. |
8812 | 8936 | In color edit mode, the |
8813 | 8937 | \fBCommand widget\fP has these options: |
8814 | -\' | |
8938 | + | |
8815 | 8939 | |
8816 | 8940 | \fBMethod\fP |
8817 | -\' | |
8941 | + | |
8818 | 8942 | |
8819 | 8943 | point |
8820 | 8944 |
@@ -8823,34 +8947,10 @@ | ||
8823 | 8947 | floodfill |
8824 | 8948 | |
8825 | 8949 | reset |
8826 | -\' | |
8950 | + | |
8827 | 8951 | |
8828 | 8952 | \fBPixel Color\fP |
8829 | -\' | |
8830 | - | |
8831 | -black | |
8832 | - | |
8833 | -blue | |
8834 | - | |
8835 | -cyan | |
8836 | - | |
8837 | -green | |
8838 | - | |
8839 | -gray | |
8840 | - | |
8841 | -red | |
8842 | - | |
8843 | -magenta | |
8844 | - | |
8845 | -yellow | |
8846 | - | |
8847 | -white | |
8848 | - | |
8849 | -Browser... | |
8850 | -\' | |
8851 | - | |
8852 | -\fBBorder Color\fP | |
8853 | -\' | |
8953 | + | |
8854 | 8954 | |
8855 | 8955 | black |
8856 | 8956 |
@@ -8871,99 +8971,10 @@ | ||
8871 | 8971 | white |
8872 | 8972 | |
8873 | 8973 | Browser... |
8874 | -\' | |
8875 | - | |
8876 | -\fBFuzz\fP | |
8877 | -\' | |
8878 | - | |
8879 | -0 | |
8880 | - | |
8881 | -2 | |
8882 | - | |
8883 | -4 | |
8884 | - | |
8885 | -8 | |
8886 | - | |
8887 | -16 | |
8888 | - Dialog... | |
8889 | -\' | |
8890 | - | |
8891 | -\fBUndo\fP | |
8892 | - | |
8893 | -\fBHelp\fP | |
8894 | - | |
8895 | -\fBDismiss\fP | |
8896 | -\' | |
8897 | -\' | |
8898 | -Choose a color editing method from the \fBMethod\fP sub-menu of | |
8899 | -the Command | |
8900 | -widget. The \fBpoint method\fP recolors any pixel selected with the | |
8901 | -pointer unless the button is released. The \fBreplace method\fP recolors | |
8902 | -any pixel that matches the color of the pixel you select with a button | |
8903 | -press. \fBFloodfill\fP recolors any pixel that matches the color of the | |
8904 | -pixel you select with a button press and is a neighbor. | |
8905 | -Whereas \fBfilltoborder\fP | |
8906 | -changes the matte value of any neighbor pixel that is not the border color. | |
8907 | -Finally \fBreset\fP changes the entire image to the designated color. | |
8908 | -\' | |
8909 | -Next, choose a pixel color from the \fBPixel Color\fP sub-menu. Additional | |
8910 | -pixel colors can be specified with the color browser. You can change the | |
8911 | -menu colors by setting the X resources pen1 through | |
8912 | -pen9. | |
8913 | -\' | |
8914 | -Now press button 1 to select a pixel within the Image window to change | |
8915 | -its color. Additional pixels may be recolored as prescribed by the method | |
8916 | -you choose. additional pixels by increasing the Delta value. | |
8917 | -\' | |
8918 | -If the \fBMagnify widget\fP is mapped, it can be helpful in positioning | |
8919 | -your pointer within the image (refer to button 2). Alternatively you can | |
8920 | -select a pixel to recolor from within the \fBMagnify widget\fP. Move the | |
8921 | -pointer to the \fBMagnify widget\fP and position the pixel with the cursor | |
8922 | -control keys. Finally, press a button to recolor the selected pixel (or | |
8923 | -pixels). | |
8924 | -\' | |
8925 | -The actual color you request for the pixels is saved in the image. However, | |
8926 | -the color that appears in your Image window may be different. For example, | |
8927 | -on a monochrome screen the pixel will appear black or white even if you | |
8928 | -choose the color red as the pixel color. However, the image saved to a | |
8929 | -file with -write is written with red pixels. To assure the correct color | |
8930 | -text in the final image, any \fIPseudoClass\fP image is promoted | |
8931 | -to \fIDirectClass\fP | |
8932 | -To force a \fIPseudoClass\fP image to remain | |
8933 | -\fIPseudoClass\fP, use \fB-colors\fP. | |
8934 | -.SH MATTE EDITING | |
8935 | -\' | |
8936 | -Matte information within an image is useful for some operations such as | |
8937 | -image compositing. This extra channel usually defines | |
8938 | -a mask which represents a sort of a cookie-cutter for the image. This is | |
8939 | -the case when matte is 255 (full coverage) for pixels inside the shape, | |
8940 | -zero outside, and between zero and 255 on the boundary. | |
8941 | -\' | |
8942 | -Setting the matte information in an image is done interactively. There | |
8943 | -is no command line argument to edit a pixel. To begin, and choose \fBMatte\fP | |
8944 | -of the \fBImage Edit\fP sub-menu from the Command widget. | |
8945 | -\' | |
8946 | -Alternatively, press m in the image window. | |
8947 | -\' | |
8948 | -A small window appears showing the location of the cursor in the image | |
8949 | -window. You are now in matte edit mode. To exit immediately, press Dismiss. | |
8950 | -In matte edit mode, the Command widget has these options: | |
8951 | -\' | |
8952 | - | |
8953 | -\fBMethod\fP | |
8954 | -\' | |
8955 | - | |
8956 | -point | |
8957 | - | |
8958 | -replace | |
8959 | - | |
8960 | -floodfill | |
8961 | - | |
8962 | -reset | |
8963 | -\' | |
8974 | + | |
8964 | 8975 | |
8965 | 8976 | \fBBorder Color\fP |
8966 | -\' | |
8977 | + | |
8967 | 8978 | |
8968 | 8979 | black |
8969 | 8980 |
@@ -8984,10 +8995,10 @@ | ||
8984 | 8995 | white |
8985 | 8996 | |
8986 | 8997 | Browser... |
8987 | -\' | |
8998 | + | |
8988 | 8999 | |
8989 | 9000 | \fBFuzz\fP |
8990 | -\' | |
9001 | + | |
8991 | 9002 | |
8992 | 9003 | 0 |
8993 | 9004 |
@@ -8999,7 +9010,120 @@ | ||
8999 | 9010 | |
9000 | 9011 | 16 |
9001 | 9012 | Dialog... |
9002 | -\' | |
9013 | + | |
9014 | + | |
9015 | +\fBUndo\fP | |
9016 | + | |
9017 | +\fBHelp\fP | |
9018 | + | |
9019 | +\fBDismiss\fP | |
9020 | + | |
9021 | + | |
9022 | +Choose a color editing method from the \fBMethod\fP sub-menu of | |
9023 | +the Command | |
9024 | +widget. The \fBpoint method\fP recolors any pixel selected with the | |
9025 | +pointer unless the button is released. The \fBreplace method\fP recolors | |
9026 | +any pixel that matches the color of the pixel you select with a button | |
9027 | +press. \fBFloodfill\fP recolors any pixel that matches the color of the | |
9028 | +pixel you select with a button press and is a neighbor. | |
9029 | +Whereas \fBfilltoborder\fP | |
9030 | +changes the matte value of any neighbor pixel that is not the border color. | |
9031 | +Finally \fBreset\fP changes the entire image to the designated color. | |
9032 | + | |
9033 | +Next, choose a pixel color from the \fBPixel Color\fP sub-menu. Additional | |
9034 | +pixel colors can be specified with the color browser. You can change the | |
9035 | +menu colors by setting the X resources pen1 through | |
9036 | +pen9. | |
9037 | + | |
9038 | +Now press button 1 to select a pixel within the Image window to change | |
9039 | +its color. Additional pixels may be recolored as prescribed by the method | |
9040 | +you choose. additional pixels by increasing the Delta value. | |
9041 | + | |
9042 | +If the \fBMagnify widget\fP is mapped, it can be helpful in positioning | |
9043 | +your pointer within the image (refer to button 2). Alternatively you can | |
9044 | +select a pixel to recolor from within the \fBMagnify widget\fP. Move the | |
9045 | +pointer to the \fBMagnify widget\fP and position the pixel with the cursor | |
9046 | +control keys. Finally, press a button to recolor the selected pixel (or | |
9047 | +pixels). | |
9048 | + | |
9049 | +The actual color you request for the pixels is saved in the image. However, | |
9050 | +the color that appears in your Image window may be different. For example, | |
9051 | +on a monochrome screen the pixel will appear black or white even if you | |
9052 | +choose the color red as the pixel color. However, the image saved to a | |
9053 | +file with -write is written with red pixels. To assure the correct color | |
9054 | +text in the final image, any \fIPseudoClass\fP image is promoted | |
9055 | +to \fIDirectClass\fP | |
9056 | +To force a \fIPseudoClass\fP image to remain | |
9057 | +\fIPseudoClass\fP, use \fB-colors\fP. | |
9058 | +.SH MATTE EDITING | |
9059 | + | |
9060 | +Matte information within an image is useful for some operations such as | |
9061 | +image compositing. This extra channel usually defines | |
9062 | +a mask which represents a sort of a cookie-cutter for the image. This is | |
9063 | +the case when matte is 255 (full coverage) for pixels inside the shape, | |
9064 | +zero outside, and between zero and 255 on the boundary. | |
9065 | + | |
9066 | +Setting the matte information in an image is done interactively. There | |
9067 | +is no command line argument to edit a pixel. To begin, and choose \fBMatte\fP | |
9068 | +of the \fBImage Edit\fP sub-menu from the Command widget. | |
9069 | + | |
9070 | +Alternatively, press m in the image window. | |
9071 | + | |
9072 | +A small window appears showing the location of the cursor in the image | |
9073 | +window. You are now in matte edit mode. To exit immediately, press Dismiss. | |
9074 | +In matte edit mode, the Command widget has these options: | |
9075 | + | |
9076 | + | |
9077 | +\fBMethod\fP | |
9078 | + | |
9079 | + | |
9080 | +point | |
9081 | + | |
9082 | +replace | |
9083 | + | |
9084 | +floodfill | |
9085 | + | |
9086 | +reset | |
9087 | + | |
9088 | + | |
9089 | +\fBBorder Color\fP | |
9090 | + | |
9091 | + | |
9092 | +black | |
9093 | + | |
9094 | +blue | |
9095 | + | |
9096 | +cyan | |
9097 | + | |
9098 | +green | |
9099 | + | |
9100 | +gray | |
9101 | + | |
9102 | +red | |
9103 | + | |
9104 | +magenta | |
9105 | + | |
9106 | +yellow | |
9107 | + | |
9108 | +white | |
9109 | + | |
9110 | +Browser... | |
9111 | + | |
9112 | + | |
9113 | +\fBFuzz\fP | |
9114 | + | |
9115 | + | |
9116 | +0 | |
9117 | + | |
9118 | +2 | |
9119 | + | |
9120 | +4 | |
9121 | + | |
9122 | +8 | |
9123 | + | |
9124 | +16 | |
9125 | + Dialog... | |
9126 | + | |
9003 | 9127 | |
9004 | 9128 | \fBMatte\fP |
9005 | 9129 |
@@ -9008,7 +9132,7 @@ | ||
9008 | 9132 | \fBHelp\fP |
9009 | 9133 | |
9010 | 9134 | \fBDismiss\fP |
9011 | -\' | |
9135 | + | |
9012 | 9136 | Choose a matte editing method from the \fBMethod\fP sub-menu of the Command |
9013 | 9137 | widget. The \fBpoint method\fP changes the matte value of the any |
9014 | 9138 | pixel selected with the pointer until the button is released. The \fBreplace |
@@ -9043,19 +9167,19 @@ | ||
9043 | 9167 | matte editing behavior may require a \fITrueColor\fP or \fIDirectColor\fP |
9044 | 9168 | visual or a \fIStandard Colormap\fP. |
9045 | 9169 | .SH IMAGE DRAWING |
9046 | -\' | |
9170 | + | |
9047 | 9171 | An image is drawn upon interactively. \fBThere is no command line argument |
9048 | 9172 | to draw on an image\fP. To begin, choose \fBDraw\fP of the Image \fBEdit\fP |
9049 | 9173 | sub-menu from the Command widget. |
9050 | 9174 | Alternatively, press d in the image window. |
9051 | -\' | |
9175 | + | |
9052 | 9176 | The cursor changes to a crosshair to indicate you are in draw mode. To |
9053 | 9177 | exit immediately, press Dismiss. In draw mode, the Command widget has these |
9054 | 9178 | options: |
9055 | -\' | |
9179 | + | |
9056 | 9180 | |
9057 | 9181 | \fBPrimitive\fP |
9058 | -\' | |
9182 | + | |
9059 | 9183 | |
9060 | 9184 | point |
9061 | 9185 |
@@ -9076,10 +9200,10 @@ | ||
9076 | 9200 | polygon |
9077 | 9201 | |
9078 | 9202 | fill polygon |
9079 | -\' | |
9203 | + | |
9080 | 9204 | |
9081 | 9205 | \fBColor\fP |
9082 | -\' | |
9206 | + | |
9083 | 9207 | |
9084 | 9208 | black |
9085 | 9209 |
@@ -9102,10 +9226,10 @@ | ||
9102 | 9226 | transparent |
9103 | 9227 | |
9104 | 9228 | Browser... |
9105 | -\' | |
9229 | + | |
9106 | 9230 | |
9107 | 9231 | \fBStipple\fP |
9108 | -\' | |
9232 | + | |
9109 | 9233 | |
9110 | 9234 | Brick |
9111 | 9235 |
@@ -9122,10 +9246,10 @@ | ||
9122 | 9246 | Opaque |
9123 | 9247 | |
9124 | 9248 | Open... |
9125 | -\' | |
9249 | + | |
9126 | 9250 | |
9127 | 9251 | \fBWidth\fP |
9128 | -\' | |
9252 | + | |
9129 | 9253 | |
9130 | 9254 | 1 |
9131 | 9255 |
@@ -9137,82 +9261,82 @@ | ||
9137 | 9261 | |
9138 | 9262 | 16 |
9139 | 9263 | Dialog... |
9140 | -\' | |
9264 | + | |
9141 | 9265 | |
9142 | 9266 | \fBUndo\fP |
9143 | 9267 | |
9144 | 9268 | \fBHelp\fP |
9145 | 9269 | |
9146 | 9270 | \fBDismiss\fP |
9147 | -\' | |
9271 | + | |
9148 | 9272 | Choose a drawing primitive from the \fBPrimitive\fP sub-menu. |
9149 | -\' | |
9273 | + | |
9150 | 9274 | Next, choose a color from the \fBColor\fP sub-menu. Additional colors |
9151 | 9275 | can be specified with the color browser. You can change the menu colors |
9152 | 9276 | by setting the X resources pen1 through pen9. The transparent |
9153 | 9277 | color updates the image matte channel and is useful for image compositing. |
9154 | -\' | |
9278 | + | |
9155 | 9279 | If you choose the color browser and press \fBGrab\fP, you can select the |
9156 | 9280 | primitive color by moving the pointer to the desired color on the screen |
9157 | 9281 | and press any button. The transparent color updates the image matte channel |
9158 | 9282 | and is useful for image compositing. |
9159 | -\' | |
9283 | + | |
9160 | 9284 | Choose a stipple, if appropriate, from the \fBStipple\fP sub-menu. Additional |
9161 | 9285 | stipples can be specified with the file browser. Stipples obtained from |
9162 | 9286 | the file browser must be on disk in the X11 bitmap format. |
9163 | -\' | |
9287 | + | |
9164 | 9288 | Choose a line width, if appropriate, from the \fBWidth\fP sub-menu. To |
9165 | 9289 | choose a specific width select the \fBDialog\fP widget. |
9166 | -\' | |
9290 | + | |
9167 | 9291 | Choose a point in the image window and press button 1 and hold. Next, move |
9168 | 9292 | the pointer to another location in the image. As you move, a line connects |
9169 | 9293 | the initial location and the pointer. When you release the button, the |
9170 | 9294 | image is updated with the primitive you just drew. For polygons, the image |
9171 | 9295 | is updated when you press and release the button without moving the pointer. |
9172 | -\' | |
9296 | + | |
9173 | 9297 | To cancel image drawing, move the pointer back to the starting point of |
9174 | 9298 | the line and release the button. |
9175 | 9299 | .SH REGION OF INTEREST |
9176 | -\' | |
9300 | + | |
9177 | 9301 | To begin, press choose Region of Interest of the Pixel Transform sub-menu |
9178 | 9302 | from the Command widget. |
9179 | 9303 | Alternatively, press R in the image window. |
9180 | -\' | |
9304 | + | |
9181 | 9305 | A small window appears showing the location of the cursor in the image |
9182 | 9306 | window. You are now in region of interest mode. In region of interest mode, |
9183 | 9307 | the Command widget has these options: |
9184 | -\' | |
9308 | + | |
9185 | 9309 | |
9186 | 9310 | \fBHelp\fP |
9187 | 9311 | |
9188 | 9312 | \fBDismiss\fP |
9189 | -\' | |
9190 | -\' | |
9313 | + | |
9314 | + | |
9191 | 9315 | To define a region of interest, press button 1 and drag. The region of |
9192 | 9316 | interest is defined by a highlighted rectangle that expands or contracts |
9193 | 9317 | as it follows the pointer. Once you are satisfied with the region of interest, |
9194 | 9318 | release the button. You are now in apply mode. In apply mode the Command |
9195 | 9319 | widget has these options: |
9196 | -\' | |
9320 | + | |
9197 | 9321 | |
9198 | 9322 | \fBFile\fP |
9199 | -\' | |
9323 | + | |
9200 | 9324 | |
9201 | 9325 | Save... |
9202 | 9326 | |
9203 | 9327 | Print... |
9204 | -\' | |
9328 | + | |
9205 | 9329 | |
9206 | 9330 | \fBEdit\fP |
9207 | -\' | |
9331 | + | |
9208 | 9332 | |
9209 | 9333 | Undo |
9210 | 9334 | |
9211 | 9335 | Redo |
9212 | -\' | |
9336 | + | |
9213 | 9337 | |
9214 | 9338 | \fBTransform\fP |
9215 | -\' | |
9339 | + | |
9216 | 9340 | |
9217 | 9341 | Flip |
9218 | 9342 |
@@ -9221,10 +9345,10 @@ | ||
9221 | 9345 | Rotate Right |
9222 | 9346 | |
9223 | 9347 | Rotate Left |
9224 | -\' | |
9348 | + | |
9225 | 9349 | |
9226 | 9350 | \fBEnhance\fP |
9227 | -\' | |
9351 | + | |
9228 | 9352 | |
9229 | 9353 | Hue... |
9230 | 9354 |
@@ -9247,10 +9371,10 @@ | ||
9247 | 9371 | GRAYscale |
9248 | 9372 | |
9249 | 9373 | Quantize... |
9250 | -\' | |
9374 | + | |
9251 | 9375 | |
9252 | 9376 | \fBEffects\fP |
9253 | -\' | |
9377 | + | |
9254 | 9378 | |
9255 | 9379 | Despeckle |
9256 | 9380 |
@@ -9275,12 +9399,12 @@ | ||
9275 | 9399 | Raise... |
9276 | 9400 | |
9277 | 9401 | Segment... |
9278 | -\' | |
9279 | -\' | |
9280 | -\' | |
9402 | + | |
9403 | + | |
9404 | + | |
9281 | 9405 | |
9282 | 9406 | \fBF/X\fP |
9283 | -\' | |
9407 | + | |
9284 | 9408 | |
9285 | 9409 | Solarize... |
9286 | 9410 |
@@ -9293,12 +9417,12 @@ | ||
9293 | 9417 | Oil Paint |
9294 | 9418 | |
9295 | 9419 | Charcoal Draw... |
9296 | -\' | |
9297 | -\' | |
9298 | -\' | |
9420 | + | |
9421 | + | |
9422 | + | |
9299 | 9423 | |
9300 | 9424 | \fBMiscellany\fP |
9301 | -\' | |
9425 | + | |
9302 | 9426 | |
9303 | 9427 | Image Info |
9304 | 9428 |
@@ -9309,13 +9433,13 @@ | ||
9309 | 9433 | Show Histogram |
9310 | 9434 | |
9311 | 9435 | Show Matte |
9312 | -\' | |
9436 | + | |
9313 | 9437 | |
9314 | 9438 | \fBHelp\fP |
9315 | 9439 | |
9316 | 9440 | \fBDismiss\fP |
9317 | -\' | |
9318 | -\' | |
9441 | + | |
9442 | + | |
9319 | 9443 | You can make adjustments to the region of interest by moving the pointer |
9320 | 9444 | to one of the rectangle corners, pressing a button, and dragging. Finally, |
9321 | 9445 | choose an image processing technique from the Command widget. You can choose |
@@ -9323,7 +9447,7 @@ | ||
9323 | 9447 | you can move the region of interest before applying another image processing |
9324 | 9448 | technique. To exit, press Dismiss. |
9325 | 9449 | .SH IMAGE PANNING |
9326 | -\' | |
9450 | + | |
9327 | 9451 | When an image exceeds the width or height of the X server screen, display |
9328 | 9452 | maps a small panning icon. The rectangle within the panning icon shows |
9329 | 9453 | the area that is currently displayed in the the image window. To pan about |
@@ -9331,26 +9455,26 @@ | ||
9331 | 9455 | The pan rectangle moves with the pointer and the image window is updated |
9332 | 9456 | to reflect the location of the rectangle within the panning icon. When |
9333 | 9457 | you have selected the area of the image you wish to view, release the button. |
9334 | -\' | |
9458 | + | |
9335 | 9459 | Use the arrow keys to pan the image one pixel up, down, left, or right |
9336 | 9460 | within the image window. |
9337 | -\' | |
9461 | + | |
9338 | 9462 | The panning icon is withdrawn if the image becomes smaller than the dimensions |
9339 | 9463 | of the X server screen. |
9340 | 9464 | .SH USER PREFERENCES |
9341 | -\' | |
9465 | + | |
9342 | 9466 | Preferences affect the default behavior of \fBdisplay(1)\fP. The preferences |
9343 | 9467 | are either true or false and are stored in your home directory |
9344 | 9468 | as .displayrc: |
9345 | 9469 | .in 15 |
9346 | -\' | |
9470 | + | |
9347 | 9471 | .in 15 |
9348 | 9472 | .B " |
9349 | 9473 | \fBdisplay image centered on a backdrop\fP" |
9350 | 9474 | .in 20 |
9351 | 9475 | \fR |
9352 | 9476 | .in 20 |
9353 | -\' | |
9477 | + | |
9354 | 9478 | This backdrop covers the entire workstation screen and is useful for hiding |
9355 | 9479 | other X window activity while viewing the image. The color of the backdrop |
9356 | 9480 | is specified as the background color. Refer to X Resources |
@@ -9362,7 +9486,7 @@ | ||
9362 | 9486 | .in 20 |
9363 | 9487 | \fR |
9364 | 9488 | .in 20 |
9365 | -\' | |
9489 | + | |
9366 | 9490 | Ask for a confirmation before exiting the \fBdisplay(1)\fP program. |
9367 | 9491 | .in 15 |
9368 | 9492 | .in 15 |
@@ -9371,7 +9495,7 @@ | ||
9371 | 9495 | .in 20 |
9372 | 9496 | \fR |
9373 | 9497 | .in 20 |
9374 | -\' | |
9498 | + | |
9375 | 9499 | If the image has a known gamma, the gamma is corrected to match that of |
9376 | 9500 | the X server (see the X Resource\fB displayGamma\fP). |
9377 | 9501 | .in 15 |
@@ -9381,7 +9505,7 @@ | ||
9381 | 9505 | .in 20 |
9382 | 9506 | \fR |
9383 | 9507 | .in 20 |
9384 | -\' | |
9508 | + | |
9385 | 9509 | Display any warning messages. |
9386 | 9510 | .in 15 |
9387 | 9511 | .in 15 |
@@ -9390,7 +9514,7 @@ | ||
9390 | 9514 | .in 20 |
9391 | 9515 | \fR |
9392 | 9516 | .in 20 |
9393 | -\' | |
9517 | + | |
9394 | 9518 | The basic strategy of dithering is to trade intensity resolution for spatial |
9395 | 9519 | resolution by averaging the intensities of several neighboring pixels. |
9396 | 9520 | Images which suffer from severe contouring when reducing colors can be |
@@ -9402,7 +9526,7 @@ | ||
9402 | 9526 | .in 20 |
9403 | 9527 | \fR |
9404 | 9528 | .in 20 |
9405 | -\' | |
9529 | + | |
9406 | 9530 | This option only applies when the default X server visual is |
9407 | 9531 | \fIPseudoColor\fP |
9408 | 9532 | or \fIGRAYScale\fP. Refer to \fB-visual\fP for more details. By default, |
@@ -9418,20 +9542,20 @@ | ||
9418 | 9542 | .in 20 |
9419 | 9543 | \fR |
9420 | 9544 | .in 20 |
9421 | -\' | |
9545 | + | |
9422 | 9546 | Images are maintained as a XImage by default. Set this resource to True |
9423 | 9547 | to utilize a server Pixmap instead. This option is useful if your image |
9424 | 9548 | exceeds the dimensions of your server screen and you intend to pan the |
9425 | 9549 | image. Panning is much faster with Pixmaps than with a XImage. Pixmaps |
9426 | 9550 | are considered a precious resource, use them with discretion. |
9427 | 9551 | .in 15 |
9428 | -\' | |
9552 | + | |
9429 | 9553 | .TP |
9430 | 9554 | .in 15 |
9431 | 9555 | .in 15 |
9432 | 9556 | .in 20 |
9433 | 9557 | .SH GM IDENTIFY |
9434 | -\' | |
9558 | + | |
9435 | 9559 | \fBIdentify\fP describes the format and characteristics of one or |
9436 | 9560 | more image files as internally supported by the software. It will also |
9437 | 9561 | report if an image is incomplete or corrupt. The information |
@@ -9443,15 +9567,17 @@ | ||
9443 | 9567 | the image. If -verbose or +ping are provided as an option, the pixel |
9444 | 9568 | read rate is also displayed. An example line output from |
9445 | 9569 | \fBidentify\fP follows: |
9446 | -\' | |
9570 | + | |
9571 | +.nf | |
9447 | 9572 | images/aquarium.miff 640x480 PseudoClass 256c |
9448 | 9573 | 308135b MIFF 0.000u 0:01 |
9449 | -\' | |
9450 | -\' | |
9574 | +.fi | |
9575 | + | |
9451 | 9576 | If -verbose is set, expect additional output including any image |
9452 | 9577 | comment: |
9453 | -\' | |
9454 | -\' | |
9578 | + | |
9579 | + | |
9580 | +.nf | |
9455 | 9581 | Image: images/aquarium.miff |
9456 | 9582 | class: PseudoClass |
9457 | 9583 | colors: 256 |
@@ -9463,21 +9589,21 @@ | ||
9463 | 9589 | format: MIFF |
9464 | 9590 | comments: |
9465 | 9591 | Imported from MTV raster image: aquarium.mtv |
9466 | -\' | |
9467 | -\' | |
9592 | +.fi | |
9593 | + | |
9468 | 9594 | For some formats, additional format-specific information about the file |
9469 | 9595 | will be written if the -debug coder or -debug all option |
9470 | 9596 | is used. |
9471 | 9597 | .SH IDENTIFY OPTIONS |
9472 | -\' | |
9598 | + | |
9473 | 9599 | Options are processed in command line order. Any option you specify on |
9474 | 9600 | the command line remains in effect for the set of images immediately |
9475 | 9601 | following, until the set is terminated by the appearance of any option |
9476 | 9602 | or \fB-noop\fP. |
9477 | -\' | |
9603 | + | |
9478 | 9604 | For a more detailed description of each option, see |
9479 | 9605 | Options, above. |
9480 | -\' | |
9606 | + | |
9481 | 9607 | .TP |
9482 | 9608 | .B "-authenticate \fI<string>"\fP |
9483 | 9609 | \fRdecrypt image with this password |
@@ -9523,19 +9649,19 @@ | ||
9523 | 9649 | .TP |
9524 | 9650 | .B "-version" |
9525 | 9651 | \fRprint GraphicsMagick version string |
9526 | -\' | |
9652 | + | |
9527 | 9653 | For a more detailed description of each option, see |
9528 | 9654 | Options, above. |
9529 | -\' | |
9655 | + | |
9530 | 9656 | .SH GM IMPORT |
9531 | -\' | |
9657 | + | |
9532 | 9658 | \fBImport\fP reads an image from any visible window on an X server and |
9533 | 9659 | outputs it as an image file. You can capture a single window, the entire |
9534 | 9660 | screen, or any rectangular portion of the screen. |
9535 | 9661 | Use \fIdisplay\fP |
9536 | 9662 | for redisplay, printing, editing, formatting, archiving, image processing, |
9537 | 9663 | etc. of the captured image. |
9538 | -\' | |
9664 | + | |
9539 | 9665 | The target window can be specified by id, name, or may be selected |
9540 | 9666 | by clicking the mouse in the desired window. If you press a button and |
9541 | 9667 | then drag, a rectangle will form which expands and contracts as the mouse |
@@ -9543,45 +9669,49 @@ | ||
9543 | 9669 | release the button. The keyboard bell is rung once at the beginning of |
9544 | 9670 | the screen capture and twice when it completes. |
9545 | 9671 | .SH EXAMPLES |
9546 | -\' | |
9672 | + | |
9547 | 9673 | To select an X window or an area of the screen with the mouse and save it |
9548 | 9674 | in the MIFF image format to a file entitled window.miff, use: |
9549 | -\' | |
9675 | + | |
9676 | +.nf | |
9550 | 9677 | gm import window.miff |
9551 | -\' | |
9552 | -\' | |
9678 | +.fi | |
9679 | + | |
9553 | 9680 | To select an X window or an area of the screen with the mouse and save it |
9554 | 9681 | in the Encapsulated PostScript format to include in another document, use: |
9555 | -\' | |
9682 | + | |
9683 | +.nf | |
9556 | 9684 | gm import figure.eps |
9557 | -\' | |
9558 | -\' | |
9685 | +.fi | |
9686 | + | |
9559 | 9687 | To capture the entire X server screen in the JPEG image format in a file |
9560 | 9688 | entitled root.jpeg, without using the mouse, use: |
9561 | -\' | |
9689 | + | |
9690 | +.nf | |
9562 | 9691 | gm import -window root root.jpeg |
9563 | -\' | |
9564 | -\' | |
9692 | +.fi | |
9693 | + | |
9565 | 9694 | To capture the 512x256 area at the upper right corner of the X server |
9566 | 9695 | screen in the PNG image format in a well-compressed file entitled corner.png, |
9567 | 9696 | without using the mouse, use: |
9568 | -\' | |
9697 | + | |
9698 | +.nf | |
9569 | 9699 | gm import -window root -crop 512x256-0+0 -quality 90 |
9570 | 9700 | corner.png |
9571 | -\' | |
9701 | +.fi | |
9572 | 9702 | .SH OPTIONS |
9573 | -\' | |
9703 | + | |
9574 | 9704 | Options are processed in command line order. Any option you specify on |
9575 | 9705 | the command line remains in effect until it is explicitly changed by specifying |
9576 | 9706 | the option again with a different effect. |
9577 | -\' | |
9707 | + | |
9578 | 9708 | \fBImport\fP options can appear on the command line or in your |
9579 | 9709 | X resources file. See \fIX(1)\fP. Options on the command line supersede |
9580 | 9710 | values specified in your X resources file. |
9581 | -\' | |
9711 | + | |
9582 | 9712 | For a more detailed description of each option, see |
9583 | 9713 | Options, above. |
9584 | -\' | |
9714 | + | |
9585 | 9715 | .TP |
9586 | 9716 | .B "-bordercolor \fI<color>"\fP |
9587 | 9717 | \fRthe border color |
@@ -9717,56 +9847,59 @@ | ||
9717 | 9847 | .TP |
9718 | 9848 | .B "-version" |
9719 | 9849 | \fRprint GraphicsMagick version string |
9720 | -\' | |
9850 | + | |
9721 | 9851 | For a more detailed description of each option, see |
9722 | 9852 | Options, above. |
9723 | -\' | |
9853 | + | |
9724 | 9854 | .SH GM MOGRIFY |
9725 | -\' | |
9855 | + | |
9726 | 9856 | \fBMogrify\fP transforms an image or a sequence of images. These transforms |
9727 | 9857 | include image scaling, image rotation, color reduction, and others. Each |
9728 | 9858 | transmogrified image overwrites the corresponding original image, unless an |
9729 | 9859 | option such as |
9730 | 9860 | \fB-format\fP causes the output filename to be different from the input |
9731 | 9861 | filename. |
9732 | -\' | |
9862 | + | |
9733 | 9863 | The graphics formats supported by \fBmogrify\fP are listed in |
9734 | 9864 | \fIGraphicsMagick(1)\fP. |
9735 | 9865 | .SH EXAMPLES |
9736 | -\' | |
9866 | + | |
9737 | 9867 | To convert all the TIFF files in a particular directory to JPEG, use: |
9738 | -\' | |
9868 | + | |
9869 | +.nf | |
9739 | 9870 | gm mogrify -format jpeg *.tiff |
9740 | -\' | |
9741 | -\' | |
9871 | +.fi | |
9872 | + | |
9742 | 9873 | To convert a directory full of JPEG images to thumbnails, use: |
9743 | -\' | |
9874 | + | |
9875 | +.nf | |
9744 | 9876 | gm mogrify -size 120x120 *.jpg -resize 120x120 +profile "*" |
9745 | -\' | |
9746 | -\' | |
9877 | +.fi | |
9878 | + | |
9747 | 9879 | In this example, '-size 120x120' gives a hint to the JPEG decoder |
9748 | 9880 | that the images are going to be downscaled to 120x120, allowing it to run |
9749 | 9881 | faster by avoiding returning full-resolution images to GraphicsMagick for |
9750 | 9882 | the subsequent resizing operation. The |
9751 | -'-resize 120x120' specifies the desired dimensions of the | |
9883 | +\'-resize 120x120' specifies the desired dimensions of the | |
9752 | 9884 | output images. It will be scaled so its largest dimension is 120 pixels. The |
9753 | -'+profile "*"' removes any ICM, EXIF, IPTC, or other profiles | |
9885 | +\'+profile "*"' removes any ICM, EXIF, IPTC, or other profiles | |
9754 | 9886 | that might be present in the input and aren't needed in the thumbnails. |
9755 | -\' | |
9887 | + | |
9756 | 9888 | To scale an image of a cockatoo to exactly 640 pixels in width and 480 |
9757 | 9889 | pixels in height, use: |
9758 | -\' | |
9890 | + | |
9891 | +.nf | |
9759 | 9892 | gm mogrify -resize 640x480! cockatoo.miff |
9760 | -\' | |
9893 | +.fi | |
9761 | 9894 | .SH OPTIONS |
9762 | -\' | |
9895 | + | |
9763 | 9896 | Options are processed in command line order. Any option you specify on |
9764 | 9897 | the command line remains in effect for the set of images that follows, |
9765 | 9898 | until the set is terminated by the appearance of any option or \fB-noop\fP. |
9766 | -\' | |
9899 | + | |
9767 | 9900 | For a more detailed description of each option, see |
9768 | 9901 | Options, above. |
9769 | -\' | |
9902 | + | |
9770 | 9903 | .TP |
9771 | 9904 | .B "-affine \fI<matrix>"\fP |
9772 | 9905 | \fRdrawing transform matrix |
@@ -9774,7 +9907,7 @@ | ||
9774 | 9907 | .B "-antialias" |
9775 | 9908 | \fRremove pixel aliasing |
9776 | 9909 | .TP |
9777 | -.B " \fI-asc-cdl <spec>"\fP | |
9910 | +.B "-asc-cdl \fI<spec>"\fP | |
9778 | 9911 | \fRapply ASC CDL color transform |
9779 | 9912 | .TP |
9780 | 9913 | .B "-authenticate \fI<string>"\fP |
@@ -10187,16 +10320,16 @@ | ||
10187 | 10320 | .TP |
10188 | 10321 | .B "-white-threshold \fIred[,green][,blue][,opacity]"\fP |
10189 | 10322 | \fRpixels above the threshold become white |
10190 | -\' | |
10323 | + | |
10191 | 10324 | For a more detailed description of each option, see |
10192 | 10325 | Options, above. |
10193 | -\' | |
10326 | + | |
10194 | 10327 | .SH GM MONTAGE |
10195 | -\' | |
10328 | + | |
10196 | 10329 | \fBmontage\fP creates a composite image by combining several separate |
10197 | 10330 | images. The images are tiled on the composite image with the name of the |
10198 | 10331 | image optionally appearing just below the individual tile. |
10199 | -\' | |
10332 | + | |
10200 | 10333 | The composite image is constructed in the following manner. First, each |
10201 | 10334 | image specified on the command line, except for the last, is scaled to |
10202 | 10335 | fit the maximum tile size. The maximum tile size by default is 120x120. |
@@ -10206,7 +10339,7 @@ | ||
10206 | 10339 | for more information on command line arguments. See |
10207 | 10340 | \fBX(1)\fP for more information on X resources. |
10208 | 10341 | Note that the maximum tile size need not be a square. |
10209 | -\' | |
10342 | + | |
10210 | 10343 | Next the composite image is initialized with the color specified by the |
10211 | 10344 | \fB-background\fP |
10212 | 10345 | command line argument or X resource. The width and height of the composite |
@@ -10225,7 +10358,7 @@ | ||
10225 | 10358 | The label colors is determined by the \fB-background\fP and \fB-fill\fP |
10226 | 10359 | command line argument or X resource. Note, that if the background and pen |
10227 | 10360 | colors are the same, labels will not appear. |
10228 | -\' | |
10361 | + | |
10229 | 10362 | Initially, the composite image title is placed at the top if one is specified |
10230 | 10363 | (refer to \fB-fill\fP). Next, each image is set onto the composite image, |
10231 | 10364 | surrounded by its border color, with its name centered just below it. The |
@@ -10237,72 +10370,78 @@ | ||
10237 | 10370 | the name assigned to the composite image. By default, the image is written |
10238 | 10371 | in the \fBMIFF\fP format and can be viewed or printed with |
10239 | 10372 | \fIdisplay(1)\fP. |
10240 | -\' | |
10241 | -\' | |
10373 | + | |
10374 | + | |
10242 | 10375 | Note, that if the number of tiles exceeds the default number of 20 (5 per |
10243 | 10376 | row, 4 per column), more than one composite image is created. To ensure |
10244 | 10377 | a single image is produced, use \fB-tile\fP to increase the number of |
10245 | 10378 | tiles to meet or exceed the number of input images. |
10246 | -\' | |
10379 | + | |
10247 | 10380 | Finally, to create one or more empty spaces in the sequence of tiles, use |
10248 | 10381 | the \fB"NULL:"\fP image format. |
10249 | -\' | |
10382 | + | |
10250 | 10383 | Note, a composite MIFF image displayed to an X server with |
10251 | 10384 | \fBdisplay\fP |
10252 | 10385 | behaves differently than other images. You can think of the composite as |
10253 | 10386 | a visual image directory. Choose a particular tile of the composite and |
10254 | 10387 | press a button to display it. See \fBdisplay(1)\fP and \fBmiff(5)\fP |
10255 | 10388 | .SH EXAMPLES |
10256 | -\' | |
10389 | + | |
10257 | 10390 | To create a montage of a cockatoo, a parrot, and a hummingbird and write |
10258 | 10391 | it to a file called birds, use: |
10259 | -\' | |
10392 | + | |
10393 | +.nf | |
10260 | 10394 | gm montage cockatoo.miff parrot.miff hummingbird.miff |
10261 | 10395 | birds.miff |
10262 | -\' | |
10263 | -\' | |
10396 | +.fi | |
10397 | + | |
10264 | 10398 | To tile several bird images so that they are at most 256 pixels in width |
10265 | 10399 | and 192 pixels in height, surrounded by a red border, and separated by |
10266 | 10400 | 10 pixels of background color, use: |
10267 | -\' | |
10401 | + | |
10402 | +.nf | |
10268 | 10403 | gm montage -geometry 256x192+10+10 -bordercolor red |
10269 | 10404 | birds.* montage.miff |
10270 | -\' | |
10271 | -\' | |
10405 | +.fi | |
10406 | + | |
10272 | 10407 | To create an unlabeled parrot image, 640 by 480 pixels, and surrounded |
10273 | 10408 | by a border of black, use: |
10274 | -\' | |
10409 | + | |
10410 | +.nf | |
10275 | 10411 | gm montage -geometry 640x480 -bordercolor black |
10276 | 10412 | -label "" parrot.miff bird.miff |
10277 | -\' | |
10278 | -\' | |
10413 | +.fi | |
10414 | + | |
10279 | 10415 | To create an image of an eagle with a textured background, use: |
10280 | -\' | |
10416 | + | |
10417 | +.nf | |
10281 | 10418 | gm montage -texture bumps.jpg eagle.jpg eagle.png |
10282 | -\' | |
10283 | -\' | |
10419 | +.fi | |
10420 | + | |
10284 | 10421 | To join several GIF images together without any extraneous graphics (e.g. |
10285 | 10422 | no label, no shadowing, no surrounding tile frame), use: |
10286 | -\' | |
10423 | + | |
10424 | +.nf | |
10287 | 10425 | gm montage +frame +shadow +label -tile 5x1 |
10288 | 10426 | -geometry 50x50+0+0 *.png joined.png |
10289 | -\' | |
10427 | +.fi | |
10290 | 10428 | .SH OPTIONS |
10291 | -\' | |
10429 | + | |
10292 | 10430 | Any option you specify on the command line remains in effect for the group |
10293 | 10431 | of images following it, until the group is terminated by the appearance of |
10294 | 10432 | any option or \fB-noop\fP. For example, to make a montage of three images, |
10295 | 10433 | the first with 32 colors, the second with an unlimited number of colors, and |
10296 | 10434 | the third with only 16 colors, use: |
10297 | -\' | |
10298 | -\' | |
10435 | + | |
10436 | + | |
10437 | +.nf | |
10299 | 10438 | gm montage -colors 32 cockatoo.1 -noop cockatoo.2 |
10300 | 10439 | -colors 16 cockatoo.3 cockatoos.miff |
10301 | -\' | |
10302 | -\' | |
10440 | +.fi | |
10441 | + | |
10303 | 10442 | For a more detailed description of each option, see |
10304 | 10443 | Options, above. |
10305 | -\' | |
10444 | + | |
10306 | 10445 | .TP |
10307 | 10446 | .B "-adjoin" |
10308 | 10447 | \fRjoin images into a single multi-image file |
@@ -10522,89 +10661,90 @@ | ||
10522 | 10661 | .TP |
10523 | 10662 | .B "-white-point \fI<x>,<y>"\fP |
10524 | 10663 | \fRchromaticity white point |
10525 | -\' | |
10664 | + | |
10526 | 10665 | For a more detailed description of each option, see |
10527 | 10666 | Options, above. |
10528 | -\' | |
10667 | + | |
10529 | 10668 | .SH X RESOURCES |
10530 | -\' | |
10669 | + | |
10531 | 10670 | \fBMontage\fP options can appear on the command line or in your X resource |
10532 | 10671 | file. Options on the command line supersede values specified in your X |
10533 | 10672 | resource file. See \fBX(1)\fP for more information on X resources. |
10534 | -\' | |
10673 | + | |
10535 | 10674 | All \fBmontage\fP options have a corresponding X resource. In addition, |
10536 | 10675 | \fBmontage\fP |
10537 | 10676 | uses the following X resources: |
10538 | 10677 | .TP |
10539 | 10678 | .B "background \fI(class Background)"\fP |
10540 | 10679 | \fRbackground color |
10541 | -\' | |
10680 | + | |
10542 | 10681 | Specifies the preferred color to use for the composite image background. |
10543 | 10682 | The default is #ccc. |
10544 | 10683 | .TP |
10545 | 10684 | .B "borderColor \fI(class BorderColor)"\fP |
10546 | 10685 | \fRborder color |
10547 | -\' | |
10686 | + | |
10548 | 10687 | Specifies the preferred color to use for the composite image border. The |
10549 | 10688 | default is #ccc. |
10550 | 10689 | .TP |
10551 | 10690 | .B "borderWidth \fI(class BorderWidth)"\fP |
10552 | 10691 | \fRborder width |
10553 | -\' | |
10692 | + | |
10554 | 10693 | Specifies the width in pixels of the composite image border. The default |
10555 | 10694 | is 2. |
10556 | 10695 | .TP |
10557 | 10696 | .B "font \fI(class Font)"\fP |
10558 | 10697 | \fRfont to use |
10559 | -\' | |
10698 | + | |
10560 | 10699 | Specifies the name of the preferred font to use when displaying text within |
10561 | 10700 | the composite image. The default is 9x15, fixed, or 5x8 determined by the |
10562 | 10701 | composite image size. |
10563 | 10702 | .TP |
10564 | 10703 | .B "matteColor \fI(class MatteColor)"\fP |
10565 | 10704 | \fRcolor of the frame |
10566 | -\' | |
10705 | + | |
10567 | 10706 | Specify the color of an image frame. A 3D effect is achieved by using highlight |
10568 | 10707 | and shadow colors derived from this color. The default value is #697B8F. |
10569 | 10708 | .TP |
10570 | 10709 | .B "pen \fI(class Pen)"\fP |
10571 | 10710 | \fRtext color |
10572 | -\' | |
10711 | + | |
10573 | 10712 | Specifies the preferred color to use for text within the composite image. |
10574 | 10713 | The default is black. |
10575 | 10714 | .TP |
10576 | 10715 | .B "title \fI(class Title)"\fP |
10577 | 10716 | \fRcomposite image title |
10578 | -\' | |
10717 | + | |
10579 | 10718 | This resource specifies the title to be placed at the top of the composite |
10580 | 10719 | image. The default is not to place a title at the top of the composite |
10581 | 10720 | image. |
10582 | 10721 | .SH GM TIME |
10583 | 10722 | .SH DESCRIPTION |
10584 | -\' | |
10723 | + | |
10585 | 10724 | \fBtime\fP executes an arbitrary \fBgm\fP utility command |
10586 | 10725 | (e.g. \fBconvert\fP) and reports the user and elapsed time. This |
10587 | 10726 | provides way to measure command execution times similar to the Unix |
10588 | -'time' command but in a portable and consistent way. | |
10727 | +\'time' command but in a portable and consistent way. | |
10589 | 10728 | .SH EXAMPLES |
10590 | 10729 | To obtain time information for the execution of a |
10591 | 10730 | command: |
10592 | -\' | |
10731 | + | |
10732 | +.nf | |
10593 | 10733 | % gm time convert input.ppm -gaussian 0x2 output.ppm |
10594 | 10734 | convert input.ppm -gaussian 0x2 output.ppm 22.60s user 0.00s system 2354% cpu 0.960 total |
10595 | -\' | |
10735 | +.fi | |
10596 | 10736 | Here is the interpretation of the above output: |
10597 | -\' | |
10737 | + | |
10598 | 10738 | \fBuser\fP - the total user time consumed. |
10599 | 10739 | \fBsystem\fP - the total system time consumed. |
10600 | 10740 | \fBtotal\fP - the total elapsed time consumed. |
10601 | -\' | |
10741 | + | |
10602 | 10742 | .SH OPTIONS |
10603 | 10743 | The time command reqires no options other than the gm command to |
10604 | 10744 | execute. |
10605 | 10745 | .SH GM VERSION |
10606 | 10746 | .SH DESCRIPTION |
10607 | -\' | |
10747 | + | |
10608 | 10748 | \fBversion\fP displays the software release version, build quantum |
10609 | 10749 | (pixel sample) depth, web site URL, copyright notice, enabled features |
10610 | 10750 | support, configuration parameters, and final build options used to |
@@ -10612,7 +10752,8 @@ | ||
10612 | 10752 | software was configured and the host system. |
10613 | 10753 | .SH EXAMPLES |
10614 | 10754 | To display the version information: |
10615 | -\' | |
10755 | + | |
10756 | +.nf | |
10616 | 10757 | GraphicsMagick 1.3.37 2021-12-12 Q16 http://www.GraphicsMagick.org/ |
10617 | 10758 | Copyright (C) 2002-2021 GraphicsMagick Group. |
10618 | 10759 | Additional copyrights and licenses apply to this software. |
@@ -10654,6 +10795,6 @@ | ||
10654 | 10795 | CXXFLAGS = ... |
10655 | 10796 | LDFLAGS = ... |
10656 | 10797 | LIBS = ... |
10657 | -\' | |
10798 | +.fi | |
10658 | 10799 | .SH OPTIONS |
10659 | 10800 | The version command does not currently support any options. |
@@ -35,6 +35,15 @@ | ||
35 | 35 | <div class="document"> |
36 | 36 | |
37 | 37 | |
38 | +<p>2021-12-31 Bob Friesenhahn <<a class="reference external" href="mailto:bfriesen%40simple.dallas.tx.us">bfriesen<span>@</span>simple<span>.</span>dallas<span>.</span>tx<span>.</span>us</a>></p> | |
39 | +<blockquote> | |
40 | +<p>* doc/{gmdoc2html, gmdocselect, imdoc2man, imdocselect}: Fixes to | |
41 | +work better with both GNU sed and Solaris/Illumos sed.</p> | |
42 | +<p>* doc/GNUmakefile: Use GNU make rules to produce the full imdoc | |
43 | +list for man, html, and tex, rather than relying on a shell | |
44 | +wildcard expression, since the order produced by the shell | |
45 | +wildcard expression is indeterminate.</p> | |
46 | +</blockquote> | |
38 | 47 | <p>2021-12-30 Bob Friesenhahn <<a class="reference external" href="mailto:bfriesen%40simple.dallas.tx.us">bfriesen<span>@</span>simple<span>.</span>dallas<span>.</span>tx<span>.</span>us</a>></p> |
39 | 48 | <blockquote> |
40 | 49 | <p>* www/index.rst: Document that |
@@ -622,7 +622,7 @@ | ||
622 | 622 | ALT=">" BORDER=0 height=14 |
623 | 623 | width=15><b><font face="Helvetica, Arial" |
624 | 624 | ><font color="#00B04F"><font size="+1"> |
625 | - <a name="details"></a> <i>-asc-cdl <spec></i> | |
625 | + <a name="details-asc-cdl"></a>-asc-cdl <i><spec></i> | |
626 | 626 | </font></font></font></b></td></tr></table> |
627 | 627 | <table width="90%" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8"> <tr><td width="6%"><br></td><td>apply ASC CDL color transform</td></tr></table> |
628 | 628 | <table width="90%" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8"> <tr><td width="6%"><br></td><td><font size="-1"> |
@@ -2194,7 +2194,7 @@ | ||
2194 | 2194 | </font></td></tr></table> |
2195 | 2195 | <table width="90%" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8"> <tr><td width="6%"><br></td><td><font size="-1"><pre> |
2196 | 2196 | -draw 'text 100,100 "%m:%f %wx%h"' |
2197 | -</pre></font></td></tr></table> | |
2197 | +</font></td></tr></table> | |
2198 | 2198 | <table width="90%" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8"> <tr><td width="6%"><br></td><td><font size="-1"> |
2199 | 2199 | annotates the image with <tt>MIFF:bird.miff 512x480</tt> for an image titled |
2200 | 2200 | <tt>bird.miff</tt> |
@@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ | ||
267 | 267 | ALT=">" BORDER=0 height=14 |
268 | 268 | width=15><b><font face="Helvetica, Arial" |
269 | 269 | ><font color="#00B04F"><font size="+1"> |
270 | - <a href="GraphicsMagick.html#details"></a> <i>-asc-cdl <spec></i> | |
270 | + <a href="GraphicsMagick.html#details-asc-cdl">-asc-cdl</a> <i><spec></i> | |
271 | 271 | </font></font></font></b></td></tr></table> |
272 | 272 | <table width="90%" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8"> <tr><td width="6%"><br></td><td>apply ASC CDL color transform</td></tr></table> |
273 | 273 | <table BORDER=0 WIDTH="94%"> |
@@ -585,7 +585,7 @@ | ||
585 | 585 | ALT=">" BORDER=0 height=14 |
586 | 586 | width=15><b><font face="Helvetica, Arial" |
587 | 587 | ><font color="#00B04F"><font size="+1"> |
588 | - <a name="details"></a> <i>-asc-cdl <spec></i> | |
588 | + <a name="details-asc-cdl"></a>-asc-cdl <i><spec></i> | |
589 | 589 | </font></font></font></b></td></tr></table> |
590 | 590 | <table width="90%" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8"> <tr><td width="6%"><br></td><td>apply ASC CDL color transform</td></tr></table> |
591 | 591 | <table width="90%" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8"> <tr><td width="6%"><br></td><td><font size="-1"> |
@@ -2157,7 +2157,7 @@ | ||
2157 | 2157 | </font></td></tr></table> |
2158 | 2158 | <table width="90%" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8"> <tr><td width="6%"><br></td><td><font size="-1"><pre> |
2159 | 2159 | -draw 'text 100,100 "%m:%f %wx%h"' |
2160 | -</pre></font></td></tr></table> | |
2160 | +</font></td></tr></table> | |
2161 | 2161 | <table width="90%" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8"> <tr><td width="6%"><br></td><td><font size="-1"> |
2162 | 2162 | annotates the image with <tt>MIFF:bird.miff 512x480</tt> for an image titled |
2163 | 2163 | <tt>bird.miff</tt> |
@@ -9338,7 +9338,7 @@ | ||
9338 | 9338 | ALT=">" BORDER=0 height=14 |
9339 | 9339 | width=15><b><font face="Helvetica, Arial" |
9340 | 9340 | ><font color="#00B04F"><font size="+1"> |
9341 | - <a href="GraphicsMagick.html#details"></a> <i>-asc-cdl <spec></i> | |
9341 | + <a href="GraphicsMagick.html#details-asc-cdl">-asc-cdl</a> <i><spec></i> | |
9342 | 9342 | </font></font></font></b></td></tr></table> |
9343 | 9343 | <table width="90%" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8"> <tr><td width="6%"><br></td><td>apply ASC CDL color transform</td></tr></table> |
9344 | 9344 | <table BORDER=0 WIDTH="94%"> |
@@ -15424,7 +15424,7 @@ | ||
15424 | 15424 | ALT=">" BORDER=0 height=14 |
15425 | 15425 | width=15><b><font face="Helvetica, Arial" |
15426 | 15426 | ><font color="#00B04F"><font size="+1"> |
15427 | - <a href="GraphicsMagick.html#details"></a> <i>-asc-cdl <spec></i> | |
15427 | + <a href="GraphicsMagick.html#details-asc-cdl">-asc-cdl</a> <i><spec></i> | |
15428 | 15428 | </font></font></font></b></td></tr></table> |
15429 | 15429 | <table width="90%" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8"> <tr><td width="6%"><br></td><td>apply ASC CDL color transform</td></tr></table> |
15430 | 15430 | <table BORDER=0 WIDTH="94%"> |
@@ -18126,7 +18126,7 @@ | ||
18126 | 18126 | <table width="94%" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8"> |
18127 | 18127 | <tr><td width="3%"><br></td><td> |
18128 | 18128 | <p>To display the version information: |
18129 | -<pre> | |
18129 | +<table width="90%" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8"> <tr><td width="6%"><br></td><td><font size="-1"><pre> | |
18130 | 18130 | GraphicsMagick 1.3.37 2021-12-12 Q16 http://www.GraphicsMagick.org/ |
18131 | 18131 | Copyright (C) 2002-2021 GraphicsMagick Group. |
18132 | 18132 | Additional copyrights and licenses apply to this software. |
@@ -18168,7 +18168,7 @@ | ||
18168 | 18168 | CXXFLAGS = ... |
18169 | 18169 | LDFLAGS = ... |
18170 | 18170 | LIBS = ... |
18171 | -</pre> | |
18171 | +</pre></font></td></tr></table> | |
18172 | 18172 | </td></tr></table> |
18173 | 18173 | <p> |
18174 | 18174 | <i><a href="#top">Back to Contents</a></i> |
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ | ||
192 | 192 | ALT=">" BORDER=0 height=14 |
193 | 193 | width=15><b><font face="Helvetica, Arial" |
194 | 194 | ><font color="#00B04F"><font size="+1"> |
195 | - <a href="GraphicsMagick.html#details"></a> <i>-asc-cdl <spec></i> | |
195 | + <a href="GraphicsMagick.html#details-asc-cdl">-asc-cdl</a> <i><spec></i> | |
196 | 196 | </font></font></font></b></td></tr></table> |
197 | 197 | <table width="90%" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8"> <tr><td width="6%"><br></td><td>apply ASC CDL color transform</td></tr></table> |
198 | 198 | <table BORDER=0 WIDTH="94%"> |
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ | ||
107 | 107 | <table width="94%" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8"> |
108 | 108 | <tr><td width="3%"><br></td><td> |
109 | 109 | <p>To display the version information: |
110 | -<pre> | |
110 | +<table width="90%" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8"> <tr><td width="6%"><br></td><td><font size="-1"><pre> | |
111 | 111 | GraphicsMagick 1.3.37 2021-12-12 Q16 http://www.GraphicsMagick.org/ |
112 | 112 | Copyright (C) 2002-2021 GraphicsMagick Group. |
113 | 113 | Additional copyrights and licenses apply to this software. |
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ | ||
149 | 149 | CXXFLAGS = ... |
150 | 150 | LDFLAGS = ... |
151 | 151 | LIBS = ... |
152 | -</pre> | |
152 | +</pre></font></td></tr></table> | |
153 | 153 | </td></tr></table> |
154 | 154 | <p> |
155 | 155 | <i><a href="#top">Back to Contents</a></i> |